THE LIBRARY 
 
 OF 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY 
 OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 LOS ANGELES
 
 EBEATUM 
 
 Page 75, Figure shown is not the Brown sphyg- 
 momanometer described in the text, but the Baum- 
 anometer manufactured by W. A. Baum Co., Inc., 
 New York. It is claimed that the Baumanometer 
 is made with particular care and hence the readings 
 are said to be more accurate than other mercury 
 instruments. It is apparently a good instrument. 
 The author has had no personal experience with it.
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 AND 
 
 HYPERTENSION 
 
 With Chapters on Blood Pressure 
 
 BY 
 
 LOUIS M. WABFIELD, A.B., M.D., (Johns Hopkins), 
 
 F.A.C.P. 
 
 FORMERLY PROFESSOR OF CLINICAL MEDICINE, MARQUETTE UNIVERSITY MEDICAL 
 SCHOOL ; CHIEF PHYSICIAN TO MILWAUKEE COUNTY HOSPITAL ; ASSOCIATE 
 MEMBER ASSOCIATION AMERICAN PHYSICIANS; MEMBER AMERI- 
 CAN ASSOCIATION PATHOLOGTSTS AND BACTERIOLOGISTS; 
 AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION, ETC., FELLOW 
 AMERICAN COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS 
 
 THIRD EDITION 
 
 ST. LOUIS 
 C. V. MOSBY COMPANY 
 
 1920
 
 COPYRIGHT, 1912, 1920, BY C. V. MOSBY COMPANY 
 
 Press of 
 
 C. V. Mosby Company 
 St. Louis
 
 TO 
 
 MY MOTHER 
 
 THIS VOLUME TS AFFECTIONATELY 
 DEDICATED 
 
 1102676
 
 PREFACE TO THIRD EDITION 
 
 Several years have elapsed since the appearance of the 
 second edition of this book. During this time there has 
 been considerable experimentation and much writing on 
 arteriosclerosis. The total of all work has not been to add 
 very much to our knowledge of the etiology of arterial de- 
 generation. Points of view and opinions change from time 
 to time. It is so Avith arteriosclerosis. In this edition ar- 
 teriosclerosis is not regarded as a disease with a definite 
 etiologic factor. Rather it is looked upon as a degenerative 
 process affecting the arteries following a variety of causes 
 more or less ill defined. It is not considered a true disease. 
 Possibly syphilitic arteritis may be viewed as an entity, the 
 cause is known and the lesions are characteristic. 
 
 Much new material and many new figures have been 
 added to this edition. Some rearranging has been done. 
 The chapter on Blood Pressure has been much expanded 
 and some original observations have been included. The 
 literature has been selected rather than indiscriminately 
 quoted. Much that is written on the subject is of little 
 value. 
 
 It has always seemed to the author that there is not 
 enough of the personal element in medical writings. At the 
 risk of being severely criticized, he has attempted to make 
 this book represent largely his own ideas, only here and 
 there quoting from the literature. 
 
 New T chapters on Cardiac Irregularities Associated with 
 Arteriosclerosis, and Blood Pressure in Its Clinical Appli- 
 cation have been added. 
 
 The fact that the book has passed through two editions is 
 very gratifying and seems to show that it has met with fa- 
 vor. The author takes this opportunity of thanking those 
 who have loaned him illustrations. Wherever figures are 
 
 borrowed due credit is given. 
 
 15
 
 16 PREFACE 
 
 It is hoped that the kind of reception accorded to the first 
 and second editions Avill also not he withhold from this pres- 
 ent edition. 
 
 Louis M. "WARFIELD. 
 
 Milwaukee, Wise. 
 
 PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION 
 
 In this second edition so many changes and additions 
 have been made that the book is practically a new one. All 
 the chapters which were in the previous edition have been 
 carefully revised. Two chapters, ' ' Pathology ' ' and ' ' Phys- 
 iology," have been completely rewritten and brought up to 
 date. It was thought best to add some references for those 
 who had interest enough to pursue the subject further. 
 These references have been selected on account of the read- 
 iness with which they may be procured in any library, public 
 or private. Two new chapters have been added one on 
 "The Physical Examination of the Heart and Arteries," 
 the other on "Arteriosclerosis in Its Relation to Life In- 
 surance," and it is hoped that these will add to the prac- 
 tical value of the book. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis can scarcely be considered apart from 
 blood pressure, and in the view expressed within, with 
 which some may not concur, high tension is considered to be 
 a large factor in the production of arteriosclerosis. As the 
 data on blood pressure have increased, the importance of it 
 has become more evident. The chapter on "Blood Pres- 
 sure" has been wholly rewritten, expanded so as to give 
 a comprehensive grasp of the essential features, and several 
 illustrations have been added in order to elucidate the text 
 more fully. The chief objects in view Avere to make clear 
 to the physician the technique and the necessity for estimat- 
 ing both systolic and diastolic pressures. 
 
 The author is grateful for the kindly reception accorded 
 the first edition. No one is more keenly aware of the im-
 
 PREFACE 17 
 
 perfections than he. The necessity for a second edition is 
 taken to mean that the book has found a place for itself 
 and has been of use to some. 
 
 The author hopes that this new edition will fulfill ade- 
 quately the purpose for which he prepared the book 
 namely, as a practical guide to the knowledge and appre- 
 ciation of a most important and exceedingly common 
 disease. 
 
 Louis M. WARFIELD. 
 
 Milwaukee, May, 1912. 
 
 PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION 
 
 It is hoped that this small volume may fill a want in the 
 already crowded field of medical monographs. The au- 
 thor has endeavored to give to the general practitioner a 
 readable, authoritative essay on a disease which is espe- 
 cially an outcome of modern civilization. To that end all 
 the available literature has been freely consulted, and the 
 newest results of experimental research and the recent 
 ideas of leading clinicians have been summarized. The au- 
 thor has supplemented these with results from his own 
 experience, but has thought it best not to burden the con- 
 tents with case histories. 
 
 The stress and strain of our daily life has, as one of 
 its consequences, early arterial degeneration. There can 
 be no doubt that arterial disease in the comparatively 
 young is more frequent than it was twenty-five years ago, 
 and that the mortality from diseases directly dependent 
 on arteriosclerotic changes is increasing. Fortunately, the 
 almost universal habit of getting out of doors whenever 
 possible, and the revival of interest in athletics for persons 
 of all ages, have to some extent counteracted the tendency 
 to early decay. Nevertheless, the actual average pro- 
 longation of life is more probably due to the very great 
 reduction in infant mortality and in deaths from infectious 
 and communicable diseases.
 
 18 PREFACE 
 
 The wear and tear on the human organism in our mod- 
 ern way of living is excessive. Hard work, worry, and 
 high living all predispose to degenerative changes in the 
 arteries, and so bring on premature old age. The author 
 has tried to emphasize this by laying stress on the preven- 
 tion of arteriosclerosis rather than on the treatment of the 
 fully developed disease. 
 
 Xo bibliography is given, as this is not intended as a 
 reference book, but rather as a guide to a better apprecia- 
 tion and understanding of a most important subject. It 
 has been difficult to keep from wandering off into full dis- 
 cussions of conditions incident to and accompanied by 
 arteriosclerosis, but, in order to be clear in his statements 
 and complete in his descriptions, the author has to invade 
 the fields of heart disease, kidney disease, brain disease, 
 etc. It is hoped, however, that these excursions will serve 
 to show how intimately disease of the arteries is bound 
 up with diseases of all the organs and tissues of the body. 
 
 Some authors have been named when their opinions 
 have been given. Thanks are extended also to many oth- 
 ers to whom the writer is indebted, but of whom no indi- 
 vidual mention has been made. 
 
 The author also takes this opportunity of expressing 
 his appreciation of the kindness of Dr. D. L. Harris, who 
 took the microphotographs, and to the publishers for their 
 unfailing courtesy and consideration. 
 
 Louis M. WARFIELD. 
 
 St. Louis, August, 1908.
 
 CONTEXTS 
 
 PAGE 
 
 CHAPTER I 
 
 ANATOMY 25 
 
 Introduction, 25; Definition, 26; General Structure of the Arteries, 
 27; Arteries, 29; Veins, 30; Capillaries, 31. 
 
 CHAPTER II 
 
 PATHOLOGY 32 
 
 Syphilitic Aortitis, 44 ; Experimental Arteriosclerosis, 50 ; Arte- 
 riosclerosis of the Pulmonary Arteries, 63; Sclerosis of the Veins, 64. 
 
 CHAPTER III 
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION 65 
 
 Blood Pressure, 68; Blood Pressure Instruments, 70; Techuic, 80; 
 Arterial Pressure, 85 ; Xormal Pressure Variations, 88 ; The Aus- 
 cultatory Blood Pressure Phenomenon, 90; The Maximum and Mini- 
 mum Pressures, 94; Relative Importance of the Systolic and Dia- 
 stolic Pressures, 97; Pulse Pressure, 100; Blood Pressure Variations, 
 102; Hypertension, 106; Hypotension, 117; The Pulse, 123; The 
 Venous Pulse, 123; The Electrocardiogram, 126. 
 
 CHAPTER IV 
 
 IMPORTANT CARDIAC IRREGULARITIES ASSOCIATED WITH ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 131 
 Auricular Flutter, 131; Auricular Fibrillation, 133; Ventricular 
 Fibrillation, 138; Extrasystole, 138; Heart Block, 140. 
 
 CHAPTER V 
 
 BLOOD PRESSURE IN ITS CLINICAL APPLICATIONS 147 
 
 Blood Pressure in Surgery, 147; Head Injuries, 148; Shock and 
 Hemorrhage, 148; Blood Pressure in Obstetrics, 152: Infectious 
 Diseases, 153; Valvular Heart Disease, 155; Kidney Disease, 155; 
 Other Diseases, Liver, Spleen, Abdomen, etc., 156. 
 
 CHAPTER VI 
 
 ETIOLOGY 157 
 
 Congenital Form, 157; Acquired Form, 159; Hypertension, 159; 
 Age, Sex, Race, 161 ; Occupation, 162 ; Food Poisons, 163 ; Infec- 
 tious Diseases, 163; Syphilis, 165; Chronic Drug Intoxications, 166; 
 Overeating, 167 ; Mental Strain, 168 ; Muscular Overwork, 169 ; 
 Renal Disease, 169; Ductless Glands, 171. 
 
 19
 
 20 CONTENTS 
 
 PAGE 
 CHAPTER VII 
 
 Tm: PHYSICAL EXAMINATION* OF THE HEART AND ARTERIES 172 
 
 Heart Boundaries, 171'; Percussion, 174; Auscultation, 176; The 
 Examination of the. Arteries, 177; Estimation of Blood Pressure, 
 379; Palpation, ISO; Precautions When Estimating Blood Pres- 
 sure, 181 ; The Value of Blood Pressure, 181. 
 
 CHAPTER VIII 
 
 SYMPTOMS AND PHYSICAL SIGNS 183 
 
 General, 183; Hypertension, 185; The Heart, 188; Palpable Arter- 
 ies, 189; Ocular Signs and Symptoms, 190; Nervous Symptoms, 191. 
 
 CHAPTER IX 
 
 SYMPTOMS AND PHYSICAL SIGNS 19-t 
 
 Special, 194 ; Cardiac, 195 ; Renal, 199 ; Abdominal or Visceral, 201 ; 
 Cerebral, 203 ; Spinal, 205 ; Local or Peripheral, 207 ; Pulmonary 
 Artery, 209. 
 
 CHAPTER X 
 
 Diagnosis 210 
 
 Early Diagnosis, 210; Differential Diagnosis, 215; Diseases in Which 
 Arteriosclerosis is Commonly Found, 216. 
 
 CHAPTER XI 
 PROGNOSIS 2.18 
 
 CHAPTER XII 
 PROPHYLAXIS 224 
 
 CHAPTER XIII 
 
 TREATMENT 229 
 
 Hygienic Treatment, 230; Balncotherapy, 233; Personal Habits, 
 234 ; Dietetic Treatment, 235 ; Medicinal, 238 ; Symptomatic Treat- 
 ment, 245. 
 
 CHAPTER XIV 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS IN ITS RELATION TO LIFE INSURANCE 249 
 
 CHAPTER XV 
 PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS 250
 
 ILLUSTRATIONS 
 
 1''1G. PAGE 
 
 1. Cross section of a large artery 28 
 
 2. Cross section of a coronary artery 36 
 
 3. Arteriosclerosis of the thoracic and abdominal aorta 39 
 
 4. Arteriosclerosis of the arch of the aorta 40 
 
 5. Normal aorta 41 
 
 6. Radiogram showing calcification of both radial and ulnar arteries . 42 
 
 7. Syphilitic aortitis of long standing 44 
 
 8. Diagrammatic representation of strain hypertrophy 48 
 
 9. Strain hypertrophy 49 
 
 10. Cross section of small artery in the mesentery 56 
 
 11. Enormous hypertrophy of left ventricle 58 
 
 12. Aortic incompetence with hypertrophy and dilatation of left ventricle 61 
 
 13. Cook's modification of Riva-Rocca's blood pressure instrument . . 72 
 
 14. Stanton's sphygmomanometer 73 
 
 15. The Erlanger sphygmomanometer with the Hirschfelder attachments 74 
 
 16. Desk model Baumanometer 75 
 
 17. Faught blood pressure instrument 76 
 
 18. Rogers' "Tycos" dial sphygmomanometer 77 
 
 19. Detail of the dial in the "Tycos" instrument 78 
 
 20. Faught dial instrument 79 
 
 21. Detail of the dial of the Faught instrument 79 
 
 22. The Sanborn instrument 80 
 
 23. Method of taking blood pressure with a patient in sitting position . 81 
 
 24. Method of taking blood pressure with patient lying down .... 82 
 
 25. Observation by the auscultatory method and a mercury instrument . 84 
 2(>. Observation by the auseultatory method and a dial instrument . . 85 
 
 27. Schema to illustrate decrease in pressure 86 
 
 28. Chart showing the normal limits of variation in systolic blood pressure 89 
 
 29. Tracing of auscultatory phenomena ... 94 
 
 30. Tracing of auscultatory phenomena ... 95 
 
 31. Clinical determination of diastolic pressure, fast drum 96 
 
 32. Clinical determination of diastolic pressure, slow drum 96 
 
 33. Venous blood pressure instrument 121 
 
 34. New venous pressure instrument 122 
 
 35. Events in the cardiac cycle 1-4 
 
 36. Simultaneous tracings of the jugular and carotid pulses .... 1-5 
 
 37. Jugular and carotid tracings !-"* 
 
 38. Right side of the heart showing distribution of the two vagus nerves 127 
 
 39. Normal electrocardiogram 128 
 
 40. Auricular flutter 132 
 
 41. Auricular fibrillation 134 
 
 21
 
 22 ILLUSTRATIONS 
 
 >'!<! PAC;K 
 
 4'2. Auricular fibrillation Kit 
 
 4;>. Pulse deficit i;',5 
 
 44. A'entricular fibrillation i;>7 
 
 45. Auricular extrasystoles l.'M) 
 
 dti. Ventricular extrasystole 139 
 
 47. Delayed conduction 141 
 
 48. Partial heart block 141 
 
 49. Complete heart block 142 
 
 50. Alternating periods of sinus rhythm and auriculoventricular rhythm 144 
 
 51. Auriculoventricular or "nodal" rhythm 144 
 
 5l2. Influence of mechanical pressure on the right vagus nerve . . . . 144 
 
 5.'!. Schematic distribution of right and left vagus 145 
 
 54. Blood pressure record from a normal reaction to ether 149 
 
 55. Chart showing the method of recording blood pressure during an 
 
 operation 150 
 
 56. Method of using blood pressure instrument during operation . . . 151 
 
 57. Finger-tip palpation of the radial artery 17S 
 
 58. Finger-tip palpation of the radial artery 178 
 
 f.9. Aneurysm of the heart wall 19(3 
 
 CO. Large aneurysm of the aorta eroding the sternum 198
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS AND HYPERTENSION 
 
 With the increased complexity of our modern life comes 
 increased wear and tear on the human organism. "A man 
 is as old as his arteries" is an old dictum, and, like many 
 proverbs, the application to mankind today is, if any- 
 thing, more pertinent than it was when the saying was 
 first uttered. Notwithstanding the fact that the average 
 age of mankind at death has been materially lengthened 
 the increase in years amounting to fourteen in the past 
 one hundred years of history clinicians and pathologists 
 are agreed that the arterial degeneration known as arterio- 
 sclerosis is present to an alarming extent in persons over 
 forty years of age. Figures in all vital statistics have shown 
 us that all affections of the circulatory and renal systems 
 are definitely on the increase. "Arterial diseases of va- 
 rious kinds, atheroma, aneurysm, etc., caused 15,685 deaths 
 in 1915, or 23.3 per 100,000. This rate, although somewhat 
 lower than the corresponding ones for 1912 and 1913, is 
 higher than that for 1914, and is very much higher than 
 that for 1900, which was 6.1." 
 
 The great group of cases of which cardiac incompetence, 
 aneurysm, cerebral apoplexy, chronic nephritis, emphysema, 
 and chronic bronchitis are the most frequent and important 
 appear as terminal events in which arteriosclerosis has 
 probably played an important part. 
 
 Thus, in the sense in which we speak of tuberculosis or 
 pneumonia as a distinct disease, we can not so designate the 
 diseased condition of the arteries. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis is not a disease sui generis. It is best 
 
 25
 
 2G ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 viewed as a degeneration of the coats of the arteries, both 
 large and small resulting in several different more or less 
 distinct types. 
 
 These types blend one into the other and in the same pa- 
 tient all types may be found. Thus the sclerosis of the 
 arteries is the result of a variety of causes, none of which 
 is definitely known in the sense of a bacterial disease. As 
 we shall see later, one type of arteriosclerosis has a special 
 pathology and etiology, the syphilitic arterial changes. 
 
 Bearing in mind that arteriosclerosis (called by some 
 "arteriocapillary fibrosis," by others "atherosclerosis") 
 is not a true disease, it may, for convenience be defined as a 
 chronic disease of the arteries and arterioles, characterized 
 anatomically by increase or decrease of the thickness of the 
 walls of the blood vessels, the initial lesion being a weak- 
 ening of the middle layer caused by various toxic or me- 
 chanical agencies. This weakness of the media leads to 
 secondary effects, which include hypertrophy or atrophy 
 of the inner layer and not infrequently hypertrophy of 
 the outer layer connective tissue formation and calcifi- 
 cation in the vessels, and the formation of minute aneu- 
 rysms along them. The term arteriocapillary fibrosis has 
 a broader meaning, but is a cumbersome phrase, and con- 
 veys the idea that the capillary changes are an essential 
 feature of the process, whereas these are for the most part 
 secondary to the changes in the arteries. The veins do 
 not always escape in the general morbid process, and when 
 these are affected the whole condition is sometimes called 
 vascular sclerosis or angiosclerosis. 
 
 Upon the anatomical structure of the arteries depends, 
 as a rule, the character and extent of the arteriosclerotic 
 lesions. For the clear comprehension of the process, it is 
 necessary to keep in mind the essential histological dif- 
 ferences between the aorta and the larger and smaller 
 branches of the arterial tree. 
 
 The vascular system is often likened to a central pump, 
 from which emanates a closed system of tubes, beginning
 
 AXATOMY 27 
 
 with one large distributing pipe, which gives rise to a series 
 of tubes, whose number is constantly increasing at the 
 same time that their caliber is decreasing in size. From 
 the smallest of these tubes, larger and larger vessels col- 
 lect the flowing blood, until, at the pump, two large trunks 
 of approximately the same area as the one large distribut- 
 ing trunk empty the blood into the heart, thus completing 
 the circle. This is but a rough illustration, and, while pos- 
 sibly useful, takes into account none of the vital forces 
 which are constantly controlling every part of the dis- 
 tributing system. 
 
 General Structure of the Arteries 
 
 The aorta and its branches are highly elastic tubes, hav- 
 ing a smooth, glistening inner surface. When the arteries 
 are cut open, they present a yellowish appearance, due to 
 the large quantity of elastic tissue contained in the walls. 
 The elasticity is practically perfect, being both longitudinal 
 and transverse. The essential portion of any blood vessel 
 is the endothelial tube, composed of flat cells cemented to- 
 gether by intercellular substance and having no stomata 
 between the cells. This tube is reinforced in different 
 ways by connective tissue, smooth muscle fibers, and fibro- 
 elastic tissue. Although the gradations from the larger to 
 the smaller arteries and from these to the capillaries and 
 veins are almost insensible, yet particular arteries pre- 
 sent structural characters sufficiently marked to admit of 
 histological differentiation. 
 
 The whole vascular system, including the heart, has an en- 
 dothelial lining, which may constitute a distinct inner coat, 
 the tunica intima, or may be without coverings, as in the 
 case of the capillaries. The intima (Fig. 1 ) consists typically 
 of endothelium, reinforced by a variable amount of fibro- 
 elastic tissue, in which the elastic fibers predominate. The 
 tunica media is composed of intermingled bundles of elas- 
 tic tissue, smooth muscle fibers, and some fibrous tissue. 
 The adventitia or outer coat is exceedingly tough. It is
 
 28 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 usually thinner than the media, and is composed of fibro- 
 elastic tissue. This division into three coats is, however, 
 somewhat arbitrary, as in the larger arteries particularly 
 it is difficult to discover any distinct separation into layers. 
 
 The muscular layer varies from single scattered cells, in 
 the arterioles, to bands of fibers making up the body of the 
 vessel in the medium-sized arteries and veins. 
 
 There is elastic tissue in all but the smallest arteries, 
 
 l'"ig- 1- Cross section of a large nrlery showing the division into the three coats; in- 
 tinia, media, adventitia. The intima is 3 thin line composed of cndothelial cells. The 
 wavy elastic lamina is \vrll seen. The thick middle coat is composed of muscle fihers 
 and fibroelastic tissue. The loose tissue on the outer (lower portion of cut) side of the 
 media is the adventitia. (Microphotograph, highly magnified.) 
 
 and it is also found in some veins. It varies in amount 
 from a loose network to dense membranes. In the intima 
 of the larger arteries the elastic tissue occurs as sheets, 
 which under the microscope appear perforated and pitted, 
 the so-called fenestrated membrane of Henle. 
 
 The nutrient vessels of the arteries and veins, the vasa 
 vasorum, are present in all the vessels except those less
 
 AXATOMY 29 
 
 than one millimeter in diameter. The vasa vasorum course 
 in the external coat and send capillaries into the media, 
 supplying the outer portion of the coat and the externa 
 with nutritive material. The nutrition of the intima and 
 inner portion of the media is obtained from the blood cir- 
 culating through the vessel. Lymphatics and nerves are 
 also present in the middle and outer layers of the vessels. 
 
 Arteries 
 
 The structure of the arteries varies notably, depending 
 upon the size of the vessel. A cross section of the thoracic 
 aorta reveals a dense network of elastic fibers, occupying 
 practically all of the space between the single layer of 
 endothelial cells and the loose elastic and connective tis- 
 sue network of the outer layer. Smooth muscle fibers are 
 seen in the middle coat, but, in comparison with the mass 
 of elastic tissue, they appear to have only a limited func- 
 tion. 
 
 In a cross section of the radial artery one sees a wavy 
 outline of intima, caused by the endothelium following the 
 corrugations of the elastica. The endothelium is seen as 
 a delicate line, in which a few nuclei are visible. The 
 media is comparatively thick, and is composed of muscle 
 cells, arranged in flat bundles, and plates of elastic tissue. 
 Between the media and the externa the elastic tissue is 
 somewhat condensed to form the external elastic mem- 
 brane. The adventitia varies much in thickness, being bet- 
 ter developed in the medium-sized than in the large arter- 
 ies. It is composed of fibrous tissue mixed with elastic 
 fibers. 
 
 "Followed toward the capillaries, the coats of the artery 
 gradually diminish in thickness, the endothelium resting 
 directly upon the internal elastic membrane so long as the 
 latter persists, and afterward on the rapidly attenuating 
 media. The elastica becomes progressively reduced until 
 it entirely disappears from the middle coat, which then be- 
 comes a purely muscular tunic, and, before the capillary is 
 reached, is reduced to a single layer of muscle cells. In
 
 30 A11TEHIOSCLEROSTS 
 
 the precapillary arterioles the muscle no longer forms a 
 continuous layer, but is represented by groups of fiber cells 
 that partially wrap around the vessel, and at last are re- 
 placed by isolated elements. After the disappearance of 
 the muscle cells the blood vessel has become a true capil- 
 lary. The adventitia shares in the general reduction, and 
 gradually diminishes in thickness until, in the smallest ar- 
 teries, it consists of only a few fibroelastic strands outside 
 the muscle cells." (Piersol's Anatomy.) 
 
 The large arteries differ from those of medium size 
 mainly in the fact that there is no sharp line of demarca- 
 tion between the intima and the media. There is also much 
 more elastic tissue distributed in firm bundles throughout 
 the media, and there are fewer muscle fibers, giving a 
 more compact appearance to the artery as seen in cross 
 section. The predominance of elastic tissue permits of 
 great distention by the blood forced into the artery at 
 every heartbeat, the caliber of the tube being less markedly 
 under the control of the vasomotor nerves than is the case 
 in the small arteries, where the muscle tissue is relatively 
 more developed. The adventitia of the large arteries is 
 strong and firm, and is made up of interlacing fibroelastic 
 tissue, of which some of the bundles are arranged longi- 
 tudinally. 
 
 Veins 
 
 The walls of the veins are thinner than those of the ar- 
 teries; they contain much less elastic and muscular tissue, 
 and are, therefore, more flaccid and less contractile. Many 
 veins, particularly those of the extremities, are provided 
 with cup-like valves opening toward the heart. These 
 valves, when closed, prevent the return of the blood to the 
 periphery and distribute the static pressure of the blood 
 column. The bulgings caused by the valves may be seen 
 in the superficial veins of the arm and leg. There are no 
 valves in the veins of the neck, where there is no necessity 
 for such a protective mechanism, gravity sufficing to drain 
 the venous blood from the cranial cavity.
 
 ANATOMY 31 
 
 Capillaries 
 
 Tlicsc arc cndothelial tubes in the substance of the or- 
 gans, the tissue of the organ giving them the necessary 
 support. They are the final subdivisions of the blood ves- 
 sels, and the vast capillary area offers the greatest amount 
 of resistance to the blood flow, thus serving to slow the 
 blood stream and allowing time for nutritive substances 
 or waste products to pass from and to the blood. Usually 
 the capillaries are arranged in the form of a network, 
 the channels in any one tissue being of nearly uniform size, 
 and the closeness of the mesh depending upon the organ. 
 
 As far back as 1865, Strieker observed contraction of the 
 capillaries. This observation was apparently forgotten un- 
 til revived again by Krogh recently. The latter finds that 
 the capillaries are formed of cells which are arranged in 
 strands encircling the vessel. The capillaries are rarely 
 longer than 1 mm., and, according to Krogh, are capable of 
 enormous dilatation. 
 
 The rate of flow through any capillary area is very incon- 
 stant, and the usual explanation has been that the capilla- 
 ries were cndothelial tubes the blood flow of which was de- 
 pendent upon the contraction or dilatation of the terminal 
 arterioles. The actual fact that in an observed capillary 
 area some capillaries are empty renders the above explana- 
 tion untenable. The color of a tissue depends upon the state 
 of filling of the capillaries with blood. 
 
 It would seem that all the evidence now leads us to be- 
 lieve that the capillaries themselves are contractile and it 
 is even possible that they may be under vasomotor control. 
 If the anatomic structure as stated above, is correct, it 
 would take but a slight contraction of the encircling cell to 
 shut off completely the capillary. When the enormous cap- 
 illary bed is considered, it is not inconceivable that circu- 
 lating poisons may act on large areas and produce a true 
 capillary resistance to the onflow of blood which might 
 express itself, if long continued, in actual hypertrophy of 
 the heart.
 
 CHAPTER II 
 
 PATHOLOGY 
 
 The whole subject of the pathology of arteriosclerosis has 
 been much enriched by the study of the experimental lesions 
 produced by various drugs and microorganisms upon the 
 aortas of rabbits. Simple atheroma must not be confused 
 with the lesions of arteriosclerosis. The small whitish or 
 yellowish plaques so frequently seen on the aorta and its 
 main branches, may occur at any age, and have seemingly 
 no great significance. Such plaques may grow to the size 
 of a dime or larger, and even become eroded. They repre- 
 sent fatty degeneration of the intima which, at times, has 
 no demonstrable cause; at times follows in the course of 
 various diseases, and undoubtedly is due to disturbances of 
 nutrition in the intima. Except for the remote danger of 
 clot formation on the uneven or eroded spot, these places 
 are of no special significance, and are not to be confused 
 with the atheroma of nodular sclerosis. 
 
 The lesions of arteriosclerosis are of a different char- 
 acter. It has been customary to differentiate three types: 
 (1) nodular; (2) diffuse; (3) senile. It must be understood 
 that this is not a classification of distinct types. As a rule 
 in advanced arteriosclerosis, lesions representing all types 
 and all grades are found. The nodular type, however, may 
 occur in the aorta alone, the branches remaining free. This 
 is most often found in syphilitic sclerosis where the lesion is 
 confined to the ascending portion of the arch of the aorta. 
 
 The retrogressive changes of advancing years can not 
 be rightly termed disease, yet it becomes necessary to re- 
 gard them as such, for the senile changes, as we shall see, 
 may be but the advanced stages of true arteriosclerosis. 
 Much depends on the nature of the arterial tissue and much 
 
 32
 
 33 
 
 on the factors at work tending to injure the tissue. A man 
 of forty years may therefore have the calcined, pipe stem 
 arteries of a man of eighty. Our parents determine, to 
 great extent, the kind of tissue with which we start life. 
 The arteries are elastic tubes capable of much stretching 
 and abuse. In the aorta and large branches there is much 
 elastic tissue and relatively little muscle. When the vessels 
 have reached the organs, they are found to be structurally 
 changed in that there is in them a relatively small amount 
 of elastic tissue but a great deal of smooth muscle. This 
 is a provision of nature to increase or decrease the supply 
 of blood at any point or points. 
 
 The aorta and the large branches are distributing tubes 
 only. It is after all in the arterioles and smaller arteries 
 that the lesions of arteriosclerosis do the most damage. A 
 point to be emphasized is that the whole arterial system is 
 rarely, if ever, attacked uniformly. That is, there may be 
 a marked degree of sclerosis in the aorta and coronary 
 arteries with very little, if any, change in the radials. On 
 the contrary, a few peripheral arteries only may be the seat 
 of disease. A case in point was seen at autopsy in which 
 the aorta in its entirety and all the large peripheral 
 branches were absolutely smooth. In the brain, however, 
 the arteries w r ere tortuous, hard, and were studded with 
 miliary aneurysms. It is not possible to judge accurately 
 the state of the Avhole arterial system by the stage of the 
 lesion in any one artery ; but on the whole one may say that 
 an undue thickening of the radial artery indicates analogous 
 changes in the mesenteric arteries and in the aorta. 
 
 So far as the anatomical lesions in the aorta and 
 branches are concerned, there is much uniformity even 
 though the etiologic factors have been diverse. The only 
 difference is one of extent. To Thoma we owe the first 
 careful work on arteriosclerosis. He regarded the lesion 
 in arteriosclerosis as one situated primarily in the media; 
 there is a lack of resistance in this coat. His views are
 
 34 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 now chiefly of historical interest. As the author under- 
 stands him, lie considered a rupture in the media to be the 
 cause of a local widening and consequently the blood could 
 not be distributed evenly to the organ which was supplied 
 by the diseased artery or arteries. Moreover, there was 
 danger of a rupture at the weak spot unless this were 
 strengthened. It was essential for the even distribution of 
 blood that the lumen be restored to its former size. Na- 
 ture's method of repair was a hypertrophy of the subin- 
 timal connective tissue and the formation of a nodule at 
 that point. The thickening was compensatory, resulting 
 in the establishment of the normal caliber of the vessel. 
 Thoma showed that by injecting an aorta in the subject of 
 such changes, with paraffin at a pressure of 160 mm. of mer- 
 cury, these projections disappeared and the muscle bulged 
 externally. He recognized the fact that the character of 
 the artery changed as the years passed, and to this form 
 he gave the name, primary arteriosclerosis. To the group 
 of cases caused by various poisonous agents, or following 
 high peripheral resistance and consequent high pressure, 
 he gave the name, secondary arteriosclerosis. This is a 
 useful but not essential division, as the changes which age 
 and high tension produce may not be different from those 
 produced in much younger persons by some circulating 
 poison. And most important to bear in mind, octogena- 
 rians may have soft, elastic arteries. 
 
 As the body ages, certain cjianges usually take place in 
 the arteries leading to thickening and inelasticity of their 
 walls. This is a normal change, and in estimating the pal- 
 pable thickening of an artery, such as the radial, the age 
 of the individual must always be considered. 
 
 Thayer and Fabyan, in an examination of the radial 
 artery from birth to old age, found that, in general, the 
 artery strengthens itself, as more strain is thrown upon it, 
 by new elastica in the intima and connective tissue in the 
 media and adventitia. Up to the third decade there is only
 
 PATHOLOGY 35 
 
 a strengthening of the media and adventitia. During the 
 third and fourth decades there is also distinct connective 
 tissue thickening in the intima. "In other words, the strain 
 has begun to tell upon the vessel wall, and the yielding tube 
 fortifies itself by the connective tissue thickening of the 
 intima and to a lesser extent of the media." By the fifth 
 decade the connective tissue deposits in the intima are 
 marked, there is an increase of fibrous tissue upon the 
 medial side of the intima and, in lesser degree, throughout 
 the media. "Finally, in these sclerotic vessels degenerative 
 changes set in, which are somewhat different from those 
 seen in the larger arteries, consisting, as they do, of local 
 areas of coagulation necrosis with calcification, especially 
 marked in the deep layers of the connective tissue thicken- 
 ings of the intima, and in the muscle fibers of the media, 
 particularly opposite these points. These changes may 
 . . . go on to actual bone formation." The mesenteric 
 artery differs in some respects from the radial, but in the 
 main, the changes brought about by age are the same. 
 Thayer and Fabyan note two striking points of difference: 
 "(1) calcification is apparently much less frequent than in 
 the radials; (2) in several cases plaques were seen with 
 fatty softening of the deeper layers of the intima and super- 
 ficial proliferation a picture which we have never seen in 
 the radial." (See Fig. 2.) 
 
 Aschoff's studies of the aorta show that, "in infancy the 
 elastic laminae of the media stand out sharply defined, well 
 separated from each other by the muscle layers, which are 
 well developed. . . . From childhood there is to be observed 
 a slowly progressive increase in the elastic elements of the 
 media. Xot only do the individual lamella? seen in cross- 
 sections become thicker, but also they afford an increasing 
 number of fine secondary filaments feathering off from these 
 and crossing the muscle layer, so that now they are no 
 longer sharply defined, but more ragged upon cross-section. 
 This progressive increase attains its maximum at or about
 
 16 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 the age of thirty-five, and from now on for the next fifteen 
 years the condition is relatively stationary. After fifty 
 there is to be observed a slowly progressive atrophy of 
 the elastica. The media becomes obviously thinner and 
 presumably weaker." (Adami.) It has also been found 
 (Klotz) that after the age of thirty-five, the muscle of the 
 media begins to exhibit fatty degeneration which after fifty 
 
 ;/?; ; Jt-v' l >^^fe*V : .'. : %K :i 
 F:- ~*$S^-W"-f *.' *mF 
 
 !'!(,'. 2. Cross-section of a coronary artery, x50, showing nodular sclerosis. Xotc the 
 heaping up of cells in the intima, the fracture of the elastica, and the destruction of the 
 media beneath the nodule. The primary lesion evidently was in the media. The thick- 
 ened intima is the effort on the part of nature to heal the breach. At such places as 
 shown here aneurysms may form. (Microphotograph.) 
 
 years is well marked. The fatty degeneration may then 
 give place to a calcareous infiltration or the fibers may un- 
 dergo complete absorption. It would appear that the thin- 
 ning of the aortic media is due not so much to the atrophy 
 of the elastic tissue as to that of the muscle tissue. The 
 elastic tissue does lose its specific property and the artery 
 thus becomes practically a connective tissue tube.
 
 PATHOLOGY 37 
 
 School lias made very careful measurements of the 
 ascending, the thoracic, and the abdominal aorta, and the 
 pulmonary artery. He found that from birth to sixty 
 years, the aorta became progressively wider and lost its 
 elasticity. The pulmonary changed little, if at all, after 
 thirty to forty years, and where before it was wider than 
 the aorta, it now was found to be smaller. In chronic 
 nephritis both were widened. The continuous increase of 
 width and length of the aorta stands in reverse relationship 
 to the elasticity of its walls. 
 
 Although the division of the lesions into nodular, diffuse, 
 and senile has been the usual one, it is better to separate 
 three groups into (1) nodular, (2) diffuse or senile, and (3) 
 syphilitic. There is more known about the histology of 
 the syphilitic form and the lesions which consist of pucker- 
 ings and scars seen on opening an aorta just above the 
 valves, and on the ascending portion of the arch are charac- 
 teristic. A macroscopic examination suffices in most cases 
 for a definite diagnosis. 
 
 In the nodular form the lesions are found on the aorta 
 and large branches particularly at or near the orifices of 
 branching vessels. These nodules may increase in size, 
 forming rather large, slightly raised plaques of yellowish- 
 white color. They are, as a rule, irregularly scattered 
 throughout the aorta and branches and tend to be more 
 numerous and larger in the abdominal aorta. The initial 
 lesion is in the media, consisting of an actual dissolution of 
 this coat with rupture of the elastic fibers and infiltration 
 with small round cells. There is thus a weak spot in the 
 artery. Hypertrophy of the intimal cells takes place, 
 layer upon layer being added in an attempt to strengthen 
 the vessel at the injured place. Coincidently with this, 
 there is thickening by a connective tissue growth in the 
 adventitia. The process begins, at least in syphilis, around 
 the terminals of the vasa vasorum. It will be recalled that 
 the blood supply of the inner portion of the media comes
 
 38 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 from within the vessel itself. As the intimal growth in- 
 creases, the blood supply is cut off. The inevitable result 
 is softening of the portion farthest from the lumen of the 
 vessel. As a rule there has been a sufficient growth of con- 
 nective tissue in the media and adventitia to repair the 
 damage done to the media. This softening and dissolution 
 gives rise to a granular debris composed of degenerated 
 cells and fat. This is the so-called atheromatous abscess. 
 There are no leucocytes as in ordinary pus. These " ab- 
 scesses" are frequent and in rupturing leave open ulcers 
 with smooth bases, the atheromatous ulcer. A further 
 change which often takes place is calcification of the bases 
 of the ulcers and calcification of the softened spots before 
 rupture takes place. This only occurs in advanced cases. 
 (See Fig. 3.) 
 
 Rather contrary to what one would expect, there are no 
 new capillaries advancing from the media to the intima in 
 the nodular form of arteriosclerosis, consequently there is 
 no granulation tissue to heal and leave scars. It must be 
 borne in mind that these changes rarely, if ever, are the 
 only ones found throughout the arterial system. Never- 
 theless, the manifold changes, as will be shown within, ap- 
 pear to be but stages of one primary process. 
 
 The character of the changes which are known as diffuse 
 arteriosclerosis seems to have, at first sight, little in com- 
 mon with those of the nodular sclerosis. The aorta may 
 or may not have plaques of nodular sclerosis, while the 
 arteries, such as the radial or temporal, may be beaded or 
 pipe stem in hardness. In spite of these far advanced 
 peripheral lesions the aorta may appear smooth but it is 
 markedly dilated, particularly the thoracic portion, it is 
 noticeably thinned even on macroscopic examination, it 
 has elongated as evidenced by its slight tortuosity, and it 
 has lost the greater part of its elasticity. The abdominal 
 aorta is not so extensively affected, although this, too, shows 
 some elongation and slight thinning. This is considered by
 
 PATHOLOGY 
 
 39 
 
 some pathologists to be the uncomplicated form of the so- 
 called senile arteriosclerosis. It is more of the nature of a 
 
 Fig. 3. Arteriosclerosis of the thoracic and abdominal aorta, showing irregular 
 nodules, athero;natous plaques, denudation of the intima. thin plates of bone scattered 
 throughout with spiculcs extending into the lumen of the vessel. Note the contraction 
 of the openings of the large branches, the rough appearance of the aorta and the greater 
 degree of sclerosis of the upper two-thirds, I. c.. of the aorta above the diaphragm. 
 This aorta in the recent state was much thickened and almost inelastic. 
 
 degenerative change, it is true, but, as will be shown later, 
 it has its beginnings, at times, in comparatively young per-
 
 40 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 sons and its etiology is not simple. This type has been 
 studied most carefully by Moenckeberg, who showed that on 
 the large branches of the aorta there were depressions due 
 
 Fig. 4. Arteriosclerosis of the arch of the aorta. Numerous calcified plaques, 
 thickening and curling of the aortic valves, giving rise to insufficiency of the aortic 
 valves. The aortic ring is rigid and not much dilated. (Milwaukee County Hospital.) 
 
 to a degeneration of the middle coat. These depressions 
 encircled the vessel to a greater or lesser extent, causing
 
 PATHOLOGY 
 
 41 
 
 small bulgings at such places and giving to the vessel a 
 beaded appearance. On viewing such an artery held to the 
 light, the sacculated spots are seen to be much thinner than 
 the contiguous normal artery. Associated with such 
 
 Fig. 5. Normal aorta. Compare with Fig. 3. Note the perfectly smooth, glossy ap- 
 pearance of the intima. The openings of all the intercostal arteries are distinctly seen. 
 In the recent state this artery was highly elastic, capable of much stretching both 
 transversely and longitudinally. 
 
 changes in the aorta and large branches is marked sclerosis 
 of the smaller arteries. Intimal fibrosis is common, together 
 with hypertrophy and fibrosis of the middle coat. Not in- 
 frequently periarterial thickening is also seen. Calcification
 
 42 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 Pig. 6. Radiogram of a man aged seventy-five, showing calcification of both radial and 
 
 ulnar arteries.
 
 PATHOLOGY 46 
 
 of the media is found and is said to be preceded by hyper- 
 trophy of the middle coat. 
 
 Pure cases of this, the so-called Moenckeberg type, are 
 seen but seldom. Most commonly there are nodules and 
 plaques in the aorta and large branches together with thin- 
 ning and sacculation of other portions of the vessels' walls. 
 While the two processes appear at a glance to be so differ- 
 ent from each other, it is possible for them to have a 
 common origin. The initial lesion is in the media but the 
 resulting sclerotic changes depend upon the kind of vessel, 
 the strength of the coats, the pressure in the vessel, and 
 other causes. 
 
 Thus the sclerosis of the radials of such an extent that 
 these arteries are easily palpable, appears to be a different 
 process from that of the sclerosis in the aorta, yet funda- 
 mentally it is the same. The difference lies in the ana- 
 tomic structure of the two vessels, and possibly also in the 
 degree of stretching and strain to which the vessels are 
 subjected at every heart beat. In the radial artery the 
 media as usual is affected first. The muscle cells undergo 
 degeneration and either marked thickening takes place or 
 sacculation results, depending upon the severity of the ex- 
 citing cause. Calcification of the media is common. This 
 occasionally takes the form of rings encircling the vessel, 
 and gives to the examining finger the sensation of feeling 
 a string of fine beads. There may be calcification of the 
 subintimal tissue without deposits of lime salts in the me- 
 dia, but this is more commonly found in the larger arteries. 
 When the calcification occurs in plates through the media, 
 the well known pipe stem vessel is produced. (Fig. 6.) 
 
 The senile sclerosis found in old people is usually a com- 
 bination of the Moenckeberg type in the large and medium- 
 sized arteries, and the nodular type in the aorta, leading 
 eventually to calcareous intimal deposits, and widened, 
 elongated, inelastic aorta.
 
 44 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 Syphilitic Aortitis 
 
 The seat of election of the syphilitic poison is in the aorta 
 just above the aortic valves, Fig 1 . 7, and in the ascending 
 
 Fig. 7. Syphilitic aortitis of long standing. The aortic valves are curled and 
 thickened, the heart is enlarged and the cavity of the left ventricle is dilated. (Mil- 
 waukee County Hospital.) 
 
 portion of the arch. There are semitranslucent, hyaline-like 
 plaques which have a tendency to form into groups and,
 
 PATHOLOGY 45 
 
 instead of undergoing an atheromatous change as in the or- 
 dinary nodular form of arteriosclerosis, they are prone to 
 scar formation with puckering, so that macroscopically the 
 nature of the process may, as a rule, he readily diagnosed. 
 Microscopically the process is found to be a subacute in- 
 flammation of the media, which has been called a mesaorti- 
 tis. There is marked small celled infiltration around some 
 of the branches of the vasa vasorum and there appears to be 
 actual absorption of the tissue elements of the middle coat. 
 This is accompanied by hypertrophy of the intimal tissue. 
 There follows degeneration in the deeper portions of this 
 new tissue and new capillaries are formed which have their 
 origin in the inflammatory area in the media. As is every- 
 where the case throughout the body, granulation tissue in 
 the process of healing contracts and forms scars. This ex- 
 plains the scar formation in the aorta. When the process 
 is more acute, instead of there being a reparative attempt 
 on the part of the intima, there is actual stretching of the 
 wall at the weakened spot and there results an aneurysmal 
 dilatation. Spirochetse pallidae have been found in the de- 
 generated media and in small gummata which were situated 
 beneath the intima, Within the past years it has been 
 found that a large percentage of patients with cardiovascu- 
 lar disease give the Wassermann reaction. In cases of 
 aortic insufficiency, the reaction is present in almost every 
 case. This is in marked contrast to the cases of diffuse en- 
 docarditis where the reaction is rarely present. 
 
 According to Adami the effects of syphilis upon the aorta 
 are the following: (1) the primary disturbance is a granu- 
 lomatous, inflammatory degeneration of the media; (2) this 
 leads to a local giving way of the aorta; (3) if this be 
 moderate it results in a strain hypertrophy of the intima 
 and of the adventitia, with the development of a nodose in- 
 timal sclerosis; (4) if it be extreme, there results, on the 
 contrary, an overstrain atrophy of the intima and aneurysm 
 formation; (5) the intimal nodosities are here not of an
 
 46 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 inflammatory type and arc nonvascular, although, with the 
 progressive laying down of layer upon layer of connective 
 tissue on the more intimal aspect of the intima, the earlier 
 and deeper-placed layers of new tissue gain less and less 
 nourishment, and so are liable to exhibit fatty degeneration 
 and necrosis; (6) these products of necrosis exert a chemo- 
 tactic influence upon the nearby vessels of the medial gran- 
 ulation tissue, with, as a result, (a) a secondary and late 
 entrance of new vessels into the early and deeply-placed 
 atheromatous area, (b) absorption of the necrotic products, 
 (c) replacement by granulation tissue, (d) contraction of 
 the granulation tissue, and (e) depression and scarring of 
 the sclerotic nodules so characteristic of syphilitic sclerosis. 
 In the smaller arteries and arterioles the arteriosclerotic 
 process appears on superficial examination to be a different 
 process from that in the aorta and large arteries, but the 
 difference is only apparent. It will be recalled that there 
 is relatively much more muscle tissue in the arterioles than 
 in the large arteries. The size, of course, is much less. 
 Large nodular plaques are not possible. The atheromatous 
 degeneration is not marked. In the smaller muscular 
 arteries is seen the intinial proliferation, the stretching of 
 the Moenckeberg type, and the calcification of the media 
 rather than the intima, The media is thinned beneath the 
 marked intimal proliferation so that the artery exhibits 
 translucent areas when held to the light. Again, there is 
 seen degeneration of the muscle and replacement by con- 
 nective tissue with or without hypertrophy of the intima. 
 In the arterioles three kinds of changes occur: a muscular 
 hypertrophy; a fibrosis of all the coats; or a marked prolif- 
 eration of the intimal endothelium. The last two are 
 probably the same process, the connective tissue having its 
 origin in the proliferated endothelial cells. Such a deposi- 
 tion of layer upon layer of cells in an arteriole and the re- 
 sulting fibrosis leads to the condition of disappearance of 
 the lumen of the vessel, endarteritis obliterans. This ob-
 
 PATHOLOGY 4< 
 
 literating endarteritis is not, of course, due alone to 
 syphilis. Syphilis is only a type of poison which produces 
 such changes as have been described above. It is in the 
 organs such as the kidney, liver, spleen, and intestines that 
 one sees the most perfect examples of this obliterating 
 endarteritis. Endarteritis deformans is a term applied to 
 the condition of the arteries as a result of irregular thick- 
 enings and deposits of lime salts in the walls. These 
 changes give rise to marked tortuosity of the vessels. 
 
 Occasionally such an obliterating process takes place in 
 a larger artery. A thrombus forms and by a process of 
 central softening, new channels permeate the thrombus, 
 thus restoring to some extent the function of the vessel. 
 
 That the same process leads at one time to thinning and 
 at another time to thickening of the arterial walls has been 
 noted above. Prof. Adami holds that the regular develop- 
 ment of layer upon layer of new connective tissue is non- 
 inflammatory. He calls it a "strain hypertrophy." It is 
 analogous to the localized hypertrophy of bone where the 
 muscle tendons are attached, as is so frequently seen in 
 athletes. The increased tension on connective tissue, pro- 
 vided that it is not overstrained, leads to its overgrowth, 
 but only when there is sufficient nourishment. Such con- 
 ditions are adequately fulfilled in the arteries. AVhen a 
 local giving way under pressure occurs in the media, the 
 intima is put on the stretch (see Fig. 8), and there results 
 a hypertrophy of the intima until the volume of the new 
 tissue and the resistance Avhich this affords to the mean dis- 
 tending force, balances the loss sustained by the weakened 
 media. When the balance is struck, the hypertrophy is 
 arrested. The youngest tissue is thus found directly be- 
 neath the endothelium. Xow should this local weakening of 
 the media have an acute origin, instead of a stimulus to 
 growth there is overstrain, and there is, in consequence, not 
 hypertrophy but atrophy. The beginning process is here 
 a mesaortitis, but the acuteness of the poison, and the pres-
 
 48 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 sure from within the artery so stretches the artery that 
 there is no compensatory hypertrophy, but a thinning, and 
 the ground is prepared for aneurysmal dilatation or pouch- 
 ing. 
 
 Again, one not infrequently encounters intimal nodosities 
 when the underlying media appears of normal thickness. 
 The explanation of this apparent exception is that the me- 
 dia in the living aorta is actually thinned, but the layers of 
 subintimal tissue deposited over the weak spot due to strain 
 hypertrophy become bulged inward when the pressure is 
 
 Fig. 8. I, media weakened at M' with overgrowth of intima filling in the depression. 
 II, with postmortem rigor and contraction of the muscles of the media and removal 
 of the blood pressure from within, the stretched media at M" contracts; the intimal 
 thickening thus projects into the arterial lumen. (After Adami.) 
 
 relieved, as at postmortem. The media has not lost all of 
 its elasticity (see Fig. 9), hence it contracts and there is 
 the appearance of a nodule on the intima beneath which is a 
 media equal in thickness to that of the healthy surrounding 
 media. 
 
 The essential lesion in arteriosclerosis of the aorta and 
 large arteries is a degeneration in the middle coat. This 
 may be brought about by a variety of poisons circulating in 
 the body. In syphilis, for example, the initial lesion has
 
 49 
 
 been shown to be a mesaortitis. The media seems to be dis- 
 solved, the artery is consequently thinned, there is actual 
 depression along the level of the vessel. The elastic fibers 
 disappear and small-celled infiltration takes its place. The 
 
 - Med. 
 
 Fig. 9. Schematic representation of the increased strain brought to hear upon the 
 cells of the. intirna, Int., when the media, Med., undergoes a localized expansion through 
 relative weakness. (After Adami.) 
 
 intima hypertrophies, layer upon layer being added in an 
 attempt to restore the strength of the vessel. There is also, 
 as a rule, rather pronounced hypertrophy of the adventitia.
 
 50 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 Experimental Arteriosclerosis 
 
 Within the past few years many workers have attempted 
 by various means, to produce arterial lesions in animals, 
 chiefly rabbits and dogs. The present status is somewhat 
 chaotic, some affirming and some denying that arterial 
 changes follow the various methods employed. Following 
 the injection of small, repeated doses of adrenalin over a 
 certain period of time, changes occur in the arteries of 
 rabbits which are arteriosclerotic in type, the essential 
 lesion being a degeneration of the muscular and elastic tis- 
 sue of the media with the consequent production of aneu- 
 rysm in the vessel. This is said by some to be quite like 
 the type of arteriosclerosis in man which has been so well 
 described by Moenckeberg. The degenerations in the ar- 
 teries following the experimental lesions are of the nature 
 of a fatty metamorphosis, and later proceed to calcification. 
 Barium chloride, digitalin, physostigmin, nicotin and other 
 substances, as well as adrenalin, have been found to exert 
 a selective toxic action on the muscle cells of the middle 
 coat of the aorta. The infundibular portion of the pituitary 
 body, the portion which is developed from the infundibulum 
 of the brain, possesses an internal secretion, which, injected 
 intravenously, causes a marked rise of blood pressure and 
 slowing of the heart beat. So far as I know, this active 
 principle of the gland has not been used in an attempt to 
 produce experimentally the lesions of arteriosclerosis. 
 
 "\Vacker and Hueck succeeded in producing aortic dis- 
 ease in rabbits which they considered to be in many points 
 quite like human arteriosclerosis. They injected the rab- 
 bits intravenously with cholesterin. They feel that this is 
 of great importance in view of the fact that exercise (mus- 
 cle metabolism) dyspnea, certain poisons, as well as adren- 
 alin, and even adrenal extirpation occasion a high choles- 
 terin content of the blood. Anitschow's experiments are 
 confirmatory. He fed rabbits on large amounts of choles-
 
 PATHOLOGY 51 
 
 terin-containing substances (yolk of egg, brain tissue) and 
 pure cholesterin and found changes in the intima and inner 
 portion of the media consisting of fatty infiltration between 
 the muscle and elastic fibres, advent of small round cells 
 and large phagocytic cells containing fat droplets of choles- 
 terin esters. The elastic fibres were dissolved, broken up 
 into fibrillaj and these seemed to be absorbed. The internal 
 elastic lamina as such disappeared and the inner layer of 
 the aorta fused with the middle coat. He considers these 
 changes to be quite analogous to those found in human 
 aortas. 
 
 Oswald Loeb produced changes in the arteries of rabbits 
 by feeding them sodium lactate (lactic acid). His controls 
 fed on other acids became cachectic, but showed no arterial 
 changes. He further found that in 100 gm. of human blood 
 there was normally from 15 to 30 ing. of lactic acid. After 
 heavy work, he found as much as 150 gm. He considers 
 that after adrenalin or nicotin injections, the function of the 
 liver is so disturbed that lactic acid is not bound. The ar- 
 teriosclerosis is actually due to the presence of free lactic 
 acid in the circulation. He succeeded, also, in producing 
 lesions of the intima in a dog fed for a long time on pro- 
 tein poor diet, plus lactic acid and sodium lactate. 
 
 Another investigator, Steinbiss, fed rabbits on animal 
 proteins only, a diet totally foreign to their natural habits. 
 He succeeded, however, in keeping some alive for three 
 months. He also tried various substances and in the general 
 conclusions says that no aortic changes could be produced 
 in animals kept in natural living conditions by any mechan- 
 ical means, increase of blood pressure, digital compression, 
 hanging by hind legs, etc. In infectious diseases, especially 
 septic, widespread sclerotic changes occurred in the aorta. 
 A most suggestive conclusion in this "the most important 
 result of feeding rabbits with animal proteins is, along with 
 a constant glycosuria, disease of the aorta and peripheral 
 arteries which is identical with changes in the aorta pro-
 
 52 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 duced by injections of adrenalin. The degree of disease of 
 the circulatory system increases with the duration of the 
 experiment." 
 
 By a small addition of vegetable to the protein diet, the 
 lives of the animals were prolonged at will. "With this 
 modification of the experiment, the findings in the vessel 
 walls were noticeably altered. The changes affected chiefly 
 the intima, to less degree the media, and histologically were 
 very much like human intimal disease. 
 
 I have been unable to produce the slightest arterial le- 
 sions in rabbits by intravenous injections of lead. Froth- 
 ingham had no success feeding animals with lead. In a 
 study of autopsy material from persons up to 40 years, who 
 died of infectious disease, he found changes in the arteries 
 of those who had succumbed to infection with the pus cocci 
 or to very severe infectious disease. These changes were, 
 however, localized, and were not like those of the general 
 diffuse arteriosclerosis. 
 
 Adler has recently reported experiments on dogs, to 
 which he fed or injected intravenously various substances 
 supposed to induce arteriosclerotic changes. He was una- 
 ble to find any arterial lesions comparable to human arterio- 
 sclerosis. 
 
 The difficulty experienced by experimenters is not sur- 
 prising when the character of the changes is considered. 
 Arteriosclerosis is not an acute process. In its very nature, 
 it is of months' or years' standing, the specific changes are 
 of slow growth, and more in the nature of degeneration. It 
 would seem that a very careful study of the histories of 
 those with arteriosclerosis and a final examination upon the 
 actual tissue might eventually give us data for the etiology. 
 
 The most frequent site of disease in these experimental 
 lesions is the thoracic aorta, and it is there also that tfye 
 most severe changes are seen. While the toxic action is felt 
 in the vessels all over the body, the lesions are, as a rule, 
 scattered and small. The thoracic aorta stands the brunt
 
 PATHOLOGY 53 
 
 of the high pressure, and this combined with the poisonous 
 action of the drug or drugs, results in the formation of a 
 fusiform aneurysmal dilatation which stops at the dia- 
 phragmatic opening. The aortic opening in the diaphragm 
 seems to act as a flood gate, allowing only a certain amount 
 of blood to How through, and thus the abdominal aorta is 
 protected to a great extent from the deleterious effects of 
 increased pressure. Focal degenerative lesions are, how- 
 ever, found in the abdominal ao^ta. 
 
 Changes somewhat analogous lu those found in the human 
 aorta as the result of intimal proliferations, are produced 
 in animals by the toxins of the typhoid bacillus and the 
 Streptococcus pyogenes. Clinically, Thayer and Brush 
 have found that the arteries of those who have recovered 
 from an attack of typhoid fever are more palpable than the 
 arteries of average individuals of equal age who have never 
 had the disease. 
 
 Experimentally, the changes caused by the toxins above 
 noted are proliferations of cells in the intima and subintimal 
 tissues, and a breaking up of the internal elastic laminae 
 into several parallel layers which stretch themselves among 
 the proliferating cells. The diphtheria toxin, on the con- 
 trary, produces a lesion more like that caused by adrenalin. 
 All pathologists are not agreed as to whether the experi- 
 mental lesions produced by blood pressure raising drugs 
 are similar to the arteriosclerotic changes in the arteries 
 of man. 
 
 Some of the work on rabbits has been discredited for the 
 reason that arteriosclerosis appears spontaneously in about 
 fifteen per cent of all laboratory rabbits. Furthermore, 
 comparatively young rabbits have been found with arterio- 
 sclerosis. 0. Loeb, however, denies this. lie has examined 
 in the course of eight years 483 healthy rabbits and never 
 found arterial changes. The spontaneous lesions can not 
 be distinguished histologically from those due to adrenalin.
 
 54 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 They differ macroscopically in that tlie lesion is usually 
 limited to a few foci near the origin of the aorta. 
 
 Lesions produced hy the drugs enumerated above repre- 
 sent one type of experimental arteriosclerosis. More in- 
 teresting and important are the experiments which seem to 
 show that high tension alone is capable of producing lesions 
 in arteries which in all respects correspond to Adami's 
 strain hypertrophy and overstrain theory. It has been 
 shown that when a portion of vein is placed under condi- 
 tions of high arterial pressure, as in a transplantation of a 
 portion of vein into a carotid artery, the vein undergoes 
 marked connective tissue hypertrophy which includes all 
 the coats. This is evidently strain hypertrophy. Again, it 
 has been demonstrated that by suspending a previously 
 healthy rabbit by the hind legs for three minutes daily over 
 a period of three to four months, there results hypertrophy 
 of the heart with thinning and dilatation of the arch and the 
 upper part of the thoracic aorta. No change was found in 
 the abdominal aorta. The carotids, however, were larger 
 than normal and they showed typical intimal sclerosis with 
 connective tissue thickening. 
 
 Neither I nor others have been able to confirm this ex- 
 periment, so it is very doubtful whether mechanical pres- 
 sure alone can produce true arteriosclerosis. Some evi- 
 dence is adduced to bear on this point, however, in the fact 
 that sclerosis of the pulmonary artery follows often upon 
 mitral stenosis. Yet AVC do not know but that factors other 
 than pressure alone produce the arteriosclerotic change in 
 such cases, so we are forced back on our conclusion ex- 
 pressed above; viz., that experiments on animals fail to 
 sustain the purely mechanical origin of arteriosclerosis. 
 
 The changes in the intima constitute the effort on the 
 part of nature to repair a defect in the vessel wall which is 
 to compensate for the weakened media and the widened 
 lumen. This applies only to true arteriosclerosis, not to
 
 PATHOLOGY 00 
 
 the condition produced experimentally by the toxin of the 
 typhoid bacillus, for example. 
 
 When an artery loses its elasticity and begins to have 
 connective tissue deposited in its walls, the pressure of the 
 blood stretches the vessel which is now no longer capable of 
 retracting when the pulse wave has passed, and, in conse- 
 quence, the artery is actually lengthened. This necessarily 
 causes a tortuosity of the vessel which can be easily seen in 
 such arteries as the temporals, brachials, radials, and other 
 arteries near the surface of the skin. 
 
 The exact mechanism of increase of blood pressure is not 
 satisfactorily explained. The smaller arteries all over the 
 body are supplied with vasoconstrictor and vasodilator 
 nerve fibers from the sympathetic nervous system. Nor- 
 mally when an organ is actively functionating the vessels 
 are widely dilated and the flow of blood is rapid. Among 
 the many factors which influence blood pressure and blood 
 supply must be reckoned the psychic. 
 
 We know that normally there is a certain resistance 
 offered to the propulsion of blood through the arteries by 
 the contraction of the heart. This tonus is essential to the 
 maintenance of an equalized circulation. The muscular 
 arterioles throughout the body by their tonus serve to keep 
 up the normal blood pressure and to distribute the blood 
 evenly to the various organs. Contraction of a large area 
 of arterioles increases the blood pressure and, strangely 
 enough, the arteries respond to increased arterial pressure, 
 not by dilatation, but by contraction. It would appear that 
 rise of blood pressure tends to throw increased work upon 
 the musculature of the arterioles. This may be sufficient 
 only to cause them to hypertrophy, but further strain may 
 easily lead to exhaustion and to dilatation. "As a result 
 strain hypertrophy of the intima shows itself with thicken- 
 ing, and it may also be of the adventitia, resulting in chronic 
 periarteritis. And now with continued degeneration of the 
 medial muscle in those muscular arteries, fibrosis of the
 
 56 
 
 ARTER IOSCLEROSI S 
 
 media may also show itself. I would tlius regard muscular 
 hypertrophy of the arteries and fibrosis of the different 
 coats as different stages in one and the same process. 
 Whether these peripheral changes are the more marked, or 
 the central, depends upon the relative resisting power of 
 
 rJ'^ "~^ ~ : 
 i 
 
 Fig. 10. Cross-section of a small artery in the mesentery. Note that the vessel ap- 
 pears capable of being much widened. The internal elastic lamina is thrown into folds 
 somewhat resembling the convolutions of the brain. Note also that the middle coat 
 of the artery is composed almost entirely of muscle. The enormous number of such 
 vessels in the mesentery and intestines explains the ability of the splanchnic area to 
 accommodate the greater part of the blood in the body. Universal constriction of these 
 vessels would naturally render the intestines anemic. The vasomotor control of these 
 vessels plays an important role in the distribution of the blood. Small arteries in the 
 skin and in other organs, possibly the brain, have a similar function. (Microphotograph, 
 highly magnified.) 
 
 the elastic and muscular arteries of the individual respec- 
 tively." (Adanii.) 
 
 It is conceivable that in one section of the bodv the vessels
 
 PATHOLOGY 57 
 
 may be markedly contracted, but if there is dilatation in 
 some other part there will be no increased work on the part 
 of the heart, and theoretically, there should be no rise of 
 blood pressure. The vascular system, however, while lik- 
 ened to a system of rubber tubes, must be regarded as a 
 very live system, every subsystem having the property of 
 separate control. 
 
 For blood tension to be raised all over the body, condi- 
 tions must favor the generalized contraction of a large area 
 of arterioles. Some authors consider that the so-called 
 viscosity of the blood also is a factor in the causation of 
 increased tension. The usual cause for the high tension is 
 probably the presence in the blood of some poisonous sub- 
 stance. 
 
 It is held by some authors that the great splanchnic area 
 is capable of holding all the blood in the body and in respect 
 of its liability to arteriosclerosis, it is second only to the 
 aorta and coronary arteries. The enormous area of the 
 skin vessels could probably contain most of the blood. 
 The tone of the vasoconstrictor center controls the distribu- 
 tion of blood throughout the body. The fact that the ves- 
 sels in the splanchnic area are frequently attacked by 
 sclerotic changes means, as a rule, increase of work for 
 the heart.* The resistance offered to the passage of the 
 blood must be great and signifies that, for 1)1 ood to travel at 
 the same rate that it did before the resistance set in, more 
 power must be expended in its propulsion. In other words, 
 the heart must gradually become accustomed to the changed 
 conditions, and, as a result of increased work, the muscle 
 hypertrophies. (See Fig. 11.) 
 
 In diffuse arteriosclerosis accompanied by chronic nephri- 
 tis the heart is always hypertrophied. This is a result, not 
 
 *Longcope and McClintock, however, conclude that permanent constriction of the 
 superior mesenteric artery and celiac axis, as well as gradual occlusion of one or both 
 of these vessels, may be present in dogs for at least five months without giving rise to 
 definite and constant elevation of blood pressure or to hypertrophy of the heart. Further, 
 they have been unable to find at autopsy on man a definite association between sclerosis 
 of the abdominal aorta and great splanchnic vessels and cardiac hypertrophy.
 
 58 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 a cause of the condition. In tlio pure typo, there is hyper- 
 trophy only of the left ventricle without dilatation of the 
 chamber. The muscle fibers are increased in number and in 
 size, and there are frequently areas of fibrous myocarditis 
 due to necrosis caused by insufficient nutrition of parts of 
 the muscle. In these cases the coronary arteries share in 
 the generalized arteriosclerotic process. The openings of 
 the arteries behind the semilunar valves may be very small. 
 
 Fig-. 11. Enormous hypertrophy of left ventricle probably due to prolonged in- 
 creased peripheral resistance. Note that the whole anterior surface of the heart is occu- 
 pied by the left ventricle. The right ventricle does not appear to be much affected. 
 x2/3. 
 
 There is often thickening and puckering of the aortic valves 
 and of the anterior leaflet of the mitral valve leading, at 
 times, to actual insufficiency of the orifice. Later, when the 
 heart begins to weaken, there is dilatation of the chambers 
 and loud murmurs result, caused by the inability of the non- 
 distensible valves to close the dilated orifices. Until the 
 compensation is established, it is impossible to say whether 
 or not true insufficiency is present.
 
 PATHOLOGY 59 
 
 In senile arteriosclerosis there is the physiologic atrophy 
 of the media to be reckoned with. This change has already 
 been referred to. AVI i en such degeneration has taken place, 
 the normal blood pressure may be sufficient to cause stretch- 
 ing of the already weakened media with or without hyper- 
 trophy of the intima. The arteries may be so lined with 
 deposits of calcareous matter that they appear as pipe 
 stems. More frequently there are rings of calcified material 
 placed closely together or irregular beading, giving to the 
 palpating finger the impression of feeling a string of very 
 fine beads. The arteries are often tortuous, hard, and are 
 absolutely nondistensible. At times no pulse wave can be 
 felt. 
 
 The larger arteries such as the brachials and femorals 
 are most affected. The walls become thinned and show 
 cracks, and areas apparently, but not actually denuded of 
 intima. Yellowish-white, irregular, raised plaques are scat- 
 tered here and there. Interspersed among these areas are 
 irregularly shaped clean-cut ulcers having as a rule a 
 smooth base, and frequently on the base is a thin plate of 
 calcified matter. The color of these denuded areas is usu- 
 ally brownish red or reddish brown. White thrombi may 
 be deposited on these areas. The danger of an embolus 
 plugging one of the smaller arteries is great and probably 
 happens more often than we think. The collateral circula- 
 tion is able to supply the thrombosed area. Should the 
 thrombus be on the carotid arteries, hcmiplegia may result 
 from cerebral embolism. On microscopic examination of 
 the arteries there is seen extreme degeneration of all the 
 coats, the degeneration of the media leading almost to an 
 obliteration of that coat. On seeing such arteries as these 
 one wonders how the circulation could have been main- 
 tained and the organs nourished. Senile atrophy of the 
 internal organs naturally goes hand in hand with such 
 arterial changes. 
 
 There is, as a rule, no increase in arterial tension; on the
 
 60 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 contrary, the pressure is apt to be lo\v. This is readily 
 understood when the heart is seen. This organ is small, 
 the muscle is much thinned, it is flabby and of a brownish 
 tint, the so-called "brown atrophy." Microscopically, 
 there is seen to be much fragmentation of the fibers with 
 a marked increase of the brown pigment granules which 
 surround the cell nuclei. Cases are seen, however, in which 
 blood pressure increases as the patient grows older. The 
 hearts in such cases are more or less hypertrophied and 
 show extensive areas of fibroid myocarditis. 
 
 From what has been said, it follows that hypertension 
 alone may be the cause of arteriosclerosis; that certain 
 poisons in the blood which attack the media and cause it 
 to degenerate and weaken cause arteriosclerosis without 
 increased blood pressure; that the normal blood pressure 
 may be, for the artery which is physiologically weakened in 
 an individual over fifty, really hypertension, and arterio- 
 sclerosis may result. Our observations lead us to believe 
 that the process is at bottom one and the same. The dif- 
 ferent types noted clinically depend upon the nature of the 
 etiologic factors and the kind of arterial tissue with which 
 the individual is endowed. This view at least brings some 
 order out of previous chaos, and corresponds well with our 
 present knowledge of the disease. 
 
 There are many cases of arteriosclerosis which lead to 
 definite interference with the closure of the valves of the 
 heart, particularly the aortic and the mitral. It has been 
 said that puckerings of the valves frequently occur (Fig. 
 12). This arteriosclerotic endocarditis at times leads to 
 very definite heart lesions, chiefly aortic or mitral insuffi- 
 ciency, or both with, at times, murmurs of a stenotic char- 
 acter at the base. There is rarely true aortic stenosis, 
 however. The murmur is caused by the passage of the 
 blood over the roughened valves and into the dilated aorta. 
 Aortic stenosis is one of the rarest of the valvular lesions 
 affecting the valves of the left heart, and should be diag-
 
 PATHOLOGY 01 
 
 nosed only when all factors, including the typical pulse 
 tracings, are taken into consideration. 
 
 The kidneys, as a rule, show extensive sclerosis. They 
 are small, firm, and contracted and not always to be dif- 
 ferentiated from the contracted kidneys of chronic inflam- 
 mation. The lesions of the arteriosclerotic kidney are due 
 to narrowing and eventual obstruction of the afferent ves- 
 
 Fig. 12. Aortic incompetence with hypertrophy and dilatation of left ventricle, the 
 result of arteriosclerosis affecting the aortic valves. Note how the valves have been curled, 
 thickened, and shortened, the edges of valves being a half inch below the upper points 
 of attachment. The anterior coronary artery is shown, the lumen narrowed. (Reduced 
 one-half.) 
 
 sels. The organs are usually bright red or grayish red in 
 color. At times there is marked fatty degeneration of 
 cortex and medulla, giving to them a yellowish streaking. 
 The capsule is here and there adherent, the cortex is much 
 thinned and irregular. The surface presents a roughly
 
 ()2 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 granular appearance. The glonieruli stand out as whitish 
 dots and the selerosed arteries are easily recognized, as 
 their walls are much thickened. The process does not, as 
 a rule, affect the whole kidney equally, but rather affects 
 those portions corresponding to the interlobular arteries. 
 The replacement of the normal kidney tissue by connective 
 tissue and the resulting contraction of this latter tissue 
 leads to the formation of scars. As the process is not reg- 
 ular, the scarring is deeper in some places than in others, 
 with the result that localized rather sharply depressed 
 areas appear on the surface. The pelvis is relatively large 
 and is filled with fat. The renal artery is often markedly 
 sclerosed and the whole process may be due to localized 
 thickening of the artery, or as part of a general arterioscle- 
 rosis. The latter is the more frequent. Microscopically, 
 it is seen that the tubules are atrophied, the Bowman's 
 capsules are, as a rule, thickened, and the glomeruli are 
 shrunken or have been replaced by fibrous tissue. In places 
 they have fallen out of the section. There is marked pro- 
 liferation of connective tissue in cortex and medulla. The 
 arterioles are thickened, the sclerosis being either of the 
 intima or media or of both. There is even occlusion of 
 many arterioles. 
 
 Changes in other organs as the result of arteriosclerosis 
 of their afferent vessels occur, but are not so characteristic 
 as in the kidney. In the brain the result of gradual thick- 
 ening of the arterioles is a diminished blood supply, soften- 
 ing of the portion supplied by the artery, and later a con- 
 nective tissue deposit. The occurrence of thrombi is fa- 
 vored and, now and again, a thrombus plugs an artery 
 which supplies an important and even vital part of the 
 brain. The arteries of the brain are end arteries, hence 
 there is no chance for collateral circulation. It is there- 
 fore evident how serious a result may follow the disturb- 
 ance in or actual deprivation of blood supply to any of the 
 brain centers or to the internal capsule.
 
 PATHOLOGY 63 
 
 Arteriosclerosis of the Pulmonary Arteries 
 
 There have been a number of eases of sclerosis of the 
 pulmonary arteries, either alone, or associated with general 
 systemic arteriosclerosis. 
 
 A primary and a secondary form are recognized, the for- 
 mer in conjunction with congenital malformations of the 
 heart, the latter as the result of severe infection or of mi- 
 tral stenosis. These two causes seem to be the most impor- 
 tant in the production of the arterial changes. The cases 
 thus far described have revealed widespread thickening 
 of the pulmonary arteries. If one may judge by the de- 
 scription of the pathologic changes, the condition is quite 
 similar to that produced in a vein by transplantation along 
 the course of an artery. The diffuse form with connective 
 tissue thickening of all coats has been generally described. 
 There is also obliterating endarteritis of the smaller ves- 
 sels. In the etiology of the condition severe infection seems 
 to play a prominent role. The constant presence of right 
 ventricular hypertrophy is interesting, the heart dullness 
 extends, as a rule, far to the right of the sternum. In some 
 of the cases no demonstrable changes were observed in the 
 bronchial arteries or in the pulmonary veins. 
 
 Sanders has described a case of primary pulmonary ar- 
 teriosclerosis with hypertrophy of the right ventricle. 
 
 Recently AVarthin* has reported a case of syphilitic 
 sclerosis of the pulmonary artery which places the lesion 
 in exactly the same category as that of syphilis in the sys- 
 temic arteries. There was also aneurysm of the left upper 
 division present and, to settle the etiologic nature of the 
 process, Spirochete pallida were found in the wall of the 
 aneurysm sac and in that of the pulmonary artery. The 
 microscopic picture in the pulmonary artery could not be 
 told from that in a syphilitic aorta. 
 
 *\Varthin, A. S. : Am. Jour. Syph., 1918, i, 693.
 
 04 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 Sclerosis of the Veins 
 
 Phlebosclerosis not infrequently occurs with arterioscle- 
 rosis. It is seen in those cases characterized by high blood 
 pressure. Such increased pressure in the veins is due, for 
 example, to cirrhosis of the liver which affects the portal 
 circulation, or to mitral stenosis which affects the pulmo- 
 nary veins. The affected vessels are usually dilated. The 
 intima shows compensatory thickening especially where the 
 media is thinned. As a rule all the coats are involved in the 
 connective tissue thickening. Occasionally hyaline degen- 
 eration or calcification of the new-formed tissue is seen. 
 "Without existing arteriosclerosis the peripheral veins 
 may be sclerotic usually in conditions of debility, but not in- 
 frequently in young persons." (Osier.) 
 
 In many cases of arteriosclerosis, the pathologic changes 
 are not confined to the arteries, but are found in the veins 
 as well as in the capillaries. Such cases could be called 
 angiosclerosis.
 
 CHAPTER! 1 1 
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CTRCI T LATIOX 
 
 Xo attempt will be made to cover the entire subject of 
 the physiology of the circulation. Only in so far as it re- 
 lates to arteriosclerosis and blood pressure and has a bear- 
 ing on the probable explanation of blood pressure phe- 
 nomena will it be discussed. 
 
 "The heart and the blood vessels form a closed vascular 
 system, containing a certain amount of blood. This blood 
 is kept in endless circulation mainly by the force of the 
 muscular contractions of the heart; but the bed through 
 which it flows varies greatly in width at different parts of 
 the circuit, and the resistance offered to the moving blood 
 is very much greater in the capillaries than in the large 
 vessels. It follows, from the irregularities in size of the 
 channels through which it flows, that the blood stream is 
 not uniform in character throughout the entire circuit- 
 indeed, just the opposite is true. From point to point in 
 the branching system of vessels the blood varies in regard 
 to its velocity, its head of pressure, etc. These variations 
 are connected in part with the fixed structure of the system 
 and in part are dependent upon the changing properties of 
 the living matter of which the system is composed." (W. 
 H. Howell.) 
 
 If the vascular system were composed of a central pump, 
 projecting at every stroke a given amount of liquid into 
 a series of rigid tubes, the aggregate cross sections of which 
 were equal to the cross section of the main pipe, then the 
 velocity at the openings would be the same as at the source 
 (making allowances for friction). The problem would then 
 be a simple one. In the circulation of the blood no such 
 simple condition obtains. The capillary beds is an enormous 
 
 65
 
 ()() ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 area through which the blood flows slowly. From the 
 time the blood is thrown into the aorta the velocity begins 
 to diminish until it reaches its minimum in the capillaries. 
 In no two persons is the initial velocity at the heart the 
 same, nor in the same person is it the same at all times of 
 day. The size of the heart, the actual strength of the 
 muscle, the amount of blood ejected at every beat, and the 
 size and elasticity of the aorta are some of the factors which 
 determine the velocity of blood at the aortic orifice. When 
 to these factors are added the differences in arterial tissue, 
 the activity or resting stage of the various organs, etc., the 
 question becomes exceedingly complicated. In spite of 
 these many disturbing elements, attempts more or less suc- 
 cessful have been made to estimate the velocity of the blood 
 in animals. Thus, in the carotid of the horse the velocity 
 was found to be 300 mm. per second (Volkman) and 297 
 mm. (Chauveau); in the carotid of the dog, 260 mm. 
 (Vierordt). In the jugular vein of the dog Vierordt found 
 the velocity to be 225 mm. per second. These figures do 
 not represent the actual velocity of the blood in all horses 
 or all dogs, but they do give us some general idea of the 
 rate of flow of the blood. For man it has been calculated 
 that the velocity in the aorta is about 320 mm. per second. 
 The velocity is not uniform in the large arteries, where at 
 every heart beat there is a sudden increase followed by a 
 decrease as the heart goes into diastole. The farther away 
 from the heart the measurements are made the more even 
 is the flow. 
 
 Observations by W. H. Luedde with the Zeiss binocular 
 corneal microscope on the rate of flow in the conjunctival 
 capillaries must modify somewhat our former conceptions. 
 He finds that "The rate varies in the different arteries, 
 capillaries, and veins from a barely perceptible motion to 
 a little more than 1 mm. per second. Further, some parts 
 of the capillary network are ordinarily supplied with blood 
 elements only occasionally. This is shown by the passage
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCTLATIOX 07 
 
 of a column of corpuscles along a certain lino, followed 
 after an interval of seconds, during which no corpuscles 
 pass, by another column in the same line as before." 
 
 The vessels of the conjunctiva probably are quite like 
 superficial vessels in the skin and mucous membranes. 
 Therefore, we must be free to admit that the circulation 
 in them is not absolutely steady. Luedde found further that 
 in syphilitics there were tortuosities, irregularities, minute 
 aneurysmal dilatations and even obliterations of capillaries. 
 Some of the changes occurred as early as one month after 
 infection. 
 
 The rate in the capillaries of man is estimated to be be- 
 tween 0.5 mm. and 0.9 mm. per second. As the blood is 
 collected into the veins and the bed becomes smaller, the 
 velocity increases until at the heart it is almost the same 
 as in the aorta. That the velocity could not be exactly the 
 same is evident from the fact that the cross section of the 
 veins, which return the blood to the right auricle, is greater 
 than is the cross section of the aorta. 
 
 The volume of the bed is subject to rapid and wide 
 fluctuations, which are dependent on many causes, both 
 physiologic and pathologic. The call of an actively func- 
 tionating organ or group of organs causes a widening 
 of a more or less extensive area, and the velocity necessarily 
 varies. In states of great relaxation of the vessels there 
 may be a capillary pulse. In order to force blood at the 
 same rate through dilated vessels as through normal ves- 
 sels, there must be more blood or there must be a more 
 rapid contraction of the central pump. What actually 
 happens, as a rule, is an increase in the rate of the heart 
 beat. There are conditions such, for example, as aortic 
 insufficiency where actually more blood is thrown into 
 the circulation at every beat, so that the rate is not 
 changed. 
 
 It has been calculated that the average amount of blood 
 thrown into the aorta at everv svstole of the heart is from
 
 (IS AKTKKIOSCLEKOSIS 
 
 50 to 100 c.c. This is forcibly ejected into a vessel already 
 filled (apparently) with blood. In order to accommodate 
 this sudden accession of fluid, the aorta must expand. The 
 aortic valves close, and during 1 diastole the blood is forced 
 through the vascular system by the forcible, steady contrac- 
 tion of the highly elastic aorta. Other large vessels which 
 branch from the aorta also have a part in this steady pro- 
 pulsion of blood. From seventy to eighty times a minute 
 the aorta is normally forcibly expanded to accommodate 
 the charge of the ventricle. It is not difficult to under- 
 stand the great frequency of patches of sclerosis in the arch 
 when these facts are borne in mind. 
 
 What relationship the viscosity of the blood has to the 
 rate and volume of flow is not fully understood. As yet 
 there is not much known about the subject, and no one has 
 devised a satisfactory means of measuring the viscosity. 
 It is thought by some that an increased viscosity assists in 
 producing an increased amount of work for the heart. 
 
 Blood Pressure 
 
 Blood pressure is the expression used for a series of 
 phenomena resulting from the action of the heart. As every 
 heart beat is actual work done by the heart in overcoming 
 resistance to the outflow of blood, this force is approx- 
 imately measurable in a large artery such as the brachial. 
 It has been determined that the pressure in the brachial 
 artery is almost equal to the intraventricular pressure in 
 the left ventricle. In animals it is easy to attach manom- 
 eters to the carotid artery and to measure the blood pres- 
 sure accurately. Formerly the method consisted in attach- 
 ing a tube and allowing the blood to rise in the tube. The 
 height to which the blood rose measured the maximum pres- 
 sure. This is a crude method and has been replaced by 
 the U-tube of mercury with connection made to the artery 
 by saline or Ringer's solution. This apparatus is familiar 
 to all physiologists.
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION O'J 
 
 Iii man the measurement is most conveniently made from 
 the brachial artery. There is some difference in the pres- 
 sure in the femoral and the brachial and some use both 
 arteries. However, the difficulty of adjusting instruments 
 to the upper leg, the great force which must be used to com- 
 press the femoral artery and the relative inaccessibility of 
 the leg as compared to the arm, make the leg an inconveni- 
 ent part for use in blood pressure determinations. It is 
 not to be recommended. 
 
 Blood pressure is a valuable aid in diagnosis and of ma- 
 terial help in many cases in prognosis, but it is not infalli- 
 ble neither can it be used alone to diagnose a case. Blood 
 pressure is only one of many links in a chain of evidence 
 leading to diagnosis. It has been badly used and much 
 abused. It has been condemned unjustly when it did not 
 furnish all the evidence. It has been made a fetish and 
 worshipped by both doctors and patients. A sane concep- 
 tion of blood pressure must be widely disseminated lest 
 we find it being discarded altogether. 
 
 Blood pressure consists of more than the estimation of 
 the systolic pressure. The blood pressure picture consists 
 of (1) the systolic pressure, (2) the diastolic pressure, (3) 
 the pulse pressure which is the difference between the 
 systolic and diastolic pressure, (4) the pulse rate. Ex- 
 pressed in the literature it should read thus: 120-80-40; 72. 
 That tells the whole story in a brief, accurate form. This 
 is recommended in history reporting. It must be ever kept 
 in mind that a blood pressure reading represents the work 
 of the heart at the moment irlien it tea* taken. AVithin a 
 few minutes the pressure may vary up or down. There is 
 no normal pressure as such, but an average pressure for 
 any group of people of the same age living under similar 
 conditions. The habit of speaking of any systolic figure as 
 normal should be broken. A pressure picture may be nor- 
 mal but a systolic reading, whatever it may be, is not ac- 
 curately designated as normal. This distinction is worth 
 insisting upon.
 
 1 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 Blood Pressure Instruments 
 
 There are several instruments which are in common use 
 for the purpose of recording- blood pressure in man. 
 
 Historically, the determination of blood pressure for man 
 began with the attempt of K. Vierordt in 1855 to measure 
 the blood pressure by placing weights on the radial pulse 
 until this was obliterated. The first useful instrument, 
 however, was devised by Marey in 1876. He placed the 
 hand in a closed vessel containing water connected by tub- 
 ing with a bottle for raising the pressure and by another 
 tube with a tambour and lever for recording the size of the 
 pulse waves. He maintained that when pressure on the 
 hand was made, the point where oscillations of the lever 
 ceased was the maximal pressure, the point where the oscil- 
 lations of the recording lever was largest, was the minimal 
 pressure. 
 
 This pioneer work was practically forgotten for twenty- 
 five years. It was not until 1887 that V. Basch devised an 
 instrument which was used to some extent. This instru- 
 ment recorded only maximum pressure. It consisted of a 
 small rubber bulb filled with water communicating with a 
 mercury manometer. The bulb Avas pressed on the radial 
 artery until the pulse below it was obliterated and the 
 pressure then read off on the column of mercury. V. Basch 
 later substituted a spring manometer for the mercury 
 column. Potain modified the apparatus by using air in the 
 bulb with an aneroid barometer for recording the pressure. 
 These instruments are necessarily grossly inaccurate. 
 Moreover, they do not record the diastolic pressure. 
 
 In 1896 and 1897 further attempts were made to record 
 blood pressure by the introduction of a flat rubber bag- 
 encased in some nonyielding material, which was placed 
 around the upper arm. Eiva-Iiocci used silk, while Hill 
 and Barnard used leather. The latter used a bulb or 
 Davidson svringe to force air into the cuff around the arm
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OK THE CIIK'l'LATIOX 71 
 
 and palpated the radial artery at the wrist, noting the point 
 of return of the pulse after compression of the upper arm, 
 and reading the pressure on a column of mercury in a tube. 
 
 Except that the width of the cuff has been increased from 
 5 cm. to 12 cm., this is the general principle upon which all 
 the blood pressure instruments now in use are based. 
 Most of the apparatuses make use of a column of mercury 
 in a U-tube to record the millimeters of pressure. As the 
 mercury is depressed in one arm to the same extent as it 
 is raised in the other arm the scale where readings are made 
 is .5 cm. and the divisions represent 2 mm. of mercury but 
 are actually 1 mm. apart. 
 
 The cuff was made 12 cm. in diameter because it was 
 shown (v. Recklinghausen) that with narrow cuffs much 
 pressure was dissipated in squeezing the tissues. Jane- 
 way has shown that with the use of the 12 cm. cuff 
 accurate values are obtained independently of the amount 
 of muscle and fat around the brachial artery. In other 
 words if an actual systolic blood pressure of 140 mm. is 
 present in two individuals, the one with a thin arm, the 
 other with a thick arm, the instrument will record these 
 pressures the same where a 12 cm. arm band is used. We 
 need have no fear of obtaining too high a reading when 
 we are taking pressure in a stout or very muscular individ- 
 ual. Janeway also was the first to call attention to the fact 
 that the diastolic or minimal pressure was at the point 
 where the greatest oscillation of the mercury took place. 
 This is difficult to estimate in many cases as the eye can 
 not follow slight changes in the oscillation when the pres- 
 sure in the cuff is gradually reduced. Practically this is 
 the case in small pulses. 
 
 The Riva-Rocci instrument was modified by Cook. (See 
 Fig. 13.) He used a glass bulb containing mercury into 
 which a glass tube projected. The bull) was connected by 
 outlet and tubing to the cuff and syringe. The glass tube 
 was marked off in centimeters and millimeters and for con-
 
 <_: ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 venienre was jointed liall' way in its length. The instru- 
 ment could be carried in a box of convenient size. This 
 instrument is fragile and more cumbersome, although 
 lighter in weight, than others and is very little used at 
 present. 
 
 Stanton's instrument (Fig. 14) is practically Cook's 
 made more rigid in every way but without the jointed tube. 
 The cuff has a leather casing, the pressure bulb is of heavy 
 rubber, the glass tube in which the mercury rises is fixed 
 
 Fit;. 13. Cook's modification of Riva-Rocci's blood pressure instrument. 
 
 against a piece of flat metal and there are stopcocks in a 
 metal chamber introduced between the bulb and mercury 
 with which to regulate the in- and out-flow of air. The 
 pressure can be gradually lowered conveniently without re- 
 moving the pressure bulb. 
 
 The most accurate mercury manometer is that of Er- 
 langer. (Fig. 15.) The instrument is bulky and is not 
 practicable for the physician in practice. The principle is 
 that used bv Kiva-Rocci. There is an extra T-tube intro-
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION <o 
 
 duced between the manometer and air bulb connecting with 
 a rubber bulb in a glass chamber. The oscillations of this 
 are communicated to a Marey tambour and recorded on 
 smoked paper revolving on a drum. There is a compli- 
 cated valve which enables the operator to reduce the pres- 
 sure with varying degrees of slowness. The mercury is 
 placed in a U-tube with a scale alongside it. The instru- 
 ment is expensive and not as easy to manipulate as its 
 
 Fig. 14. Stanton's sphygmomanorneter. 
 
 advocates would have us believe. Hirschfelder has added 
 to the usefulness (as well as to the complexity) of the Er- 
 langer instrument, by placing two recording tambours for 
 the simultaneous registering of the carotid and venous 
 pulses. In spite of its complexity and necessary bulkiness, 
 very valuable data are obtained concerning the auricular 
 contractions.
 
 74 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 One of the best of the mercury instruments is the Brown 
 sphygmomanometer. In this (Fig. 16) the mercury is in 
 a closed, all-glass tube so that it can not spill under any 
 
 Fig. 15. The Erlanger sphygmomanometer with the Ilirschf elder attachments by 
 means of which simultaneous tracings can be obtained from the brachial, carotid, and 
 venous pulses.
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION I .) 
 
 sort of manipulation. It is in this sense ' ' fool-proof. ' ' The 
 cuff, however, is poorly constructed. It is too short and 
 there are strings to tie it around the arm. I have found 
 that this causes undue pressure in a narrow circle and ren- 
 
 / 
 
 Fig. 16. Desk mo 
 
 ders the reading inaccurate. In the clinic we use this mer- 
 cury instrument with a long cuff like that provided by the 
 Tycos instrument. 
 
 The Faugh t instrument (Fig. 17) is larger than the 
 Brown, but is less easily broken and is not too cumbersome
 
 ( U ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 to carry around. The substitution of a metal air pump for 
 the rubber makes the apparatus more durable. 
 
 The v. Eecklinghausen instrument is not employed to 
 any extent in this country. It is both expensive and cum- 
 bersome, and has no advantages over the other instruments. 
 
 Several other instruments have been devised and new ones 
 are constantly being added to the already large list. With 
 those employing mercury the principle is the same. The 
 aim is to make an instrument which is easily carried, dura- 
 ble, and accurate. 
 
 In all the mercurv instruments the diameter of the tube 
 
 is 2 mm. One would suppose that there would be notice- 
 able differences in the readings of the different mercury 
 instruments depending upon the amount of mercury used 
 in the tube. By actual weight there is from 35 to 45 gins. 
 of mercury in the several instruments. After many trials, 
 no noticeable differences in blood pressure readings can be 
 made out between a column weighing )>5 gm. and one weigh- 
 ing 45 gm. 
 
 There is, however, the inertia of the mercury to be over-
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION t ( 
 
 como, friction between the tube and the mercury, and vapor 
 tension. The mercury is therefore not as sensitive to rapid 
 changes of pressure in the cuff as a lighter fluid Avould be. 
 The mercury must be clean and the tube dry so that there 
 is no more friction than what is inherent between the mer- 
 cury and glass. In making readings on a rapid pulse the 
 oscillations of the mercury column are apt to be irregular 
 or to cease now and then, due to the fact that the downward 
 oscillation coincides Avith a pulse wave, or an upward oscil- 
 lation receives the impact of two pulse waves transmitted 
 through the cuff. Instruments have been devised to obviate 
 this difficulty, but they have not come into favor. They are 
 
 Fig. 18. Rogers' "Tycos" dial sphygmomanometer. 
 
 usually too complicated and at present can not be recom- 
 mended. 
 
 An instrument devised by Dr. Bogers (the "Tycos") 
 has met with considerable popularity. (Fig. 18.) This is 
 not an instrument which operates with a spring and lever. 
 The instrument is composed essentially of two metal discs 
 carefully ground and attached at their circumferences to 
 the metal casing below the dial. There is an air chamber 
 between these discs through the center of which air is 
 forced by the syringe bulb. When air is forced into the 
 space between these two discs, they are forced apart to a 
 very slight extent, with the highest pressures only 2-3 mm. 
 of bulging occurs. From data gathered after extensive use
 
 78 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 for five years tliese discs were not found to have sprung. 
 A lever attached to a cog which in turn is attached to the 
 dial needle magnifies to an enormous extent the slightest 
 expansion of the discs. Every dial is handmade and every 
 division is actually determined by using a U. S. govern- 
 ment mercury manometer of standard type. Xo two dials 
 therefore are alike in the spacing of the divisions of the 
 
 Fig. 19. Detail of the dial in the "Tycos"' instrument. 
 
 scale but every one is calibrated as an individual instru- 
 ment. There is no doubt in the author's mind that for the 
 general practitioner the instrument has some advantages 
 over the mercury instruments. It reveals the slightest 
 irregularity in force of the heart beat. The oscillation of 
 the dial needle is more accurately followed by the eye than 
 is that of the column of mercury. The needle passes di- 
 rectly over the divisions of the scale, while with usual mer-
 
 PHYSIOLOGY' OF THE CIRCULATION '( 9 
 
 cury instruments the scale is an appreciable distance (some- 
 times .5 cm.) from the column of mercury at the side. (Fig. 
 19.) The diastolic pressure is more easily read on the 
 
 Fig. 20. Fatight dial instrument. 
 
 Fig. 21. Detail of the dial of the Fatight instrument.
 
 so 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROS I S 
 
 "Tycos." It is whore the maximum oscillation of the nee- 
 dle occurs as the pressure is slowly released from the cuff. 
 Although it does not appear that this instrument, if prop- 
 erly made and standardized, could become inaccurate, 
 nevertheless it is advisable to check it every few months 
 against a known accurate mercury manometer instrument. 
 
 Another perfectly satisfactory dial instrument is the 
 Fauglit (Figs. 20 and 21). The general plan of this differs 
 in some minor points from the "Tycos." I have compared 
 the two and have found no difference in the readings. Both 
 can l>e recommended. 
 
 One or two other cheaper dial instruments are on .the 
 market. The Sanborn seems to be quite satisfactory. (Fig. 
 
 Fig. 22. Tlie Sanborn instrument. 
 
 22.) It is cheaper than the other dial instruments. There 
 is this much to be said, no instrument using a spring as re- 
 sistance to measure pressure can be recommended. 
 
 Technic 
 
 The same technic applies to all the mercury instruments. 
 The patient sits or lies down comfortably. The right or left 
 arm is bared to the shoulder, the cuff is then slipped over 
 the hand to the upper arm. (See Fig. 23.) At least an inch 
 of bare arm should show between the lower end of the cuff 
 and the bend of the elbow. The rubber is adjusted so that 
 the actual pressure from the bag is against the inner side
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION 81 
 
 of the arm. The straps are tightened, care being taken not 
 to compress the veins. The upper part of the cuff should 
 fit more snugly than the lower part. The part of the in- 
 strument carrying the mercury column is now placed on a 
 level surface; the two arms of the mercury in the tube must 
 be even, and at on the scale. AYith the fingers of one hand 
 on the radial pulse, the bag is compressed until the pulse 
 is no longer felt. (See Fig. 24.) One should raise the pres- 
 sure from 10-12 mm. above this, and close the stopcock 
 
 Fig. -23. Method of taking blood pressure with a patient in sitting position. 
 
 between the bulb and the mercury tube. In a good instru- 
 ment the column should not fall. If it does there is a leak 
 of air in the system of tubing and arm bag. Xow with the 
 finger on the pulse, or where the pulse was last felt, grad- 
 ually allow air to escape by turning the stopcock so that 
 the column of mercury falls about 2 mm. (one division on 
 the scale) for every heart beat or two. One must not allow 
 the column of mercurv to descend too slowlv as it is un-
 
 8:2 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 coinfortal)lc for the patient and introduces a psychic ele- 
 ment of annoyance which affects the blood pressure. On the 
 other hand, the pressure must not be released too rapidly, 
 else one runs over the points of systolic and diastolic pres- 
 sure and the readings are grossly inaccurate. It is impossi- 
 ble to say how rapidly the mercury must fall. Every opera- 
 tor must find that out for himself by practice. The first per- 
 ceptible pulse wave felt beneath the palpating finger at the 
 wrist, represents on the scale the systolic pressure. This 
 can be seen to correspond to a sudden increase in the magni- 
 
 Kitf. 24. Method of taking blood pressure with patient lying down. 
 
 tude of the oscillation of the mercury column. The systolic 
 pressure, thus obtained, is from 5-10 mm. lower than the 
 real systolic pressure. The more sensitive the palpating 
 linger, the more nearly does the systolic pressure reading 
 approach that found by using such an instrument as Er- 
 langer's, where the first pulse wave is magnified by the 
 lever of the tambour. 
 
 The pressure is now allowed to fall, until the palpating
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION Od 
 
 finger feels the largest possible pulse wave, which is coinci- 
 dent with the greatest oscillation- of the mercury. This is 
 the diastolic pressure. Beyond this point there is no oscil- 
 lation of the mercury column. The difference between the 
 two is the pulse pressure. Thus the pulse is felt after com- 
 pression at 120 on the scale, and the maximum oscillation 
 occurs at 80. The systolic pressure is 120 mm., the dias- 
 tolic is 80 mm., and the pulse pressure is 40 mm. 
 
 AVith the "Tycos" or Faught the arm band is snugly 
 wound around the arm, the bag next to the skin and the end 
 tucked in, so that the whole band will not loosen when air 
 is forced into the bag. The cuff is blown up until the pulse 
 is no longer felt. One should raise the pressure not more 
 than 10 mm. above the point of obliteration of the pulse. 
 The valve is then carefully opened so that the needle grad- 
 ually turns toward zero. At the first return of the pulse 
 wave felt at the wrist, the needle is sure to give a sudden 
 jump. This is the systolic pressure and is read off on the 
 scale. The needle is now carefully watched until it shows 
 the maximum oscillation. This is the diastolic pressure. 
 The difference between the two is, as above, the pulse pres- 
 sure. 
 
 In taking pressure one should take the average of several, 
 three or four. Moreover, one must not take consecutive 
 readings too quickly and one must be sure that between 
 every two readings all the air is out of the cuff and that the 
 mercury or dial is at zero. It lias been repeatedly sliou'n 
 tJiat in a cyanosed arm the systolic pressure- 'is raised so 
 tJiat eveu si it/lit cyanosis betireen readinas niuxt be care- 
 fully avoided. 
 
 The only accurate method of determining both the sys- 
 tolic and diastolic pressure, but especially the diastolic, is 
 by the so-called auscultatory method. (See Fig. 2.").) The 
 cuff is adjusted in the usual way and one places the bell 
 of a binaural stethoscope over the brachial artery from 
 one to two centimeters below the lower edu'e of the
 
 84 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROS I S 
 
 cuff.* Care must be taken tliat tlie bell is not pressed too 
 firmly against the arm and that the edge of the bell nearest 
 the cuff is not pressed more firmly than the opposite end. 
 .For this purpose, one can not use the ordinary Bowles 
 stethoscope or any of the other much lauded steth- 
 oscopes, because the surface of the bell is too large. The 
 diameter of the bell must not be more than twenty-five mil- 
 limeters, twenty is still better. It is advisable before be- 
 ginning the observation to locate with the finger the pulse 
 
 I'ij{. 25. Observation by the auscultatory method and a mercury instrument. One hand 
 regulates the stop cock which releases air gradually. 
 
 in the brachial artery just above the elbow, so that the 
 stethoscope may be placed over the course of the artery. 
 (Fig. 26.) The first wave which comes through is heard as 
 a click, and occurs at a point on the manometer or dial scale 
 from 5-10 mm. higher than can usually be palpated at the 
 radial artery. This is the true systolic pressure. By keep- 
 
 *A firm makes a stethoscope so that the bell is clamped on the arm leaving both the 
 operator's hands free.
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION OO 
 
 ing the bell of the stethoscope over the brachial artery 
 while the pressure is falling, one comes to a point when all 
 sound suddenly ceases. This is said to be the diastolic pres- 
 sure. This is incorrect as will be shown later. 
 
 Fig. 2<). Observation by the auscultatory method and a dial instrument. Tin- right 
 hand holds the bulb and regulates the air valve. 
 
 Arterial Pressure 
 
 The arterial pressure in the large arteries undergoes ex- 
 tensive fluctuations with every heart beat. The maximum 
 pressure produced by the systole of the left ventricle of the 
 heart is known as the maximum or systolic pressure. It 
 practically equals the intraventricular pressure. The mini- 
 mum pressure in the artery, the pressure at the end of dias- 
 tole, is called the diastolic pressure. The difference be- 
 tween the systolic and diastolic pressures is known as the 
 pulse pressure. There is yet another term known as the 
 mean pressure. For convenience, this may be said to be the
 
 8() ' ATlTEiriOSCLKllOSIrf 
 
 arithmetical mean of the systolic and diastolic pressures. 
 Actually, however, this can not lie the' case, owing to the 
 form of the pulse wave, which is not a uniform rise and fall 
 the upstroke being a straight line, hut the doWnstroke be- 
 ing broken usually by two notches. We do not make use of 
 the mean pressure in recording results. It is of experimen- 
 tal interest and needs only to be mentioned here. 
 
 It has been shown that the mean pressure is quite con- 
 stant throughout the whole arterial system. The maximum 
 pressure necessarily falls as the periphery of the vascular 
 system is approached. In general it may be said that 
 
 a 
 
 I r-s 
 
 ,B 
 
 . Fig. 27. Schema lo illustrate the gradual decrease in pressure from the heart to the 
 vena cava: (a), arteries; (c), capillaries; (v), veins; (A), aorta, pressure 150 mm.; 
 (15), brachial artery, pressure 130 mm.; (F), femoral vein, 20 mm.; (IYC), inferior 
 vena cava, 3 mm. (Modified from Ilowell.) 
 
 the minimal pressure is quite constant. Too little attention 
 is paid to minimal and pulse pressure. The minimal pres- 
 sure is important, for it gives us valuable data as to the 
 actual propulsive force driving the blood forward to the 
 periphery at the end of diastole. 
 
 It is readily understood how the maximum pressure falls 
 as the periphery is approached, until in the arterioles the 
 maximum and minimum' pressures are about equal. The 
 pressure then in these arterioles is practically the same as 
 the diastolic pressure. Actually it is a few millimeters 
 less. The diastolic blood pressure would, therefore, meas- 
 ure the peripheral resistance and, as the maximum for 
 systolic pressure represents approximately the intraven-
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THK CM IKTLATIOX 87 
 
 tricular pressure, tlie difference between tlie two, the pulse 
 pressure, actually represents the force which is driving the 
 blood onward from the heart to the periphery. It is hence 
 very evident that the mere estimation of the systolic pres- 
 sure gives us but a portion of the information we are 
 seeking. 
 
 The pulse pressure is subject to wide fluctuations but as 
 a rule for any one normal heart it remains fairly constant 
 as the rate varies. In a rapidly beating heart the diastole 
 is short and the diastolic pressure rises. If the systolic 
 pressure does not also rise, as in a normal heart following 
 exercise, we will say, the pulse pressure falls. AYe know 
 that when the pulse rate is constant, vasodilatation causes a 
 fall in diastolic pressure and a rise in pulse pressure. On 
 the contrary, vasoconstriction causes a rise in diastolic 
 pressure and a fall in pulse pressure. 
 
 It is very probably the case that with two individuals of 
 equal age and equal pulse rate, and equal systolic pressure 
 of 160 nun., the one with a diastolic pressure of 110 mm. 
 and, therefore, a pulse pressure of 50 mm. is much worse 
 off than the other with a diastolic pressure of 90 mm. and a 
 pulse pressure of 70 mm. The latter may be normal for the 
 age of the person especially when certain forms of fibrous 
 arteriosclerosis accompanied by enlarged heart are present. 
 
 The former is not normal for any age. Low pulse pres- 
 sure usually means a weak vasomotor control and is only 
 found in failing circulation or in markedly run down states, 
 such as after serious illness or in tuberculosis. Therefore, 
 it is most important to estimate accurately the diastolic 
 pressure as well as the systolic pressure, for only in this 
 way can we obtain any data of value regarding the driving 
 power of the heart and the condition of the vasomotor sys- 
 tem. A high systolic pressure does not necessarily mean 
 that a great deal of blood is forced into the capillaries. Ac- 
 tually it may mean that very little blood enters the pcriph- 
 erv. The heart wastes its strength in dilating constricted
 
 So AUTEIUOS.CLEHOS1S 
 
 vessels without actually carrying on the circulation ade- 
 quately. 
 
 Normal Pressure Variations 
 
 The systolic pressure varies considerably under condi- 
 tions which are by no means abnormal. Thus, the average 
 for men at all ages is about 127 nun. Jig. (All measure- 
 ments are taken from the brachial artery, with the individ- 
 uals in the sitting posture.) For women the average is 
 somewhat lower, 120 mm. Hg. The pressure is lowest in 
 children. Jn children from 0-12 years the average systolic 
 pressure is 112 mm. Normally, there is a gradual increase 
 as age conies on, due, as will be shown in the succeeding 
 chapter, to physiologic changes which take place in the 
 arteries from birth to old age. In the chart here appended 
 is graphically shown the normal variations in the blood 
 pressure at different ages compiled from observations made 
 on one thousand presumably normal persons. (Fig. 28.) 
 
 The diastolic pressure has been estimated to be about 35 
 to 45 mm. llg lower than the systolic pressure, and conse- 
 quently these ligures represent the pulse pressure in the 
 brachial artery of man. This is equivalent to saying that 
 every systole of the left ventricle distends this artery by a 
 sudden increase in pressure equal to the weight of a column 
 of mercury 2 mm. in diameter and 35 to 45 mm. high. Nat- 
 urally, at the heart the pressure is highest. As the blood 
 goes toward the capillary area the pressure gradually de- 
 creases until, at the openings of the great veins into the 
 heart, the pressure is least. At the aorta (A) the pressure 
 (systolic) is approximately 150 mm. llg, at the brachial 
 artery (B) it is 130 mm., in the capillary system (C) it is 
 30 mm., in the femoral vein (F) it is 20 mm., at the opening 
 of the inferior vena cava (I) it is 3 mm. 
 
 Attention has been called to the normal systolic pressure 
 at different ages. This is not the only cause for variations 
 in the blood pressure. Normally, it is greater when in the
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION 
 
 89 
 
 erect position than when seated, and greater when seated 
 than when lying down. During the day there are well- 
 recognized changes. The pressure is lowest during the 
 early morning hours, when the person is asleep. In women 
 there are variations due to menstruation. Muscular exer- 
 
 AGES 
 
 mm is TO 
 
 3O 3O TO 
 
 40. 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 T C 
 
 5 S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ro 
 
 6 
 
 3 
 
 
 1SO 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 IT 
 
 ! 
 
 -" 
 
 li 
 
 148 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 148 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -- ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 147 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 140 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^-- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 14S 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 -^ 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 144 
 
 
 JU<! 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 143 
 
 = -o*" 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 142 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 141 _i- 
 
 ^ ^ E * Gt ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 139 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 138 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 137 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1M _ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 las 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 134 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1S3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 132 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -" 
 
 131 _ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 _^_ - 
 
 _ i- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 12S 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 128 
 
 
 
 - -- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 \i'n " AV 
 
 :RAGE- MAL:S J;^" 
 
 ALL 
 
 IGi 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 125 
 
 ^SiOft 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 124 
 
 ^r"i"\ fc^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 123 
 
 ^ ^ S ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 122 ^-' 
 
 5 r^sj5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 121 ^^ 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 118 =^ 
 
 AVERAGE FEMALES 
 
 AT A 
 
 . A 
 
 (-, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 11 f- _ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 117 _ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 1 L5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 114 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^- 
 
 "" 
 
 
 
 
 
 113 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 ^-- 
 
 . ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 112 _ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ,J 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 111 
 
 
 
 
 
 X* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 ia 
 
 
 
 ^> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 too 
 
 
 >^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 108 
 
 
 ,/ _ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1O7 
 
 3 
 
 ^t 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 106 
 
 ^'Tc' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 r- Hjt^ k 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 104 . 
 
 *"*" *: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 103 ,^_- 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1O2 ^.-^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 101 ^^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 100 f 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 iool-Tl I I . I I I I 1 I Mill I I I I I I I I I I II II I I 
 
 Tig. 28. Chart showing the normal limits of variation in systolic blood pressure 
 
 Woley.) 
 
 cise raises the blood pressure markedly. The effect of a 
 full meal is to raise the blood pressure. The explanation 
 is that during and following a meal there is dilatation of 
 the abdominal vessels. This takes blood from other parts 
 of the body, provided that the other factors in the circula-
 
 AKTERTOSCLEBOSIS 
 
 tioii remain constant. A fall of pressure would necessarily 
 occur in -the -aorta.' To compensate for this, there is in- 
 creased' work on the part of the heart, wh id i YeveaTs itself 
 as increased pressure and pulse pressure. It is weli known 
 that the interest in the. process taken by an individual upon 
 whom the blood pressure is estimated for the first time tends 
 to increase the rate of the heart and to raise the blood pres- 
 sure. For this reason the first few readings on the instru- 
 ment must be discarded, and not until the patient looks, 
 upon the procedure calmly can the true blood pressure be 
 obtained. As a corollary to this statement, mental excite- 
 ment, of whatever kind, has a marked influence on the 
 pressure. The patient must remain absolutely quiet, liais- 
 ing the head or the free arm causes the pressure to rise. 
 Another important physiologic variation is produced by 
 concentrated mental activity. This tends to hurry the heart 
 and increase the force of the beat. In short, it may be 
 stated as a general rule that any active functioning of a 
 part of the body which naturally requires a great excess of 
 blood tends to elevate the blood pressure. At rest the pres- 
 sure is constant. Variations caused by the factors men- 
 tioned act only transitorily, and the pressure shortly re- 
 turns to normal. 
 
 The Auscultatory Blood Pressure Phenomenon 
 
 Since the first description of the auscultatory blood pres- 
 sure sounds by Korotkov in 1905, this method has been more 
 and more employed until today it is the standard, recog- 
 nized method of determining the points in the blood pres- 
 sure reading. AVlien one applies the 12 cm. arm band over 
 the brachial artery and listens with the bell of the stetho- 
 scope about one cm. below the cuff directly over the bra- 
 chial artery near the bend of the elbow, one hears an inter- 
 esting series of sounds when the air in the cuff is gradually 
 reduced. The cuff is blown up above the maximum pres- 
 sure. As the air pressure around the arm gradually is
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION 91 
 
 lowered, the series of sounds begins with a rather low- 
 pitched, clear, clicking sound. This is the first phase. This 
 only lasts through a few millimeters fall when a murmur 
 is added and the tone becomes louder. This click and mur- 
 mur phase is the second phase. A few millimeters more of 
 drop in pressure and a clear, sharp, loud tone is audible. 
 Usually this tone lasts through a greater drop than any of 
 the other tones. This is the third phase. Rather suddenly 
 the loud, clear tone gives place to a dull muffled tone. In 
 general the transition is quite sharp and distinct. This is 
 the fourth phase. The tone gradually or quickly ceases 
 until no tone is heard. This is the fifth phase (Ettinger.) 
 
 The first phase is due to the sudden expansion of the 
 collapsed portion of the artery below the cuff and to the 
 rapidity of the blood now. This causes the first sharp 
 clicking sound which measures the systolic pressure. 
 
 The second, or murmur and sound phase, is due to the 
 whorls in the blood stream as the pressure is further re- 
 leased and the part of the artery below the cuff begins to 
 fill with blood. 
 
 The third tone phase is due to the greater expansion of 
 the artery and to the lowered velocity in the artery. A 
 loud tone may be produced by a stiff artery and a slow 
 stream or by an elastic artery and a rapid stream. This 
 tone is clear cut and in general is louder than the first 
 phase. 
 
 The fourth phase is a transition from the third and be- 
 comes duller in sound as the artery approaches the normal 
 size. 
 
 The fifth phase, no sound phase, occurs when the pressure 
 in the cuff exerts no compression on the artery and the 
 vessel is full throughout its length. 
 
 It is generally conceded that the sounds heard are pro- 
 duced in the artery itself and not at the heart. 
 
 The tones vary greatly in different hearts. A very 
 strong third tone phase or prolongation of this phase usu-
 
 \)\1 AKTEPiIOSCLKllOSIS 
 
 ally means that the heart which produces the tone is a 
 strongly acting one, although allowance's must be made for 
 a sclerosed artery in which there is a tendency to the pro- 
 duction of a sharp third phase. 
 
 Weakness of the third phase, as a rule, indicates weak- 
 ness of the heart and this dulling of the third phase may be 
 so excessive that no sound is produced. (Joodman and 
 Howell have carried this method further by measuring the 
 individual phases and calculating the percentage of each 
 phase to the pulse pressure. Thus, if in a normal individ- 
 ual the systolic pressure is 130 mm., the diastolic 85 mm., 
 and the pulse pressure 45 mm., the first phase lasts from 
 130 to 116 or 14 mm., the second from 116 to 96, or 20 mm., 
 the third from 96 to 91 or 5 mm., the fourth from 91 to 85, or 
 6 mm. The first phase would then be 31.1 per cent of the 
 total pulse pressure, the second phase 44.4 per cent, the 
 third phase 11.1 per cent, and the fourth phase 13.3 per 
 cent. They consider that the second and third phases rep- 
 resent cardiac strength (C. S.) and the first and fourth rep- 
 resent cardiac weakness (C. AY.). They believe that C. S. 
 should normally be greater than C. AY. In the example 
 above C. S.:C. AY. 55.5:44.4. In weak hearts, especially in 
 uncompensated hearts, the conditions are reversed and C. 
 AY. > C. S. This is often the case. As a heart improves 
 C. S. again tends to become greater than C. AY. They think 
 that the phases should be studied in respect to the sounds 
 and also to the encroachment of one sound upon another. 
 
 These observations are interesting but we have not found 
 the division into phases as helpful as it was thought to be. 
 \Ye spent a great deal of time on this question. All that 
 can be said, in my opinion, is that a loud, long third phase 
 is usually evidence of cardiac strength. 
 
 A further interesting feature which can be heard in all 
 irregular hearts is a great difference in intensity of the in- 
 dividual sounds. Goodman and Howell call this phenom- 
 enon tonal arrhythmia. Irregularities can be made out by
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION 93 
 
 the auscultatory method which can not be hoard at the 
 heart. 
 
 In anemia the sounds are very loud and clear and do not 
 sooni to represent the actual strength of the heart. 
 
 The general lack of vasomotor tone in the blood vessels 
 together with some atrophy and flabbiness of the coats 
 probably explains the loud sounds. 
 
 In polycythemia the sounds have a curious, dull, sticky 
 character and can not be differentiated accurately into 
 phases, a condition which was predicted from the knowl- 
 edge of the sharp sounds in anemia. 
 
 In not all cases can all phases be made out. It is usually 
 the fourth phase which fails to be heard. 
 
 In such cases the loud third tone almost immediately 
 passes to the fifth phase or no sound phase. The importance 
 of this will later be taken up. 
 
 "In arteriosclerosis, with hardening and loss of elasticity 
 of the vessel walls, the auscultatory phenomena, according 
 to Krylow, are apt to be more pronounced, since the back 
 pressure at the cuff probably causes some dilatation of the 
 vessel above it, while the lumen of the vessel is smaller 
 than normal. Both of these factors cause an increased 
 rapidity in the transmission of the blood wave when pres- 
 sure in the cuff is released, which in time favors the vibra- 
 tion of the vessel walls. 
 
 "In high grade thickening of the arterial walls, how- 
 ever, especially where calcification had occurred, Fischer 
 found that the sounds were distinctly less loud itlian nor- 
 mal, the more so in the arm, which showed the greater 
 degree of hardening. According to Ettinger's experience, 
 the rapidity of the flow distinctly increases the auscultatory 
 phenomenon." (Oittings.) 
 
 The sounds depend upon the resonating character of the 
 cuff, upon the si/e and accessibility of the vessel, upon the 
 force of the heart beat, and upon the velocity of the blood.
 
 94 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 The Maximum and Minimum Pressures 
 
 The maximum (systolic) pressure is read at the point 
 where the first audible click is heard after the cuff is blown 
 up and the pressure gradually reduced by means of the 
 needle valve in the hand bulb or on the upright of the 
 glass containing the mercury. All are agreed upon this 
 point. There has been some dispute as to the place where 
 the diastolic pressure should be read. Korotkov considered 
 that the diastolic pressure should be read at the fourth 
 
 Fig. 29. Tracing of auscultatory phenomena. (See explanation in legend of Fig. 30.) 
 
 phase when the loud tone suddenly becomes dulled. Others 
 held that the diastolic pressure should be read at the fifth 
 phase, the absence of all sound. Experiments carried out 
 to determine this point were made by me with the assist- 
 ance of Prof. Kyster and 'Dr. Meek at the Physiological 
 Laboratory of the University of Wisconsin. We arranged 
 apparatus making it possible to hold the pressure in the 
 carotid arterv of dogs at maximum or minimum. A femoral
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION 
 
 95 
 
 artery was then dissected and ah instrument devised to 
 compress the -artery with a water jacket. The whole was 
 connected up with a kymograph. A time marker was put 
 in so as to record the place -where changes in sound were 
 heard while listening below the cuff around the -femoral 
 artery. Two sets of records were taken. One with pres- 
 sure greater than minimum pressure and a falling pres- 
 sure over the femoral artery (Fig. 29), the other with 
 pressure at zero and gradually raised to minimum pres- 
 sure (Fig. 30). Both sets of records showed the same re- 
 
 Fig. 30. Figures are to he read from left to right. The top line records the points 
 where sounds were heard, the figures above the short vertical lines refer to tones (see 
 text). MX. I!. I'., maximum hlood-pressure. M. 15. P., minimum blood-pressure. P. I?., 
 pressure bulb recorder. It was impossible to lower and raise this bulb by hand without 
 obtaining the great irregular oscillations of the attached lever above the mercury manom- 
 eter. B. I,., base line. 
 
 suit; viz., that at a point corresponding to the sudden 
 change of tone the pressure on the artery corresponded to 
 the minimum pressure. It was therefore concluded that 
 experimentally in dogs the point where diastolic pressure 
 should be read is at the tone change from clear to dull, 
 not at the point where all sound disappears. 
 
 Erlanger showed some years ago, that with his instru- 
 ment, the point at which diastolic pressure should be read 
 was at the instant when the maximum oscillation of the
 
 JJ() AHTEK I OSCLEROS1 S 
 
 lever suddenly became smaller. While checking up the 
 graphic with the auscultatory method using Erlanger's in- 
 strument, it was noticed that the disappearance of all sound 
 did not correspond with the sudden diminution of the os- 
 cillation of the lever connected with the brachial artery. A 
 series of records were carefully made on patients. It was 
 seen that during the period of the third tone phase the os- 
 
 Fig. 31. "Fast drum. Sudden decrease in size of pulse wave at 4, marking the change 
 from clear sharp tone to dull tone. 
 
 Fig. 32. Slow drum. Sudden decrease in amplitude at 4. 
 
 cillations of the lever on the drum reached a maximum 
 (Fig. 31) and remained at approximately the same height 
 for some millimeters while the pressure was gradually fall- 
 ing. At a point at which the third tone, clear and distinct, 
 became dull, there was an appreciable decrease in the height 
 of the pulse wave. From this point to the disappearance 
 of all sound there was a gradual diminution of the size of 
 the pulse waves.
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION 97 
 
 For normal pressures the difference between the fourth 
 (dull) tone and the fifth (disappearance of all tone) phase, 
 amounted to 4 to 10 mm. Occasionally the difference was 
 so little, the change from sharp third tone through fourth 
 dull tone to disappearance of all sound was so abrupt, that 
 one could take the disappearance of all sound as the dias- 
 tolic pressure, with an error of not more than 2 to 4 mm. 
 This is within the limits of normal error and practically 
 may be used by those who have difficulty in noting the 
 change from third to fourth phase. For high pressures, 
 however, the difference between fourth and fifth phases was 
 never less than 8 mm., and was found as much as 16 mm. 
 The diastolic, therefore, should always be taken at the 
 fourth phase if possible. 
 
 It was found that with the dial instrument the greatest 
 fling of the lever corresponded to the third phase and the 
 sudden lessened amplitude of the oscillation was at the 
 fourth phase and was coincident with the change of tone 
 from sharp to dull. Thus the diastolic pressure may be 
 read off on the dial scale by watching the fling of the hand 
 and with some practice one might acquire considerable ac- 
 curacy. It is better, simpler, and, for most observers, more 
 accurate to use the stethoscope and hear the change of 
 sound. 
 
 The Relative Importance of the Systolic and Diastolic 
 
 Pressures 
 
 The systolic pressure represents the maximum force of 
 the heart. It is measured by noting the first sound audible 
 over the brachial artery using the auscultatory method. 
 It is the summation of two factors largely; the force ex- 
 pended in opening the aortic valves (potential) and the 
 force expended from that point to the end of systole, the 
 force which is actually driving the blood to the periphery 
 (kinetic). To start the blood in motion, the heart must 
 overcome a dead weight equal to the sum of all the forces
 
 y<3 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 holding the aortic valves closed. This sum of factors, 
 called the peripheral resistance, must be reached and passed 
 by the force of the ventricular beat before one drop of 
 blood is set in motion along the aorta. This factor of re- 
 sistance assumes a great importance. 
 
 The systolic pressure is always fluctuating as it depends 
 upon so many conditions, and the calls of the body except 
 during sleep are many and various. In a study of diurnal 
 variations in arterial blood pressure it has been found that 
 (1) A rise of maximum pressure averaging 8 mm. of Hg. 
 occurs immediately on the ingestion of food. A gradual 
 fall then takes place until the beginning of the next meal. 
 There is also a slight general rise of the maximum pressure 
 during the day. (2) The range of maximum pressure 
 varies considerably in different individuals, but the highest 
 and lowest maximum pressures are practically equidistant 
 from the average pressure of any one individual.* 
 
 The pressure is lowest during sleep and gradually rises 
 near the end of sleep, so that on awakening the pressure 
 was the same as before sleep. 
 
 Physiologically there are many conditions which modify 
 the systolic pressure. Sleep, position, meals, exercise, emo- 
 tional states cause often wide fluctuations which may be 
 very sudden. It should be constantly borne in mind, that 
 the systolic pressure reading which is made, is the maxi- 
 mum effort of the heart at that moment only. 
 
 The diastolic pressure measures the peripheral resistance. 
 It measures the work of the heart, the potential energy, up 
 to the moment of the opening of the aortic valves. It is 
 the actual pressure in the aorta. The diastolic pressure is 
 not very variable; it is not subject to the same influences 
 which disturb the systolic pressure. It fluctuates as a rule, 
 within a small range. It is not affected by diet, by mental 
 excitement, by subconscious psychic influences, to anything 
 like the extent to which the systolic pressure is affected by 
 
 Weyse, A. W., and Lutz. P>. R.: Diurnal Variations in Arterial Hlood Pressure, 
 Am. Jour. I'hysiol., 1915, xxxvii, 330.
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CMIUTLATIOX 99 
 
 the action of these factors. The diastolic pressure is de- 
 termined by the tone in the arterioles and is under the con- 
 trol of the vasomotor sympathetic system. Any agent 
 which causes chronic irritation of the whole vasomotor sys- 
 tem produces increase in the peripheral resistance with con- 
 sequent rise in the diastolic pressure. Any agent which 
 acts to produce thickening of the walls of the arterioles, 
 narrowing their lumina, produces the same effect. 
 
 Such states naturally result in increased work on the 
 part of the heart, which as a result, hypertrophies in the 
 left ventricle. The increase in size and strength is a com- 
 pensatory process in order to keep the tissues supplied 
 with their requisite quota of blood. Conversely, paralysis 
 of the vasomotor system produces fall of diastolic pressure 
 which, if long continued, results in death. 
 
 The diastolic pressure then is of importance for the fol- 
 lowing reasons: 
 
 1. It measures peripheral resistance. 
 
 2. It is the measure of the tonus of the vasomotor system. 
 
 3. It is one of the points to determine pulse pressure. 
 
 4. Pulse pressure measures the actual driving force, the 
 kinetic energy of the heart. 
 
 5. It enables us to judge of the volume output, for pulse 
 pressure which is only determined by measuring both sys- 
 tolic and diastolic pressure, is such an index. 
 
 6. It is more stable than the systolic pressure, subject to 
 fewer more or less unknown influences. 
 
 7. It is increased by exercise. 
 
 8. It is increased by conditions which increase periph- 
 eral resistance. 
 
 9. The gradual increase of diastolic pressure means 
 harder work for the heart to supply the parts of the body 
 with blood. 
 
 10. Increased diastolic pressure is always accompanied 
 by increased pulse pressure, and increased size of the left 
 ventricle, temporarily (exercise) or permanently.
 
 1 00 AUTElUOSCLKHOSrS 
 
 11. Decreased diastolic pressure goes hand in hand with 
 vasomotor relaxation, as in fevers, etc. 
 
 12. Low diastolic pressure is frequently pathognomonic 
 of aortic insufficiency. 
 
 13. When the systolic and diastolic pressures approach, 
 heart failure is imminent either when pressure picture is 
 high or low. 
 
 When all these factors are taken into consideration, it 
 becomes apparent that the diastolic pressure is most im- 
 portant, if not the most important part of the pressure 
 picture. 
 
 Up to within a very brief time all the statistical evidence 
 of blood pressure was based on systolic readings alone. 
 This data is most valuable and much has been learned as 
 to diagnosis and prognosis, but it is a mass of data based 
 on a one-sided picture and can not be as valuable as the 
 statistics which will undoubtedly be published later when 
 all the pressure picture figures can be analyzed. 
 
 Pulse Pressure 
 
 The pulse pressure is the actual head of pressure which 
 is forcing the blood to the periphery. At every systole a 
 certain amount of blood 75-90 c.c. (Howell) is thrown vio- 
 lently into an already comfortably filled aorta. The sud- 
 den ejection of this blood instigates a wave which rapidly 
 passes down the arteries as the pulse wave. The elastic 
 recoil of the aorta and large arteries near the heart con- 
 tract upon the blood and keep it moving during diastole. 
 Normally the blood-vessels are highly elastic tubes with 
 an almost perfect coefficient of elasticity. The pulse pres- 
 sure varies under normal conditions from 30 to 50 mm. Hg. 
 There is a very definite relationship between the velocity 
 of blood and the pulse pressure which is expressed thus; 
 velocity == pulse rate x pulse pressure.* 
 
 *Krlanger and Hooker: An Experimental Study of Rlood Pressure and of Pulse 
 Pressure in Man, Johns Hopkins IIosp. Rep., 1904, xii, 145.
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION 
 
 Further it has been demonstrated that under normal con- 
 ditions and during various procedures the pulse pressure 
 is a reliable index of the systolic output.* 
 
 Increased pulse pressure therefore goes hand in hand 
 with greater systolic output. Physiologically this is most 
 ideally seen during exercise. Following exercise the pulse 
 rate increases, the systolic pressure rises greatly, the dias- 
 tolic slightly or not at all. The pulse pressure therefore is 
 increased. The velocity also is much increased. The call 
 comes for more blood and the heart responds. In the chronic 
 high pulse pressures there are four correlated conditions 
 which, so far as I have studied them, are always present. 
 These are: (1) An increase in size of the cavity of the left 
 ventricle. The ventricle actually by measurement contains 
 more blood than normal, and therefore throws out more 
 blood at every systole. The volume output is greater per 
 unit of time. (2) There is actual permanent increase in 
 diameter of the arch of the aorta. This is a compensating 
 process to accommodate the increased charge from the left 
 ventricle. (3) There are on careful auscultation over tin; 
 manubrium, particularly the lower half, breath sounds 
 which vary from bronchial to intensely tubular, depending 
 upon the anatomic placing of the aorta, the shape of the 
 chest, and the degree of dilatation. Often there is very 
 slight impairment of the percussion note as well. (4) 
 There is increase in size of all the large distributing ar- 
 teries, carotids, brachials, femorals, renals, celiac axis, etc., 
 with fibrous changes in the media, loss of some elasticity, 
 and increase in size of the pulse wave. Increased pulse 
 pressure means increased volume output, but does not al- 
 ways mean increased velocity. The proper distribution of 
 blood to the various organs of the body is regulated by the 
 vasomotor system acting upon the small arteries which con- 
 tain considerable unstriated muscle. When fibrous ar- 
 teriosclerosis is present there is loss of elasticity in the dis- 
 
 *r);uvson and Oorliam: Tin- Pulse Pressure as an Index of Systolic Output lour 
 Kxper. Med., 1908, x, 484.
 
 102 AliTUIMOSCLKUOSlS 
 
 tributing arteries and a greater volume of blood must be 
 thrown out by the ventricle at every systole in order that 
 every organ shall have its full quota of blood. A force 
 which is sufficient to send blood through elastic normal dis- 
 tributing tubes becomes totally insufficient to send the same 
 amount of blood through tortuous and more or less inelastic 
 tubes. 
 
 It is evident then that pulse pressure is exceedingly im- 
 portant. It can only be determined by measuring both the 
 systolic and diastolic pressure. The pulse rate must also 
 be known in order to compute the velocity. It is essential 
 to have the whole pressure picture for all cases if correct 
 conclusions are to be drawn. 
 
 In an irregular heart, especially in the cases due to myo- 
 cardial disease, it is quite impossible to determine the true 
 diastolic pressure. One can only approximate it and say 
 that the pulse pressure is low or high. As a matter of fact 
 the real systolic pressure can not be determined. For this 
 figure the place on the scale where most of the beats are 
 heard may be taken for the average systolic pressure. Xo 
 one can seriously maintain that he can measure the dias- 
 tolic pressure under all circumstances. 
 
 By means of the auscultatory method of measuring blood 
 pressure we are able to determine irregularities of force in 
 the heart beats more easily than by listening to the heart 
 sounds. A pulsus alternans is readily made out. The ir- 
 regular tones heard over the brachial artery in cases of ir- 
 regular heart action have been called "tonal arrhythmias." 
 
 Blood Pressure Variations 
 
 A recent study of diurnal variations in blood pressure has 
 shown that while the maximum pressure rises after the Di- 
 gestion of food and steadily rises slightly throughout the 
 day, the minimum blood pressure is very uniform through- 
 out the day, and is little affected by the ingestion and di- 
 gestion of meals. AYhen it is affected, a rise or a fall may
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF TIIK CHUTLATIOX 103 
 
 take place. Throughout the day, it tends to become slightly 
 lower. The pulse pressure then is greater towards evening. 
 AVeysse and Lutz in a study of this question draw the fol- 
 lowing conclusions: 
 
 1. A rise of maximum pressure averaging 8 mm. of Hg 
 occurs immediately on the ingestion of food. A gradual 
 fall then takes place until the beginning of the next meal. 
 There is also a slight general rise of the maximum pressure 
 during the day. 
 
 2. The average maximum blood pressure for healthy 
 young men in the neighborhood of 20 years of age is 120 
 mm. of Hg. This pressure obtains commonly one hour 
 after meals. The higher maximum pressures occur imme- 
 diately after meals, and the lower, as a rule, immediately 
 before meals. 
 
 3. The range of maximum pressure varies considerably in 
 different individuals, but the highest and lowest maximum, 
 pressures are practically equidistant from the average pres- 
 sure of any one individual. 
 
 4. The minimum blood pressure is very uniform through- 
 out the day, and is little affected by the ingestion and diges- 
 tion of meals. AYhen it is affected a rise or fall may take 
 place. There is a tendency for a slight general lowering 
 of the minimum pressure throughout the day. 
 
 5. The average minimum blood pressure for healthy 
 young men in the neighborhood of 20 years of age is 85 mm. 
 of Hg. Thus we get an average pulse pressure of 85 mm. 
 of Hg. 
 
 6. Pulse pressure, pulse rate, and the relative velocity 
 of the blood How are increased immediately upon the inges- 
 tion of meals. They attain the maximum, as a rule, in 
 half an hour, and then decline slowly until the next meal. 
 There is a general increase in each throughout the day. 
 
 These measurements were made upon persons at rest. 
 Almost any form of exercise would have made the varia- 
 tions much greater. No account is taken of the psychic
 
 104 
 
 ARTEBIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 THE AVERAGE DIURNAL BLOOD PRESSURE RECORD OP THE TEN SUBJECTS 
 
 T I M 13 
 
 MAXI- 
 MUM 
 
 MINI- 
 MUM 
 
 MEAN 
 
 PUI.SS 
 PRES- 
 SURE 
 
 PUI.SE 
 RATS 
 
 PP X PR 
 
 NOTES 
 
 4:30 p.m 
 5:00 p.m 
 (5-00 p.m 
 
 mm. Hg 
 119.5 
 117.7 
 118 
 
 mm. Hg 
 
 84.1 
 83.5 
 84 
 
 mm. Hg 
 101.8 
 100.6 
 101 
 
 mm. Hg 
 35.4 
 34.2 
 34 
 
 72.0 
 71.1 
 
 74. Q 
 
 2549 
 2432 
 
 or: 4.7 
 
 
 6:45 p.m 
 
 127 2 
 
 88 2 
 
 107 7 
 
 39 
 
 7O 1 
 
 3046 
 
 
 7:00 p.m 
 
 14 7 
 
 87 7 
 
 106 9 
 
 37 
 
 7fi 
 
 9 1 9 
 
 
 7:30 p.m . .. 
 
 -[99 
 
 83 4 
 
 10 7 
 
 38 6 
 
 7f\ n 
 
 9934. 
 
 
 8:00 p.m 
 8:30 p.m 
 9:00 p.m 
 9:30 p.m 
 7:30 a.m 
 
 122.4 
 120.0 
 120.5 
 118.2 
 118.4 
 
 85.5 
 85.0 
 84.7 
 84.4 
 87 6 
 
 103.4 
 102.5 
 102.5 
 101.fi 
 1030 
 
 36.9 
 35.0 
 35.8 
 33.8 
 30 8 
 
 71.2 
 69.7 
 65.2 
 64.4 
 70 3 
 
 2527 
 2439 
 2334 
 2177 
 2165 
 
 
 8-00 a 111 
 
 1164 
 
 86 4 
 
 101.4 
 
 30 
 
 69 8 
 
 9994 
 
 
 8:30 a.m 
 9:00 a.m 
 10:00 a.m 
 11:00 a.m 
 
 124.2 
 123.8 
 118.2 
 1162 
 
 85.4 
 84.4 
 83.6 
 84 8 
 
 104.8 
 104.1 
 100.9 
 100.5 
 
 38.8 
 39.4 
 34.6 
 31 4 
 
 79.4 
 84.1 
 
 70.7 
 67 7 
 
 3081 
 3313 
 2446 
 9 1 9 6 
 
 After breakfast 
 
 12:00 m 
 12:30 p.m 
 1:00 p.m 
 
 114.4 
 122.8 
 122.3 
 
 83.2 
 83.2 
 82 
 
 98.8 
 103.0 
 102.1 
 
 31.2 
 39.6 
 40 3 
 
 66.2 
 70.9 
 79 7 
 
 2065 
 2808 
 3212 
 
 Before luncheon 
 After luncheon 
 
 2:00 p.m 
 3:00 p.m 
 
 118.4 
 
 118.8 
 
 81.4 
 
 82.6 
 
 99.9 
 
 100.7 
 
 37.0 
 362 
 
 77.6 
 75 1 
 
 2871 
 2719 
 
 
 4:00 p.m 
 
 115.8 
 
 82.0 
 
 98.9 
 
 33.8 
 
 71.9 
 
 2420 
 
 
 5:00 p.m 
 6:00 p.m 
 
 117.2 
 
 117.4 
 
 83.4 
 84.4 
 
 100.3 
 100.9 
 
 33.8 
 33.0 
 
 69.6 
 
 72.8 
 
 2352 
 2402 
 
 Before dinner 
 
 6:45 p.m 
 
 124.6 
 
 83.1 
 
 103.8 
 
 41.5 
 
 80.4 
 
 3337 
 
 After dinner 
 
 7:00 p.m 
 
 125.2 
 
 84.2 
 
 104.7 
 
 41.0 
 
 76.1 
 
 3120 
 
 
 7:30 p.m 
 
 122.0 
 
 84.0 
 
 103.0 
 
 38.0 
 
 73.7 
 
 2801 
 
 
 8:00 p.m 
 
 119.6 
 
 85.0 
 
 102.3 
 
 34.6 
 
 72.3 
 
 2502 
 
 
 8:30 p.m 
 
 119.7 
 
 84.0 
 
 101.3 
 
 34.7 
 
 69.0 
 
 2394 
 
 
 9:00 p.m 
 
 120.0 
 
 86.2 
 
 103.1 
 
 33.8 
 
 68.0 
 
 2298 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Average . . 
 
 120.0 
 
 85.0 
 
 102.5 
 
 35.0 
 
 72.0 
 
 2550 
 
 
 (Taken from Weysse and Lutz.) 
 
 variations which for the physician are the most important 
 to bear in mind. Neglect to take this variation into ac- 
 count will inevitably lead to false conclusions. 
 
 In some experiments to determine the changes upon the 
 blood pressure induced by hot and cold applications on and 
 within the abdomen, Hammett, Tice and Larson found that 
 heat applied to the outside of the abdomen raises the blood 
 pressure. The application of cold produces, no change. Ei- 
 ther hot or cold saline introduced within the abdomen 
 causes a fall in blood pressure.
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIKCULATIOX 105 
 
 Experimentally, certain drug's such as adrenalin, barium 
 chloride, nicotine, digitalis, strophanthus and the infundib- 
 ular portion of the pituitary body known as pituitrin raise 
 the maximum pressure. In the clinic it is difficult to con- 
 clude always whether the drug alone is responsible for rise 
 in maximum pressure. Adrenalin given intravenously will 
 raise the pressure. So will digitalis and strophanthus. I 
 have watched the maximum pressure rise within three min- 
 utes following an intravenous injection of gr. Moo (0.0006 
 gm.) strophanthin 20 mm. of Kg: I have seen the subcu- 
 taneous injection of 10 minims of adrenalin repeated sev- 
 eral times daily for six months fail to have the least effect 
 on the blood pressure picture. 
 
 Elevation of the foot of the bed about nine inches proved 
 so efficacious in steadying failing hearts in acute infectious 
 diseases, particularly typhoid, that a study was made of 
 the effect upon blood pressure. Many observations were 
 made, but no instrumental proof of rise in blood pressure 
 could be adduced. 
 
 Exercise always raises blood pressure, the maximum 
 much more than the minimum. In athletes the minimum 
 pressure may actually fall, the maximum rise so that a 
 greater volume output results from the greater pulse pres- 
 sure. 
 
 Shock and hemorrhage lower it. Hemorrhage lowers 
 also the pulse pressure, and it may be possible to prognos- 
 ticate internal hemorrhage by frequent estimations of the 
 systolic and diastolic pressures (AYiggers). Compression 
 of the superior mesenteric artery or the celiac axis in dogs 
 raises the blood pressure measured in the carotid artery 
 for a period of at least an hour. This seems to be depend- 
 ent on purely mechanical causes, and is not a reflex vaso- 
 motor phenomenon. (Longcope and McClintock.) 
 
 Experimentally blood pressure can be increased by di- 
 rect compression of the brain as Cushing has shown. It was 
 thought at one time that in man the same effect would re-
 
 !()() ARTKIMOSCLKIIOSIS 
 
 suit from tumor of the brain or especially from subdural 
 or extradural liemorrliage following head injuries. This, 
 however, is not the case. No information of great value 
 can be obtained by the measurement of blood pressure in 
 these states. We do know that too high and too prolonged 
 compression of the medulla brings about exhaustion of the 
 cardiac center accompanied with rapid pulse, low pressure 
 and eventual death. 
 
 Hypertension 
 
 All the conflict during the past few years over the sub- 
 ject of blood pressure has revolved around this much over- 
 worked word. Hypertension means high pressure, and yet 
 it carries with it a suggestion of high pressure which is 
 harmful to the individual. As a matter of fact hyperten- 
 sion is a compensatory process, it is often a saving process 
 in spite of the fact that it carries possibilities of harm in 
 its possessor. It has been made a fetish, a god to fall down 
 before and worship and it has been the means of holding a 
 torch of fear over a patient which has not been lost on the 
 charlatans. Popularization of blood pressure has brought 
 its crop of evils, no one of which has been as fruitful in 
 dollars to unprincipled quacks as hypertension. 
 
 Hypertension is the expression on the part of the circu- 
 lation to meet new conditions in the tissues so that all tis- 
 sues will be nourished and all will be enabled to function. 
 Looked at from that point of view it is a conservative proc- 
 ess and in many cases it is. It is not an average normal 
 state, but it is normal state for the man who has it in 
 chronic form. Hypertension should be viewed rationally 
 and its proper place in the whole make-up of the patient de- 
 termined. Hypertension is a relative term. AVliat might 
 be high pressure in a man of sedentary habits who reaches 
 the age of fifty, might not be high pressure in a full blooded 
 formerly athletic man of the same age. Temporary hyper- 
 tension due to excitement, exercise, etc., must be kept in
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION 107 
 
 mind. It is not intended to convey the impression that 
 hypertension is of no moment. It is a matter for investi- 
 gation, Imt not a matter to worship as the all-in-all. 
 
 Hypertension is, after all, a physiologic response on the 
 part of the organism in order to maintain the circulation in 
 equilibrium in the face of conditions which tend to produce 
 vasoconstriction in large areas and, therefore tend to de- 
 prive these areas of blood. That there must be some sub- 
 stance in the blood stream which causes this constriction 
 seems certain. What it is, is not at present known. Re- 
 cently, Voegtlin and Macht* have isolated a crystalline sub- 
 stance from the blood of man and other mammals which 
 they regard as a lipoid and closely related to cholesterin. 
 This substance was recovered by them from the cortex of 
 the adrenal gland. This becomes of added interest in the 
 light of observations made by Gubar (quoted by Voegtlin 
 and Macht). He noted "that the vasoconstricting proper- 
 ties of blood serum vary in different pathologic conditions, 
 being increased in nephritis, for instance, and diminished 
 in others." In some experiments made in the summer of 
 1913, we found there was no marked difference in the ana- 
 phylactic shock produced in half-grown rabbits by the in- 
 jection of normal and uremic blood serum. As lipoids do 
 not cause anaphylaxis, there should be no difference in the 
 reaction of normal and uremic sera unless in one there was 
 some form of protein not in the other. This does not seem 
 to be the case. The presence of something in the circula- 
 tion, therefore, produces constriction of vessels. This calls 
 for more force in contraction on the part of the heart. This 
 substance may be of lipoid nature. The continued presence 
 of this hypothetical substance naturally would lead to hy- 
 pertrophy of the heart. 
 
 AVI i at makes hypertension of significance is not the hy- 
 pertension itself, but the fact that it is the expression of 
 
 "Isolation of a New Vasoconstrictor Substance from the lilood and the Adrenal Cor- 
 tex, Jour. Am. Med. Assn., 1913, l.xi, 2136.
 
 108 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 processes going on in the body which demand exhaustive 
 investigation. To attach a blood pressure cuff to the arm, 
 find the pressure, and diagnose hypertension is like putting 
 a thermometer under the tongue, noting a rise in the mer- 
 cury, and diagnosing fever. What causes the hyperten- 
 sion? Can the causes be removed? Those are the really 
 vital questions after the symptom hypertension has been 
 discovered. 
 
 All states of hypertension are accompanied by more or 
 less increase of pulse pressure. In other words the systolic 
 pressure is always increased to greater degree than the di- 
 astolic pressure. In studies carried out in the wards and 
 Pathological Laboratory of the Milwaukee County Hospi- 
 tal, Milwaukee, we found that in all of the cases of chronic 
 high blood pressure with resulting high pulse pressure four 
 correlated factors were found. If any one of these factors 
 is present, the other three are found. 
 
 1. In all high pulse pressure cases there is increase in the 
 size of the cavity of the left ventricle. The ventricle actu- 
 ally contains more blood when it is full, and throws out, 
 therefore, more blood at each systole. The actual volume 
 output is greater per unit of time. Such hearts always 
 show 7 increase in thickness of the ventricular wall. I quite 
 agree with Stone,* who says, "It is merely to be empha- 
 sized that when the pulse pressure persistently equals the 
 diastolic pressure (high pressure pulse, in other words) 
 with a resulting 50 per cent, overload, which means the ex- 
 penditure of double the normal amount of kinetic energy on 
 the part of the heart muscle, cardiac hypertrophy has oc- 
 curred." They are found in aortic insufficiency, in chronic 
 nephritis, in the diffuse fibrous type of arteriosclerosis, and 
 in some cases of exophthalmic goiter. Such a condition 
 occurs temporarily after exercise. 
 
 *Stone, W. J.: The Differentiation of Cerebral and Cardiac Types of Ilyperarterial 
 Tension in Vascular Diseases, Arch. Int. Med., November, 1915, p. 775.
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION 109 
 
 2. In all high pulse pressure cases there is actual per- 
 manent increase in diameter of the arch of the aorta. This 
 is a compensating process to accommodate the increased 
 charge from the left ventricle. Smith and Kilgore* have 
 shown this to be true in cases of chronic nephritis with hy- 
 pertension. Their research confirms my own observations. 
 They found dilatation of the arch in (1) syphilis (that is, 
 aortitis) ; (2) age over 50 (that is, probable factor of ar- 
 teriosclerosis); (3) other serious cardiac enlargement, and 
 (4) hypertension (with more or less hypertrophy, as in 
 chronic nephritis). 
 
 In ten cases showing arches at the upper limit of normal 
 (that is, 6 cm. in diameter) and hypertrophy of the heart, 
 three were chronic mitral endocarditis; one was chronic 
 aortic endocarditis; three were chronic mitral and aortic 
 endocarditis, and there was one each of hyperthyroidism, 
 pericarditis and adherent pericardium. 
 
 In fourteen cases of hypertension (highest systolic 270 
 mm., average systolic, 215 mm.), all showed cardiac hy- 
 pertrophy. "All but three of these cases had great ves- 
 sels whose transverse diameters measured over the normal 
 limit of 6 cm., and in one of those measuring 6 cm. the 
 Roentgen-ray diagnosis was 'slight dilatation' of the 
 arch." Smith and Kilgore are at a loss to explain the three 
 exceptions. They did not give diastolic pressures, so pulse 
 pressures are not known. Possibly the three exceptions 
 were cases of high diastolic pressure in which the pulse 
 pressure possible was not over 60 mm. Such cases might 
 show "slight dilatation of the arch," but not marked dila- 
 tation, such as was found in the other, evidently high pulse 
 pressure cases. 
 
 We have found that only the high pulse pressure cases 
 show dilatation of the arch. Certain high tension cases 
 which have had a very high diastolic pressure do not re- 
 veal anv accuratelv measurable dilatation of the aortic 
 
 Smith, \V. IF., and Kilgore, A. R. : Dilatation of the Arch of the Aorta in Chronic 
 Nephritis with Hypertension, Am. Jour. Med. Sc., 1915, cxlix, 503.
 
 1 1 AUTEUIOSCLKKOSIS 
 
 arch. An empty aorta after death is quite different from a 
 functionating aorta during life. Hence the dilatation 
 which is found postmortem must have been considerable 
 during life. And conversely, a dilatation which was pres- 
 ent during life might not be looked on as such after death. 
 
 3. Tii all high pulse pressure cases one will find on care- 
 ful auscultation over the manubrium, particularly its lower 
 half, breath sounds which vary from bronchial to intensely 
 tubular. At times the percussion note will be slightly im- 
 paired, as McCrae* has shown in dilatation of the arch of 
 the aorta. This auscultatory sign is evidence of some more 
 or less solid body in the anterior mediastinum which is 
 lying on the trachea and permits the normal tubular breath- 
 ing in the trachea to be audible over the upper part of the 
 sternum. It is found in cases of dilated aortic arch. Flu- 
 oroscopic examination has confirmed the findings on auscul- 
 tation. 
 
 4. In all high pulse pressure cases, in which the pulse 
 pressure is over 70 mm. of mercury, there is increase in 
 the size of all large distributing arteries, carotids, brachials, 
 femorals, renals, celiac axis, etc., with fibrous changes in 
 the media, loss of some of the elasticity, and in the palpable 
 superficial arteries, increase in size of the pulse wave. 
 
 Increased pulse pressure means increased volume output, 
 but does not always mean increased velocity. The proper 
 distribution of blood to the various organs of the body is 
 regulated by the vasoniotor system acting on the small ar- 
 teries which contain considerable unstriated muscle. In 
 order that there may be enough blood at all times and under 
 varying conditions of rest and function, there must be a 
 proper supply coming through the distributing vessels, the 
 large arteries, those containing much elastic tissue, and 
 only a very small amount of unstriated muscle tissue or 
 none whatever. Fibrous sclerosis of these vessels causes 
 them to become enlarged and tortuous and to lose much 
 
 *McCrai-. Thomas: Dilatation of the Arch of the Aorta, Am. Jour. Mod. Sc. ( 1910, 
 cxi, 469.
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIIKTLATIOX 111 
 
 of their elasticity, which is essential for the even distribu- 
 tion of blood. A greater blood volume is therefore neces- 
 sary in order that the organs may receive their quota of 
 blood. A force which is sufficient to send blood through 
 elastic normal distributing tubes becomes totally insufficient 
 to send the same amount of blood through tortuous and 
 more or less inelastic tubes. As a compensatory process 
 the pulse pressure increases. For this to increase, the left 
 ventricular cavity dilates, the arch dilates, and as a greater 
 force must be exerted to keep the increased mass in motion, 
 the heart responds by hypertrophy of its left ventricle and 
 becomes itself the subject of fibrous changes in the myo- 
 cardium. The mass movement of blood is therefore greater 
 in high pulse pressure cases than in cases of normal pulse 
 pressure. 
 
 In cases of chronic interstitial nephritis contracted 
 granular kidney it may well be that the sclerosis of the 
 arteries is a secondary process caused, as Adami thinks, 
 by the hypertension itself. In aortic insufficiency the situ- 
 ation is somewhat different. The high pulse pressure is due 
 to a very low diastolic pressure, for in my experience with 
 uncomplicated aortic insufficiency the systolic pressure is, 
 as a rule, not much increased above the normal for the in- 
 dividual's age. Here peripheral resistance is so low that 
 a capillary pulse is common. The volume output per unit 
 of time is greatly increased, the arch of the aorta is dilated, 
 and the pulse is large. The fact that a large part of the 
 blood regurgitates during diastole back into the ventricle, 
 and the fact that the diastolic pressure is low means that 
 there is no increased resistance to overcome, and the sys- 
 tolic pressure is not raised. 
 
 Stone* has divided the cases of hypertension into the cere- 
 bral and cardiac types. He finds that there is a difference 
 in prognosis and in the mode of death in the two groups. 
 He has further attempted to judge of the work placed upon 
 
 *Stone, \V. J.: Arch. Int. Med.. 1915, xvl, "5.
 
 112 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 the heart by calculating what ho calls tho lioart load or pres- 
 suro-ratio. For example, ho takes a normal pressure at 
 120-80-40. The relation between 80 and 40 is % or 50 per 
 cent. That lie considers normal. When the heart load in- 
 creases so that the pulse pressure equals or exceeds the 
 diastolic pressure, the heart load is 100 per cent or more, 
 he considers the danger of myocardial exhaustion graver 
 than when the heart load is normal or less than 50 per cent. 
 
 It is his opinion, in which I heartily concur, "that an 
 individual with a systolic pressure of 200 and a diastolic 
 pressure of 140, is in greater danger of cerebral death than 
 an individual with a systolic pressure of 200 and a diastolic 
 pressure of 100." He is "likewise certain that the indi- 
 vidual with a systolic pressure of 200 and a diastolic of 
 90 to 100 is in greater danger of a cardiac death. It is 
 apparently the constant high diastolic pressure rather than 
 the intermittently high systolic pressure which predisposes 
 to cerebral accident." 
 
 I have not been able to confirm all of Stone's conclusions. 
 His contention holds good for some cases, but not, in my 
 experience, for the great majority of the hypertension cases. 
 I feel that in the classification of the chronic high pressure 
 case we can go one step farther and split his first group 
 into two usually differentiable groups. Syphilis is not an 
 etiological factor in any of these groups. It is not consid- 
 ered that these groups are absolutely distinct and can al- 
 ways be rigidly separated. There are variations and com- 
 binations which render an exact separation impossible. 
 But bearing this in mind the following classification is pro- 
 posed as a working classification. 
 
 Group A. Chronic nephritis. 
 
 Group B. Essential hypertension. 
 
 Group C. Arteriosclerotic hypertension. 
 
 Group A. Chronic Nephritis. These are the cases with 
 a high-pressure picture, that is to say, high systolic (200+) 
 and high diastolic (120-140 +). The pulse pressure is much
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE (MR(TLATK)X 113 
 
 increased. The palpable arteries are hard and fibrous. 
 There is puffiness of the under eyelids, which is more pro- 
 nounced in the morning on arising. Polyuria with low 
 specific gravity and nycturia are present. There are almost 
 constant traces of albumin in the urine, with hyaline and 
 finely granular casts. 
 
 Functionally these kidneys are much under normal. The 
 functional capacity determined by Mosenthal's modification 
 of the Schlayer-Hedinger method shows a marked inability 
 to concentrate salts and nitrogen. The phthalein output 
 is below normal. As the case advances the phthalein output 
 becomes less and less, until a period is reached when there 
 are only traces or complete suppression at the end of a two- 
 hour period. Such patients may live for ten weeks (one of 
 our cases) or longer, all the time showing mild uremic 
 symptoms, and suddenly pass into coma and die. 
 
 The natural end of patients in this group is either uremia 
 or cardiac decompensation (so-called cardiorenal disease). 
 Cerebral accidents may happen to a small number. It is 
 only to this group, in my opinion, that the term cardiorenal 
 disease should lie applied. Formerly I believed that all high 
 systolic pressure cases were cases of chronic nephritis of 
 some definite degree. From the purely pathologic stand- 
 point that is true, but from the important, functional stand- 
 point it is far from being the true state of the cases. 
 
 In this group there is marked hypertrophy and moderate 
 dilatation of the left ventricle with dilatation and nodular 
 sclerosis of the aorta. The kidneys are firm, red, small, 
 coarsely granular, the cortex much reduced, the capsule 
 adherent. Cysts are common. Tt is the familiar primary 
 contracted kidney. Mallory calls this eapsular-glomerulo- 
 nephritis. The etiology is obscure. Often no cause can be 
 found. Again, there is a history of some kidney involve- 
 ment following one of the acute infectious diseases, or it 
 may follow the nephritis of pregnancy. Usually, however,
 
 114 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 those eases fall into the, group of secondary contracted kid- 
 neys, chronic parenchymatoiis nephritis. 
 
 Illustrative Cast 1 . R. Z., a woman, aged thirty-six years, was seen July 26, 
 1916, in coma. There was a history of typhoid fever at nineteen years, but no 
 other disease. She had had nine full-term pregnancies, the last one thirteen 
 months previously. For a week before the onset of the present illness she had 
 complained of severe headaches and dizziness. There were no heart symptoms. 
 For the past year she has had nycturia. Physical examination revealed tubular 
 breathing beneath the manubrium, a few rales in the chest, an enlarged heart 
 (left side), witli a systolic murmur over the aortic area. Blood pressure was 
 178-125-53, the pulse rate 96, leucocytes 27,250. Venesection of 500 c.c. of 
 blood and intravenous injections of 500 c.c. of 5 per cent XaHCO 3 in normal 
 saline were employed. Lumbar puncture withdrew 60 e.c. of clear fluid under 
 pressure with 6 cells per cubic millimeter. The eye grounds showed distinct 
 haziness of the disks and dilatation of the veins. Blood pressure after vene- 
 section was 164-122-42, pulse 76, but in a few days rose to 222-142-80, pulse 70. 
 A second venesection of 400 c.c. and proctoclysis of 1000 c.c. saline solution 
 was tried. The blood-pressure now was 198-140-58. The pH of the blood was 
 7.6, the alkaline reserve was .'55 volume per cent (van Slyke), and the CO., 
 tension of the alveolar air (Marriott) was 25 mm. The phthalein on the day 
 following the second venesection was 45 per cent in two hours. The urine 
 at first showed 500 c.c. in twenty-four hours, specific gravity 1016, albumin 
 and casts. Later she passed 1300 to 1600 c.c. with specific gravity around 
 1010. The blood-pressure fluctuated considerably, reaching as low as 138-98- 
 40, pulse 88. She was discharged improved September 10, 1916. She had 
 constant headache but managed to keep up. In June, 1917, she suddenly 
 died in an uremic coma. 
 
 Group B. This one might designate as the hereditary 
 type, although there is not always a history in the ante- 
 cedent. This group includes the robust, florid, exuberantly 
 healthy people. They often are heard to boast that they 
 have never had a doctor in their lives. They are usually 
 thick-set or very large, fleshy people. The pressure pic- 
 ture is exceedingly high. The pulse pressure is moderately 
 increased. The arteries are rather large, fibrous, and often 
 quite tortuous, although this is not always the case. Some 
 persons have hard, small, fibrous arteries. There is no 
 puffiness beneath the eyes, no polyuria, and no nycturia as 
 a rule. The urine is of normal amount, color, and specific 
 gravity. Albumin is only rarely found and then in traces, 
 but careful search of a centrifuged specimen invariably re-
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION 
 
 veals a few hyaline casts. The phthalcin excretion is nor- 
 mal or only slightly reduced. The kidneys excrete salt and 
 nitrogen normally. It is in this group that apoplexy is 
 found most frequently. The rupture of the vessel occurs 
 when the victim is in perfect health, often without any 
 warning. Occasionally when such a case recovers suffi- 
 ciently to be around, cardiac decompensation sets in later 
 and he dies then of the cardiac complications. 
 
 Pathologically the hearts of such persons are found to 
 have the most enormous hypertrophy of the wall of the left 
 ventricle. The cavity is somewhat enlarged, as is always 
 the case when the pulse-pressure is increased, but the size 
 of the cavity is not the striking feature. The aorta is 
 fibrous, thick walled, and the arch is slightly dilated. There 
 are patches of arteriosclerosis. One such case seen only 
 at autopsy had a rupture of the aorta just above the sinus 
 of Valsalva and died of hemopericardium. The kidneys 
 are of normal size, dark red, firm, the capsule strips readily, 
 the surface is smooth or finely granular, the cortex is not 
 decreased. The pyramids are congested and red streaks ex- 
 tend into the cortex. Microscopically the capsules of the 
 glomeruli are a trifle thickened; a few show hyaline 
 changes. There is rather diffuse, mild, round-cell infiltra- 
 tion between the tubules. The tubular epithelium shows lit- 
 tle or no demonstrable changes. The arterioles are gener- 
 ally the seat of a moderate thickening of the intima and me- 
 dia, but it is not usual to find obliterating endarteritis. 
 There is evidently a diffuse fibrous change which has not 
 affected either the tubules or glomeruli to any great extent. 
 
 Illustrative Case. L. C., a man, aged fifty-six years, stonemason by tradt 1 , 
 is a stocky, thick-necked individual. He had never been ill in his life until 
 a year ago, when he fell from his chair unconscious. He had a right-sided 
 hemiplegia which has cleared up so completely that except for a very slight 
 drag to his foot he walks perfectly well. He came in complaining of short- 
 ness of breath and cough. There was no swelling of the feet. Here evi- 
 dently was left-heart decompensation. Examination showed the blood pressure 
 to be 240-130-110, pulse irregular, 104 to the minute. There were cyanosis 
 and rales throughout both chests. The urine was normal in color, specific
 
 H6 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 gravity 1()'2~>, small amount of albumin, few casts, hyaline and granular. 
 The phthalein elimination was 65 per cent in two hours. Under rest, purga- 
 tives, and digitalis he was much improved. He has since had two other 
 apoplectic strokes, the last of which was fatal. 
 
 When these patients are seen with acute cardiac decom- 
 pensation, there are, of course, much albumin and many 
 casts in the urine, and the phthalein output is, for the time 
 being, decreased. 
 
 Group C. This might be called the arteriosclerotic high- 
 tension group (Stone's cardiac group). The cases are usu- 
 ally over fifty years old. They are men and women who 
 have lived high and thought hard. Often they have had 
 periods of great mental strain. Many men in this group 
 were athletes in their young manhood. Many have been 
 fairly heavy drinkers, although never drinking to excess. 
 They are usually well nourished and inclined to stoutness. 
 The pressure picture is high systolic with normal or only 
 slightly increased diastolic and large pulse pressure. The 
 arteries are large, full, fibrous, usually tortuous. The heart 
 is very large, the apex far down and out. There is no poly- 
 uria; nycturia is uncommon, quite the exception. The urine 
 is normal in color, amount, and specific gravity. Albumin 
 is only rarely found and hyaline casts are not invariably 
 present. The phthalein excretion is quite normal and the 
 excretions of salt and nitrogen are also normal. The ter- 
 minal condition in most of the patients in this group is car- 
 diac decompensation. They may have several attacks from 
 which they recover, but after every attack the succeeding 
 one is produced by less exertion than the'preceding one, and 
 it becomes more and more difficult to control attacks. 
 Eventually the patients become bed- or chair-ridden, and 
 finally die of acute dilatation of the heart. 
 
 Occasionally patients in this group may have a cerebral 
 attack, but in my experience this is uncommon. Pathologi- 
 cally the heart is large, at times true cor bovinuin, dilated 
 and hypertrophied. The cavity of the left ventricle is much 
 dilated. The aorta is dilated and sclerosed.
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION 117 
 
 The kidneys are increased in size, are firm, dark red 
 in color, with fatty streaks in the cortex. The capsule strips 
 readily and the cortex is normal in thickness or only 
 slightly increased. The organ offers some resistance to the 
 knife. The microscope shows small areas scattered 
 throughout where the giomeruli are hyalinized, the stroma 
 full of small round cells, the tubules dilated, and the cells 
 are almost bare of protoplasm. Naturally the tubules are 
 full of granular cast material. Also the arterioles show 
 extensive intimal thickening, fibrous in character, with oc- 
 casional obliterating endarteritis. One gets the impression 
 that the small sclerotic lesions are the result of anemia and 
 gradual replacement of scattered giomeruli by fibrous tis- 
 sue. For the most part the kidney, except for the chronic 
 passive congestion, appears quite normal. One can readily 
 understand that in such a kidney function could not have 
 been much interfered with. 
 
 Illustrative Caso. C. K., an active, stout, business man, aged fifty-six 
 jears, consulted me on account of shortness of breath and swelling of the feet 
 in May, 191o. He had just returned from a hospital in another city, where 
 he had gone with what was apparently cardiac decompensation. In his early 
 manhood he had been a gymnast and a prize winner. He has worked hard, 
 often given way to violent paroxysms of temper, has eaten heavily but drunk 
 very moderately. The heart was greatly enlarged, the arch of the aorta 
 dilated, a mitral murmur was audible at the apex. The radials and temporals 
 were large, tortuous, and fibrous. The blood pressure picture ranged around 
 180-90-90. He was easily made dyspneic and had a tendency to swelling of 
 the lower legs. The urine was acid, of normal specific gravity, normal in 
 amount, normal phthalein, normal concentration of salt and nitrogen, con- 
 tained albumin only when he was suffering from decompensation of the heart. 
 Casts were always found. He finally died, after sixteen months, with all 
 the symptoms of chronic myocardial insufficiency. The heart Avas enormous, 
 a true cor bovininn. The kidneys were typical of this condition, possibly 
 somewhat larger than usual. 
 
 Hypotension 
 
 AY hen the pressure is constantly below the normal, it is 
 
 called hypotension. This may be transient as in fainting 
 
 it mav be a normal state of the individual, it occurs in
 
 118 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 most fevers and in a great variety of diseases, including 
 anemias. 
 
 In arteriosclerosis, especially the diffuse (senile) type, 
 tlie blood pressure is invariably low, and may be spoken of 
 as hypotension. The heart in such a case is small, the 
 muscle is flabby, there is brown atrophy of the fibers, and 
 some replacement of the muscle cells by connective tissue. 
 The same causes which have produced general arterioscle- 
 rosis have also produced sclerosis of the coronary arteries, 
 and probably the lessened blood supply accounts for much 
 of the atrophy of the heart muscle. 
 
 In typhoid fever the maximum blood pressure during 
 beginning convalescence may be as low as 65 nun. Hg. T 
 have frequently seen hypotension of 80 mm. This is com- 
 mon. 
 
 Meningitis is the only acute infectious disease in which 
 the blood pressure is more often high than low. This is 
 accounted for by the increased intracranial tension. 
 
 Following large hemorrhages the blood pressure is re- 
 duced. In venesection the withdrawal of blood may not 
 affect the blood pressure. The procedure is done to relieve 
 overdistension of the heart. 
 
 In pleurisy with effusion and in pericarditis with effusion 
 there is hypotension. 
 
 Collapse, whether from poisoning by drugs or as the re- 
 sult of dysentery, cholera, or profuse vomiting from what- 
 ever cause, reduces the blood pressure. 
 
 In cachectic states, such as cancer, the blood pressure is 
 low. General wasting of the whole musculature includes 
 that of the heart and the heart muscle shows the condition 
 known as "brown atrophy." 
 
 A most interesting and important condition in which 
 hypotension occurs is pulmonary tuberculosis. Haven 
 Kmerson has recently gone over the whole subject in a care- 
 ful piece of work and his summary is as follows: 
 
 ''Hypotension or subnormal blood pressure is univer-
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIllCULATIOX 119 
 
 sally found in advanced pulmonary tuberculosis, in which 
 condition emaciation may play a part in its causation. 
 Hypotension is found in almost all cases of moderately ad- 
 vanced tuberculosis, or in early cases in which the toxemia 
 is marked except when arteriosclerosis, the so-called ar- 
 thritic or gouty diathesis, chronic nephritis, or diabetes 
 complicate the tuberculosis and bring about a normal pres- 
 sure or a hypertension. Occasionally the period just pre- 
 ceding a hemoptysis or during a hemoptysis may show hy- 
 pertension in a patient whose usual condition is that of 
 hypotension. 
 
 "Hypotension has been found by so many observers in 
 early, doubtful or suspected cases with or before physical 
 signs of the disease in the lungs, and is considered by com- 
 petent clinicians so useful a differential sign between vari- 
 ous conditions and tuberculosis, that it should be sought for 
 as carefully as it is the custom at present to search for 
 pulmonary signs. 
 
 "Hypotension when found persistently in individuals or 
 families or classes living under certain unhygienic condi- 
 tions should put us on our guard against at least a pre- 
 disposition to tuberculosis. Most unhygienic conditions, 
 overwork, undernourishment and insufficient air, are of 
 themselves causes of a diminished resistance, and it seems 
 likely that a failure of normal cardiovascular response to 
 exercise or change of position may be found to indicate this 
 stage of susceptibility, especially to tuberculous infection. 
 
 "... Hypotension, when it is present in tuberculosis, in- 
 creases with an extension of the process. Recovery from 
 hypotension accompanies arrest or improvement. Return 
 to normal pressure is commonly found in those who are 
 cured. Continuation of hypotension seems never to accom- 
 pany improvement. Prognosis can as safely be based on 
 the alteration in the blood pressure as on changes in the 
 pulse or temperature. . . ." 
 
 There are a few drugs which lower the blood pressure.
 
 120 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 but, as a rule, their effects are more or less transitory. AVe 
 know of no drug, unless it be iodide of potassium, which has 
 the property of causing changes in the blood (decrease in 
 viscosity?), which tends to reduce the blood pressure when 
 it is excessive. This drug fails us many times. 
 
 SOME DRUGS WHICH INFLUENCE THE BLOOD PRESSURE 
 
 Pressure Raisers 
 
 Adrenalin, when injected directly 
 into a vein or deep into the muscles. 
 The action is transitory. 
 
 Caffeine, preferably in the form 
 of eaffeine-sodium-benzoate. A good 
 drug. 
 
 Strychnine, which does not act di- 
 rectly but seemingly through the 
 higher centers. 
 
 Ergot, somewhat uncertain. 
 
 Nicotine, not used therapeutic-ally. 
 
 Camphor, used in sterile olive oil 
 and injected deeply into the muscles. 
 
 Digitalis, when the cardiac tone is 
 low and decompensation is present. 
 Its action is prolonged but slow. In- 
 
 jections of the infundibular portion 
 of the pituitary body. Not in use 
 clinically. 
 
 Pressure Depressors 
 
 Nitroglycerine and amyl nitrite, 
 action transitory but rapid. 
 
 Sodium nitrite and erythrol tetra- 
 nitratc. Action somewhat more pro- 
 longed. 
 
 Aconite, veratrum viride, chloral, 
 etc. These depress the heart. 
 
 Purgatives, drastic and hydragogue. 
 
 Potassium and sodium iodide may 
 lower blood pressure. When they do, 
 the action is prolonged. 
 
 Diuretin and theocin-sodium-ace- 
 tate. 
 
 Venous Pressure 
 
 Comparatively little work has been done upon the de- 
 termination of the pressure in the veins in man. It is con- 
 ceivable that this procedure may, at times, be of great 
 value. A number of attempts have been made to measure 
 the venous pressure by compressing the arm veins and not- 
 ing on a manometer the force necessary to obliterate the 
 vein. As the pressure is so slight, water is used instead 
 of mercury, and readings have been given in centimeters 
 of water. 
 
 In the apparatus shown in the figure (Fig. 33), Drs. 
 Hooker and Eyster succeeded in making estimations of the 
 venous pressure. The box B is held in position by the tapes 
 A, so that the vein is visible through the rectangular open- 
 ing in the thin rubber covering the bottom. The box is con- 
 nected with the water manometer G, by a rubber tube, 
 from which a T-tube enters the rubber bulb E. AVhen the 
 bulb E is compressed between the plates D, by the coarse
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OK THE CIRCULATION 
 
 121. 
 
 thumbscrew (', air is forced into the box />, exert ins; 1 a pres- 
 sure on the vein lying exposed beneath. This pressure is 
 transmitted directly to the manometer G, and may be read 
 off in centimeters of water on the accompanying scale. The 
 veins of the back of the hand are used and there must be no 
 
 Fig. 33. Apparatus for estimating the venous blood pressure in man, devised by 
 Drs. I looker and Kyster. The small figure is the detail of the box 1!. See explanation 
 in text. 
 
 obstruction between them and the heart. The rubber-cov- 
 ered box is accurately and lightly fitted over a vein and 
 pressure made until it is obliterated. By measuring the 
 distance above or below the heart level that the hand was 
 when the observation was made, and subtracting or adding
 
 122 
 
 MITER I OSCLEROSI S 
 
 these figures to the manometer reading, we obtain the 
 venous pressure at the heart level. 
 
 Eyster has modified this instrument so that it is now 
 much simpler to operate. He uses a small glass cup with a 
 flaring edge and a diameter of about 2 cm. This is sealed 
 to the skin directly over a vein on the back of the hand by 
 means of collodion. The stem of the cup has a rubber tube 
 leading to a small hand bulb and to the manometer tube 
 
 Fig. 34. New venous pressure instrument. (After Kyster.) 
 
 which contains colored water. Slight compression of the 
 hand bulb obliterates the vein which can be seen through 
 the glass cup. The pressure in centimeters of water is then 
 read off. (Fig. 34.) The principle is the same as in the 
 earlier instrument, but the application is easier. 
 
 Practically Hooker and Eyster found that the normal 
 variation in healthy subjects was from 3 to 10 cm. of water. 
 The pressure rose in cases of decompensated hearts with
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION 123 
 
 dyspnea and venous stasis, and returned to normal with 
 improvement in the condition of the patient. It might be 
 possible with this instrument to foretell an oncoming de- 
 compensation by the rise in venous pressure. 
 
 The venous pressure may also be estimated roughly by 
 slowly elevating the arm and noting the instant at which 
 a particular vein collapses. By measuring the height of 
 the vein above the heart some idea may be obtained of the 
 pressure within the right auricle. 
 
 The Pulse 
 
 There is nothing characteristic about the pulse of a 
 person suffering from arteriosclerosis, except it be the dif- 
 ference in the pulse of high tension and of low tension. 
 The pulse of high tension has a gradual rise, a more or less 
 rounded apex, and the dicrotic wave is slightly marked and 
 occurs about half-way down on the descending limb. In 
 arteriosclerosis with low tension the radial artery is usually 
 so rigid that very little pulse wave can be obtained. The 
 general form of a low tension pulse is a sharp up-stroke, a 
 pointed summit, and a secondary wave on the base line, 
 which corresponds to the dicrotic wave. Such a pulse can 
 be easily palpated, and is known as a dicrotic pulse. How- 
 ever, such a pulse can occur only when the artery still re- 
 tains all or a large part of its elasticity; hence in arterio- 
 sclerotic low tension we would never see such a pulse as 
 the typical dicrotic. 
 
 The Venous Pulse 
 
 It would carry us too far to discuss fully the character 
 of the venous pulse, but a brief summary of the essential 
 features of the normal venous pulse is presented. The 
 venous pulse is a term used to express the tracing obtained 
 from the internal or external jugular vein at the root of 
 the neck. Normally a very characteristic curve is produced, 
 which can be readilv analvzed into a series of waves corre-
 
 124 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 sponding to the fluctuations in the cardiac cycle. To under- 
 stand these waves and their values, the accompanying 
 figure is helpful. (Fig. 35.) 
 
 Bachmann summarizes the normal waves in the venous 
 pulse tracing as follows: 
 
 "The physiological or so-called venous pulse consists of 
 three positive and three negative waves, bearing a more or 
 
 Fig. 35. Semidiagrammatic representation of the events in the cardiac cycle: Jug., 
 pulse in the jugular vein; Aur., contraction of auricle; V. Pr., intraventricular pres- 
 sure; Pap. M., contraction of the papillary muscles; Car., carotid pulse. Below arc 
 given the times of occurrence of the heart sounds and of the opening and closing of 
 the heart valves. (After Ilirschfelder.) 
 
 less definite relation to the events of the cardiac cycle, and 
 having their origin in the various movements of the cham- 
 bers and structures of the right heart. The first positive 
 wave (a) is presystolic in time, and is due to the contrac- 
 tion of the auricle, causing a slowing of the venous current 
 and producing a centrifugal wave through a sudden arrest 
 of the inflowing blood. The second positive wave (8) is 
 presystolic in time, and originates in the sudden projection
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATIOX 
 
 of the tricuspid valve into the cavity of the auricle during 
 the quick, incipient rise in the intraventricular pressure 
 occurring in the protosystolic period. The third positive 
 wave (r) occurs to\vard the end of ventricular systole. It 
 consists of two lesser waves separated by a shallow notch. 
 The factors entering into its formation are the relaxation 
 
 Carotid 
 
 WlMNWWll^^ 
 
 Time hu 
 
 Fig. 36. Simultaneous tracings cf the jugular and carotid pulses showing normal wave 
 in the venous pulse and relation to carotid pulse. (After Bachmann.) 
 
 Fig. 37. Jugular and carotid tracing from a normal individual with a well-marked 
 third heart sound showing a large "h" and a smaller pre-auricular wave "w." ? indi- 
 cates a small wave in mid-diastole following the "h" wave, occasionally found though 
 perhaps an artefact. (After Ilirschfelder.) 
 
 of the papillary muscle at a time when the intraventricular 
 is still higher than the intraauricular pressure, resulting 
 in an upward movement of the tricuspid leaflets and a re- 
 turn of the auriculoventricular septum to its position of 
 rest.
 
 126 AKTEIIIOSCLEUOSIS 
 
 "The first negative Avave (l)etwecn positive wave a and 
 S) is due to the relaxing- auricle. The second negative 
 wave (Af) occurs during the diastole of the auricle. It 
 is due to the dilatation of its walls, to the displacement of 
 the auriculoventricular septum toward the apex occurring 
 at the time of ventricular systole, and to the pull of the 
 papillary muscles on the tricuspid valve leaflets. The third 
 negative wave (F/) appears during ventricular diastole and 
 in the common pause of the heart chambers. Its cause is 
 found in the passage of the blood from the auricle into the 
 ventricle. It is somewhat modified possibly by the contin- 
 ual ascent of the auriculoventricular septum and by a wave 
 of stasis due to the accumulation of blood coming from the 
 periphery." (Fig. 3(5.) 
 
 Hirschfelder has described another wave which he call? 
 the "h" wave, which is due to the floating up of the tricus- 
 pid valve by the blood in the ventricle before the complete 
 filling of the ventricle following the auricular systole. (Fig. 
 37.) 
 
 The Electrocardiogram 
 
 In the past few years an immense amount of work has 
 been done by numerous observers on the changes in the 
 electrical potential of the various portions of the heart 
 during contraction. The very elaborate and delicate elec- 
 trocardiograph with the string galvanometer devised by 
 Einthoven is used. It has been definitely determined that 
 the impulse to cardiac contraction originates in the sinus 
 node, a collection of differentiated nerve cells situated at 
 the junction of the superior vena cava with the right auricle. 
 From there the impulse travels in certain fibers in the in- 
 terauricular wall, passes through another node, the auric- 
 uloventricular or Tawara node, situated in the auricular 
 wall just above the auriculoventricular ring, thence via 
 the Y-bundle, or bundle of His to the ventricles. This se-
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIIUTLATIOX 
 
 127 
 
 quence is orderly, regular, and normally invariable. (Fig. 
 38.) 
 
 The sino-auricular (s-a) node is the most irritable por- 
 tion of the heart, it is endowed with the greatest amount 
 
 Right 
 vagus 
 
 Centres of ventricular 
 contraction 
 
 Tawara's node 
 His' bundle 
 
 Centres of ventricular contraction 
 
 Fig. 38. Right side of the heart showing diagrammatically the distribution of tin- 
 two vagus nerves to different parts of the viscus. The impi Ise to contraction originates 
 at the sino-auricnlar node and passes over the wall of the at ricle to Tawara's node, and 
 thence over llis' bundle across the auriculoventricular septui i to be distributed through- 
 
 out the ventricular wall. If the upper, sino-auricular, node 
 pulses fail to get across the wall of the auricle, Tawara's no 
 off the ventricle. If a lesion at the base of the mesial seg 
 
 is damaged, or if its im- 
 le acts in its place to start 
 nent of the tricuspid valve 
 
 damages His' bundle, so that Tawara's nude is cut ofT from the ventricle, then the ven- 
 tricle may originate its own impulses to contraction. (Hare's Practice of Medicine.)
 
 128 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 Lead II (right arm left leg). 
 
 Lead III (left arm left leg). 
 Fig -i9. Normal electrocardiogram. (After Hart.)
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CIRCULATION 129 
 
 of rhythmicity as well. It is under the control of the vagus 
 nerve. Its inherent rate of rhythmicity is probably more 
 rapid than the usual numbers of impulses per minute, but 
 it is inhibited by the vagus. Paralysis of the vagus endings 
 increases the rate of impulse formation and therefore the 
 rate of the heart. 
 
 The electrocardiogram is a graphic representation on a 
 photographic film or sensitive bromide paper of the changes 
 of electrical potential during muscular activity. The lines 
 are made by the highly magnified string of the galvanom- 
 eter as it moves across the slit in the photographic appa- 
 ratus in response to the induction currents set up in the 
 heart magnified by the special galvanometer. 
 
 The record is made in three so-called Leads. 
 
 Lead I 
 The electrodes are attached to right arm and left arm. 
 
 Lead II 
 The electrodes are attached to right arm and left leg. 
 
 Lead III 
 The electrodes are attached to left arm and left leg. 
 
 A series of regular figures is normally obtained in which 
 are depressions and elevations and regular spacing of these 
 elevations and depressions. The waves so-called have been 
 arbitrarily designated P, Q, R, S, T. There is some dif- 
 ference in the three leads. "The wave P is positive in all 
 leads. P to R interval varies slightly in the three lead*. 
 All the waves of Lead II are greater than those of Leads 1 
 and ///. The wave R is positive in all leads. T is usually 
 positive in all leads, but is occasionally negative in Lead 
 III. Even in normal individuals there is a considerable 
 range of variation in the electrocardiogram which is within 
 the limits of the normal." (Hart.) (Fig. 39.) 
 
 The P wave is admitted to be the wave of auricular con- 
 traction. Q, R, S, is the ventricular complex caused, it is
 
 ] 30 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 thought, by tlio current passing over the ventricles. T 
 wave is not yet definitely settled. It has been thought by 
 some that it represented actual ventricular contraction and 
 its height and shape had some meaning in heart force. 
 This is denied by others. Hart defines it as "The final ac- 
 tivity of the ventricle." The T wave is usually increased 
 in size during exercise. 
 
 The P-ll interval is almost the most important feature 
 of the tracing. It is the actual conduction time in fractions 
 of a second of the impulse from s-a node to the ventricles. 
 Normally this is about 0.2 second or slightly less. Much 
 that was hoped for from the electrocardiograph in the clinic 
 has not been forthcoming. Its greatest value is in states 
 of abnormal conductivity, such as various grades of heart 
 block, extra-systoles, whether originating in auricles or in 
 either ventricle, abnormalities of rhythm, as flutter and 
 fibrillation. It has, however, aided materially in the in- 
 telligent interpretation of many phenomena heretofore not 
 well understood, and has enormously increased our knowl- 
 edge of the physiology and pathologic physiology of the 
 heart. 
 
 It is not possible to enter farther into the subject here. 
 This brief discussion must suffice. The reader is referred 
 to works on this subject in connection with diseases of the 
 heart.
 
 CHAPTER IV 
 
 IMPORTANT CARDIAC IRREGULARITIES 
 ASSOCIATED WITH ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 Arteriosclerosis of the aorta, of the coronary arteries, 
 or of both, is practically always found in cases dying of 
 various cardiac irregularities other than those the result 
 of rheumatic cardiac lesions. It is not that arteriosclerosis 
 causes the cardiac lesions (although the thickening of the 
 walls of the coronary arteries does interfere mechanically 
 with the nutrition of the heart muscle), but the arterio- 
 sclerosis is a part of the tissue reaction in the arteries to 
 some set of causes affecting the whole body. It is true 
 when one boils down the question to its last analysis, gen- 
 eral arteriosclerosis may mechanically so interfere with the 
 blood supply to tissues that the tissue is thrown out of 
 function either in the reduction or even loss of function. 
 So it may be that occasionally the arteriosclerosis in the 
 arteries supplying the heart is really responsible for the 
 cardiac irregularity. The past few years have been fruit- 
 ful ones in increasing our knowledge of the various irregu- 
 larities of the heart. We can do no more than sketch 
 briefly some of them in relation to arteriosclerosis. 
 
 The chief irregularities are (1) auricular flutter, (2) 
 auricular fibrillation, (3) ventricular fibrillation, (4) au- 
 ricular extrasy stole, (5) ventricular extrasystole, (6) heart 
 block, partial or complete. 
 
 Auricular Flutter 
 
 Auricular flutter is an abnormal rhythm characterized by 
 very rapid, but rhythmic auricular contractions usually 250 
 to 300 per minute. The auricular contractions are so rapid 
 that the ventricle can not respond, so that an electrocar- 
 
 131
 
 132 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 diagram of a heart in sucli a state (Fig. 40) shows tlio 
 ventricle heating regularly hut at a much slower rate than 
 the auricle. 
 
 The majority of cases exhibiting this peculiar rhythm are 
 over 40 years of age. In many cases sclerosis of the coro- 
 
 I.ead II (auricular flutter). 
 
 Lead III (auricular flutter). 
 Fig. 40. (After Hart.) 
 
 nary arteries as a part of general arteriosclerosis has been 
 found. Auricular flutter can be suspected when the pulse 
 is regular or not particularly irregular and a fluttering, 
 rapid pulsation is seen in the jugular vein on the right side. 
 One can only be sure of the condition by making graphic 
 records of the heart.
 
 IMPORTANT CARDIAC IRREGULARITIES 133 
 
 Attacks usually come on suddenly and may disappear as 
 suddenly, suggesting paroxysmal tachycardia. The patient 
 feels a commotion in his chest, dyspnea, precordial distress, 
 etc. The attack may last for weeks or months, in which 
 case the patient may carry on his usual work but be con- 
 scious of palpitation in his chest. One may safely assume 
 that the flutter is a sign of a failing myocardium and sooner 
 or later the heart will pass to the graver stage of auricular 
 fibrillation. 
 
 Auricular Fibrillation 
 
 In this condition the auricle is widely dilated and over its 
 surface are countless twitchings of individual muscles giv- 
 ing to the auricle the appearance of a squirming bunch of 
 worms. Such a condition may be readily produced in a 
 dog's exposed heart by direct faradization of the auricle. 
 It should be seen by every physician in order fully to ap- 
 preciate the passive, dilated sac part which the auricle 
 plays when in such a state. There is no auricular wave on 
 the electrocardiogram (Figs. 41 and 42) only a series of fine 
 tremulous lines, and the ventricles beat irregularly with 
 many dropped beats and variations in the size and force of 
 individual beats. Extrasystoles are also frequent. The heart 
 is absolutely irregular. Such a condition is readily recog- 
 nizable as the state of broken compensation. Graphic rec- 
 ords are not essential as in auricular flutter to establish 
 the condition. Inspection of the root of the neck for jugular 
 pulsations and examination of the pulse with the patient's 
 evident dyspneic, cyanotic, edematous condition settles the 
 diagnosis. 
 
 In no case of auricular fibrillation is the heart muscle 
 free from extensive fibrous changes. These may be the re- 
 sult of general arteriosclerotic changes or may result from 
 toxic changes. It is the general consensus of opinion that 
 auricular fibrillation may persist for months or even years. 
 Some hold that the state of perpetual irregular pulse is 
 associated with auricular fibrillation. If that is true, then
 
 134 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 Fig. 41. Electrocardiogram showing auricular fibrillation in Leads I (upper) and II 
 (middle and lower). (Courtesy of Dr. G. C. Robinson.) 
 
 Fig. 42. Auricular fibrillation. (After Hart.)
 
 IMPORTANT CARDIAC IRREGULARITIES 
 
 135 
 
 auricular fibrillation may last for many years. Patients 
 may go about their work but always live with the imminent 
 danger of a sudden dilatation of the ventricle and symp- 
 toms of acute cardiac decompensation. 
 
 In these cases the blood pressure is of particular interest. 
 It is often stated that the blood pressure is lowered as com- 
 pensation returns and digitalis has exhibited its full action. 
 As a matter of fact this statement needs some modification. 
 If one takes the highest pressure at the strongest beat, 
 which may be only one in a dozen or more, that may be true, 
 but that does not represent the action of the much em- 
 
 Fig. 43. The shaded area represents the pulse (It-licit; the upper edge is the apex 
 rate, the lower edge the radial rate. The broken line indicates the "average systolie 
 blood pressure." (Compare these values with the figures at the bottom of the chart, 
 which show the systolic blood pressure determined by the usual method .) (After llartj 
 
 barrassed heart. We know that the circulation is much in- 
 terfered with, that there is hypostatic congestion, that the 
 mass action is slow. The pulse pressure is greatly dis- 
 turbed and the head of pressure which should force the 
 blood to the periphery is so little that the circulation almost 
 ceases. 
 
 A count of the cardiac contractions heard with the steth- 
 oscope and a count of the pulse shows a great discrepancy 
 in number. This has been called the "pulse deficit" (Hart). 
 In order to arrive at the true average systolic pressure the 
 following procedure is done. "The apex and radial are
 
 1 36 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 counted for one minute, at the same time by two observers, 
 (if possible) then a blood pressure cuff is applied to the 
 arm, and the pressure raised until the radial pulse is com- 
 pletely obliterated; the pressure is then lowered 10 mm., 
 and a second radial count is made; this count is repeated 
 at intervals of 10 mm. lowered pressure until the cuff-pres- 
 sure is insufficient to cut off any of the radial waves (be- 
 tween each estimation the pressure on the arm should be 
 lowered to zero). From the figures thus obtained the 
 average systolic blood pressure is calculated by multiplying 
 the number of radial beats by the pressures under which 
 they came through, adding together these products and 
 dividing their sum by the number of apex-beats per minute, 
 the resulting figure is what we have called the 'average 
 systolic blood pressure.' (Fig. 43.) 
 
 For example: "B. S., April 29, 1910, Apex 131; radial, 101; deficit, 30. 
 BRACHIAL PRESSURE RADIAL COUNT 
 
 100 mm. Hg. 
 
 90 mm. 13 13x90 1170 
 
 80 mm. 47 - 13 34 x 80 2720 
 
 70 mm. 75-47= 28x70 = 1960 
 
 60 mm. 82 - 7.1 = 7 X 60 420 
 
 50 mm. 101 -82= 19 x 50 = 950 
 
 Apex = 131) 7220 
 Average systolic blood-pressure 55 plus 
 
 B. S., May 11, 1910, Apex 79; radial, 72; deficit 7. 
 BRACHIAL PRESSURE RADIAL COUNT 
 
 120 mm. Hg. 
 
 110 mm. 44 -44x110 = 4840 
 
 100 mm. 64 - 44 = 20 x 100 = 2000 
 
 90 mm. 72 - 64 = 8 x 90 = 720 
 
 Apex = 79) 7560 
 Average systolic blood-pressure 95 plus" 
 
 The diastolic pressure in these cases can not be deter- 
 mined except approximately. This may be done by using 
 an instrument with a dial and noting the pressure where 
 the oscillations of the dial hand show the maximum excur- 
 sion. The diastolic pressure is not at all important under 
 such conditions of acute cardiac breakdown. It would 
 make no difference in treatment whether the case was one
 
 IMPORTANT CARDIAC IRREGULARITIES 
 
 137
 
 138 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 of pure cardiac disease or one of the hypertension groups. 
 After the heart has rallied and the circulation is reestab- 
 lished, then a careful determination of the diastolic pres- 
 sure can be made and the prognosis will rest on what is 
 found at the compensated stage. 
 
 Ventricular Fibrillation 
 
 Ventricular fibrillation as its name implies, is fibrillation 
 of the ventricle analogous to that of the auricle, but the 
 condition is rarely observed as it is incompatible with life. 
 It has been shown that hearts at the time of death at times 
 enter a state of fibrillation of the ventricles and that cases 
 of sudden death may be due to this condition. Recently 
 G. Canby Robinson* has seen and made electrocardiograms 
 of a case of ventricular fibrillation. (Fig. 44.) The case 
 was that of a woman forty-five years old, "who had a se- 
 ries of attacks of prolonged cardiac syncope, closely re- 
 sembling Stokes-Adams syndrome, from which she recov- 
 ered. ' ' During an attack of unconsciousness in which there 
 was no apex beat for about four minutes, the electrocardio- 
 gram was taken. Following this the tracings showed an 
 almost regular heart beating at the rate of 85 to 100 per 
 minute. The patient had three convulsions and died with 
 edema of lungs about 30 hours after the attack of ventricu- 
 lar fibrillation. 
 
 Autopsy revealed chronic fibrous endocarditis of aortic 
 and mitral valves, arteriosclerosis, bilateral carcinoma of 
 the ovaries, and signs of general chronic passive congestion. 
 
 It is possible that the syncopal attacks in this case were 
 the result of sclerosis of the vessels supplying the heart 
 muscle although careful microscopical examination did not 
 throw much light on the ultimate cause. 
 
 Extrasystole 
 
 Whenever there is a dropped beat or an intermittent pulse 
 one mav be sure that it is the result of an extrasystole. 
 
 'Robinson, G. C., and Bredeck, J. P.: Arch. Int. Med., 1917, xx, 725.
 
 IMPORTANT CARDIAC IRREGULARITIES 
 
 139 
 
 Such extrasystoles are produced in the ventricle at some 
 point other than the regular path of conduction of impulses. 
 The extrasy stole may have its origin in either the auricle 
 or the ventricle. If there is auricular extrasystole it can 
 not usually be recognized except by graphic methods. (Fig. 
 45.) The ventricular extrasystole on the contrary is com- 
 monly seen and readily recognized. Most of those seen in 
 
 Fig. 45. Klectrocardiogram showing auricular extrasystoles (P). Courtesy of Dr. G. C. 
 
 Robinson.) 
 
 Fig. 4(i. Electrocardiogram showing ventricular extrasystole. Heart rate 56-60 
 beats per minute. Xote that diastolic pause in which extrasystole occurs is practically 
 equal to two normal diastolic pauses. (Courtesy of Dr. G. C. Robinson.) 
 
 the clinic have their origin in some part of the ventricular 
 Avail. Their two characteristics are that they occur too 
 early and that they are followed by a pause longer than the 
 normal diastolic pause. (Fig. 46.) 
 
 AVhen one listens over the chest to a heart when extra- 
 systoles are occurring, one suddenly hears a weak beat
 
 ] 40 ARTEll I OSCLEROS I S 
 
 which ]ias taken place rather too early after the previous 
 systole to be strong enough to effect the opening of the 
 aortic valves. Consequently there is no pulse, the blood 
 does not move, and that beat is lost to the circulation. 
 Moreover, when the next regular stimulus conies from the 
 s-a node it finds the ventricle in a refractory condition, 
 having just ceased a contraction, and it is not until the next 
 sinus impulse that the ventricle responds normally. (Fig. 
 46.) 
 
 Patients who have occasional extrasystoles will say that 
 all of a sudden the heart turns upside down in the chest. 
 Sometimes there is slight sharp twinge of pain. Patients 
 are at times quite alarmed about their condition. Provided 
 there is no evidence of gross myocardial lesion, the extra- 
 systole itself is of no great significance. 
 
 While many cases showing pathologic causes for extra- 
 systoles have more or less marked arteriosclerosis, there 
 are other states in which no arteriosclerosis is found where 
 the extrasystole is present. 
 
 Heart Block 
 
 As heart block occurs frequently in cases characterized 
 by extensive arteriosclerosis, a brief discussion of the essen- 
 tial features will be given. It is, however, probable that 
 arteriosclerosis is not the cause of any of the cases of heart 
 block directly, but it is only a result of the same etiological 
 conditions which produce the lesion or lesions which result 
 in heart block. We may define heart block as. the condi- 
 tion in which the auricles and ventricles beat independently 
 of each other. There may be delayed conduction (Fig. 47), 
 partial (Fig. 48), or complete heart block (Fig. 49). In 
 the former there are ventricular silences, during which the 
 auricles beat two, three, four, five, even up to nine times, 
 with only one ventricular contraction. It is believed by 
 most physiologists that the essential factor in the produc- 
 tion of heart block is an interference in the conduction of
 
 IMPORTANT CARDIAC IRREGULARITIES 
 
 141 
 
 impulses from the auricles to the ventricles through the 
 band of tissue known as tlie auriculoventricular bundle. 
 The bundle of muscles described by His in 1905, con- 
 
 I'ig 47. Electrocardiogram showing delayed conduction (lengthening of P-R inter- 
 val). These P-R intervals are quite regular. When irregular there is apt to be extra- 
 systole of ventricle or occasional blocking of impulse going to ventricle. (Courtesy of 
 Dr. G. C. Robinson.) 
 
 Fig. 48. Electrocardiogram showing partial heart-block in the three leads. Note 
 the variability of P-R interval calculated in seconds in Lead II. (Courtesy of Dr. 
 G. C. Robinson.) 
 
 necting the auricles and ventricles, has been definitely 
 shown to be the path through which impulses having their 
 origin in the orifices of the great veins pass to the ventri-
 
 142 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 cles. The situation and size of tliis bundle lias been thus 
 described in man by Iietzer: 
 
 "AVhen viewed from the left side, the bundle lies just 
 above the muscular septum of the ventricles and below the 
 membranous septum. In some hearts the muscular septum 
 is so well developed that it envelops the bundle. It is then 
 difficult to find, but occasionally it can be seen directly 
 by means of transmitted light. From the left side the bun- 
 
 .517 ......S.S' 
 
 F 
 
 I- ^fc ^^^^^^^jtL^J \ 
 
 ^^JM^^^HH ., ^Hr^lH 
 ^^-^|^^-^^^^^^^^*r ^jgj 
 
 Fig. 49. Complete heart block. (Courtesy of Dr. G. C. Robinson.) 
 
 die can be followed no farther posteriorly than the right 
 fibrous trigone, for here the connective tissue becomes so 
 dense that it is difficult to 'dissect it away. The impression 
 is, therefore, received that this mass of connective tissue 
 forms the insertion of the bundle. The bundle may be fol- 
 lowed anteriorly until it becomes intimately mixed with the 
 musculature of the ventricles.
 
 IMPORTANT CARDIAC IRREGULARITIES 143 
 
 "When viewed from tlie right side of the heart, the 
 bundle can not be seen, because it is covered by the mesial 
 leaflet of the tricuspid valve, whose line of attachment 
 passes obliquely over the membranous septum. Then, if 
 the endocardium is removed from the posterior part of the 
 septum of the auricle up to the membranous septum, the 
 posterior part of the auriculoventricular bundle will be ex- 
 posed. If, in addition, the membranous septum be removed, 
 the bundle may be traced from the point to which it could 
 be followed when viewed from the left side as it passes 
 posteriorly over the muscular septum. In the region of the 
 auriculoventricular junction it loses its compactness, the 
 fibers divide, and the bundle seems to fork. One branch 
 passes into the superficial part of the valve musculature 
 which descends from the auricles, and the other branch 
 passes directly into the musculature of the auricle. 
 
 "Briefly, the auriculoventricular bundle runs posteriorly 
 in the septum of the ventricles about 10 mm. below the 
 posterior leaflet of the aortic semilunar valves ; with a gen- 
 tle curve it passes posteriorly just over the upper edge of 
 the muscular septum and sends its fibers into the muscula- 
 ture of the right auricle and of the auricular valves. In 
 the heart of the adult the bundle is 18 mm. long, 2.5 mm. 
 wide, and 1.5 mm. thick." (Erlanger.) 
 
 All normal impulses have their origin in the sino-auric- 
 ular node at the junction of the superior vena cava with 
 the right auricle (Fig. 50). From there the impulse travels 
 in the w r all of the auricle in the interauricular septum to the 
 node of Tawara or A-V node (Fig. 51), thence through the 
 bundle of His to be distributed to the fibers of the right and 
 left ventricles. This sequence is orderly and perfectly 
 regular. 
 
 It has also been shown that the independent auricular 
 and ventricular rates vary somewhat, that of the auricle 
 being in general faster than that of the ventricle. A strip 
 of mammalian ventricle placed outside of the body in
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 proper surroundings will begin to boat automatically at 
 the rate oi' about 40 beats a minute. Experimentally various 
 grades of heart block have been produced in the dog's 
 
 Fig. SO. Showing alternating periods of sinus rhythm and auriculoventricular rhythm. 
 (After Eyster and Evans.) 
 
 
 Fig. 51. Period of auriculoventricular or "nodal" rhythm following exercise in sitting 
 posture. (After Eyster and Evans.) 
 
 Fig. 52. Influence of mechanical pressure on the right vagus nerve. (After Eyster 
 
 and Evans.) 
 
 heart by more or less compression of the bundle at the A-V 
 ring. The block may be partial, when two to nine auricular 
 beats occur to every one of the ventricle, up to absolute
 
 IMPORTANT CARDIAC IRREGULARITIES 
 
 145 
 
 VENTRICLE 
 
 Fig. 53. Schematic distribution of right and left vagus. (After Hart.) 
 
 complete block when the auricles and ventricles beat inde- 
 pendently of one another. 
 
 In any stage of partial block, pressure on the vagus nerve
 
 1.40 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 in the neck produces certain specific changes. (Fig 1 . 52.)- 
 Robinson and Draper* liave round qualitative differences 
 in the two vagi. The right vagus sends most of its fillers to 
 the s-a node (Fig. 53) and lias a more 1 evident influence on 
 the rate and force 1 of the cardiac contractions. The major- 
 ity of fibers from the left vagus are distributed to the A-V 
 node so that its most evident action is upon the conductiv- 
 ity of the impulse. Pressure then on the right vagus will 
 have a tendency to slow the whole heart. Pressure on the 
 left vagus will have a tendency to prolong the P-R interval 
 until even complete block occurs. Even when the heart 
 block is complete, stimulation of the accelerator nerve, as a 
 rule, increases the rate of both auricles and ventricles. 
 
 If the block is functional, depending upon some tempo- 
 rary overstimulation of the vagus nerve, atropin, which 
 paralyzes the endings of the vagus, will naturally lift the 
 block. If the block is due to some actual lesion of the bun- 
 dle of His, such as fibrosis, gumma, or other lesion, then 
 atropin will have no influence to terminate the block. In 
 this manner we are able to distinguish between functional 
 and organic heart block. 
 
 *Jour. Kxper. Med., 1911, xiv, 217.
 
 BLOOD PRESSURE IN ITS CLINICAL APPLICATIONS 
 
 It is well to bear constantly in mind the point made over 
 and over in tliis work, tliat blood pressure is only one of 
 many methods of acquiring information, lie who worships 
 his sphygmomanometer as a thing apart and infallible will 
 sooner or later come to grief. Judgment must be used in 
 interpreting changes in blood pressure just as judgment is 
 essential in properly evaluating any instrumental help in 
 diagnosis. One must not forget the personal equation 
 which enters into even accurate instrumental recording in 
 medicine and surgery. 
 
 In this chapter there will be no attempt to quote largely 
 from what others have said or thought. Every one has 
 his own opinion as to the value of certain methods after he 
 has worked with them for a long time. The ideas here ex- 
 pressed, except in cases where no opportunity has offered 
 to make personal studies, are those gathered from personal 
 experience. 
 
 Blood Pressure in Surgery 
 
 Careful estimation of the blood pressure in surgical cases 
 has, at times, great value. In all surgical diseases the most 
 important fact to know is not the systolic pressure, but the 
 pulse pressure. If the pulse pressure keeps within the 
 range of normal, does not drop much below 30 mm. in an 
 adult, then so far as we can tell the circulation is being 
 carried on. When the systolic pressure is gradually fall- 
 ing and the diastolic remains the same, the circulation is 
 failing and unless the pulse pressure can be established 
 again the patient will die. Again we see the value of the 
 pulse pressure. 
 
 147
 
 148 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 All prolonged febrile diseases tend to produce a lowering 
 of the blood pressure picture. The diastolic does not fall to 
 the same extent as the systolic so that there is a pulse pres- 
 sure smaller than normal. This is to be expected from what 
 we know of the general depression of the circulation in 
 fevers. The blood pressure reading is only a graphic rec- 
 ord of what we have long known, and enables us from day 
 to day accurately to measure the general circulation. 
 
 Head Injuries 
 
 It was claimed that in fracture of the skull or in con- 
 cussion much could be gained by frequent estimations of 
 the blood pressure. This seemed probable in the light of 
 experiments on compressing the brains of dogs by the use 
 of bags inserted through trephine openings (dishing). In 
 the clinic, however, it has not been found of any material 
 value. It has a value in differentiating a simple fracture, 
 let us say, from a case of uremia which is picked up on the 
 street with a bump on the head. There the high pressure 
 usually found would at once direct attention to the kidneys 
 and the newer methods of blood examination would at once 
 settle the question. Naturally uremlcs may also have skull 
 fracture. There the diagnosis would be complicated. A 
 decompression done at once would be indicated. If the 
 skull fracture happened in a uremic, the decompression 
 would probably do no harm. In fact, there are some who 
 advise decompression for uremia. 
 
 Shock and Hemorrhage 
 
 In shock the blood pressure picture is low but the pulse 
 pressure drops to abnormally low figures. It seems to me 
 that the blood pressure instrument has its greatest value 
 in surgery in the warning it gives to the operating surgeon 
 in cases of impending shock. 
 
 It is well known that the first effect of ether, the com-
 
 BLOOD PRESSURE 
 
 149 
 
 HOSPITAL /I J tAV-A-O* 
 NO.-JL.JLl AH 
 
 _,_. 
 
 ANAESTHESIA CHART 
 
 I.IINGS^ PPRO* . NOR. HEART NOR 
 
 B. 
 
 feUcAsrs 
 
 p 
 
 1 (, - ft 
 
 BLEEDEI 
 
 i 
 
 LOO 
 
 ?F. TFETH H ON 
 
 I'RF.-OP 
 
 I 
 
 KINh 
 
 ITE 
 
 URN 
 
 ; ALsJlojfEJ 
 
 ? 
 
 
 SUGAR 
 I 
 
 
 ACETONE 
 
 
 
 PRELIM. 
 POST OP. 
 
 TREAT. V 
 
 
 
 n.;.\ 
 
 
 
 U.K. 
 
 
 E; ALB 
 
 
 CASl 
 
 s 
 
 
 >UGA 
 
 R 
 
 K.KT 
 IU(, 
 
 H 
 
 t> f 
 
 INK 
 
 innrrv 
 
 
 
 
 CAS - 
 
 
 
 PRELIM D 
 PJ J 
 
 
 ETHER _1^ 
 
 3XYCEN L. 
 
 
 Svt-fH 
 H St>Ll 
 
 &K "Tj 
 
 2 
 
 to 
 
 _AJLR_ 
 
 
 B P 
 
 240 
 230 
 220 
 210 
 2OO 
 19O 
 ISO 
 170 
 160 
 150 
 140 
 13O 
 I2O 
 HO 
 100 
 90 
 80 
 7O 
 
 6O 
 50 
 
 RESP 
 9O 
 80 
 7O 
 60 
 50 
 43 
 4O 
 35 
 3O 
 25 
 2O 
 
 12 
 
 1O 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 2 
 O 
 
 19o' 
 ISO 
 17O 
 16O 
 ISO 
 140 
 13O 
 120 
 110" 
 IOO 
 BO 
 SO 
 70 
 60 
 50 
 
 40 
 
 > 
 3O 
 
 2O 
 1O 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 34 V^ 
 
 ^(? 
 
 t* ; 
 
 a 
 
 ti V* 
 
 'fit 
 
 ! *k 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 T 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 f- 
 
 1 
 
 .j 
 
 
 dl 
 
 ~ 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 s. 
 Z 
 
 >* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 'J 
 
 
 H- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 
 u 
 
 
 i 
 
 5^ 
 
 
 Z 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 J- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 _ 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 2 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 v> 
 
 
 u 
 
 
 -J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 "- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 H 
 
 1 
 
 li 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 H 
 
 1 
 
 
 t 
 
 
 _ 
 
 ; 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 11 
 
 
 " 
 
 1 
 
 H- 
 
 - 
 
 II 
 
 ^r 
 
 
 V 
 
 u 
 
 ^ 
 
 u 
 
 - 
 
 j: 
 
 
 -)- 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 B 
 0. 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ji C 
 
 (- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 ^j 
 
 
 a- 1 ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -z 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 y 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 sj 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 x 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 / 
 
 
 
 OL. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 ~r 
 
 ! 
 
 _ 
 
 
 1 i 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 ^ 
 
 ' 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 ; n. 
 '^r^ 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 t^ 
 
 
 
 ; 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 x^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 "* 
 
 
 " 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 g 
 
 -* 
 
 _- 
 
 ^ 
 
 V 
 
 --T 
 
 "~P 
 
 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i. 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 _ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 : 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 : 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 _ 
 
 j 
 
 
 F 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 N. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 It 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 U 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 1 
 
 y 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 
 
 
 
 --sj<f 
 
 
 -i 
 
 j 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 i 
 
 (^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CODE: Ft'LEE O RESP. V. D. P. 
 
 TION_H K M I OTQfW 
 
 d!'H(AI[n\ 
 
 PATH. GROSS 
 
 PATH. MIC 
 
 SPECIMEN 
 
 DRAINS 
 
 CLOSURE 
 
 REMARKS _ 
 
 ANAESTHETIST J 
 
 Fig. 54. Blood pressure record from a normal reaction to ether. Note that the 
 systolic and diastohc rise and fall together. At the end of the anesthetization the pulse 
 j ressure is practically the same as at the beginning. Compare this with the record in 
 Fig. 55, where the operation had to be discontinued on account of the onset of shock.
 
 HOSPITAL 
 
 ANAESTHESIA CHART 
 
 NA ME^_ Jj ?.-..--?--.. AGE -13... DATE OF OPERATION Owlvt \l.-._ 
 
 LUNGsSec i^uaical HEART cx aminft " o| V-- B - p - BLEEDER LOOSE TEETH .T^o.n 
 
 PRE . p URINE, *n^eao&e. CASTS SUGAR... ....ACETONE ACIDITY__. 
 
 PRELIM. TREAT: WATER SUGAR ALK 
 
 POST OP. ..URINE ALB. ... CASTS... _SUGAR_. ACETONE ACIDITY.. 
 
 / GAS PRELIM DRUGS _ 
 
 . . ' OXYGF 
 
 MT--- io t 
 
 i 
 
 0M>iM S\i 
 
 Wile r 'li5P 
 
 
 H* 1 
 
 
 
 B P 
 
 M 240 
 230 
 22O 
 2IO 
 200 
 190 
 180 
 
 90 
 80 
 7O 
 GO 
 5O 
 45 
 
 25 
 
 19O 
 
 tea 
 
 17O 
 
 I4O 
 I3O 
 12O 
 
 no 
 100 
 
 
 
 If 
 
 
 30 
 
 
 W 1 
 
 ! 
 
 
 ai 
 
 *J 1 V 
 
 " 
 
 if 
 
 
 
 if 
 
 
 
 f 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 *< 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 *i 
 
 
 
 
 
 %i 
 
 
 
 J1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 j 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 tl 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 T 
 
 '^ 
 
 < 
 
 1 
 
 
 \ 
 
 = 'o 
 
 3 ,-i 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 <i 
 
 * 
 f 
 
 
 
 
 ~c 
 
 a 
 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 : 
 
 Y 
 
 
 
 I 
 % 
 
 I 
 
 CJ 
 
 o 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 "*" 
 
 
 * 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 3 
 
 r*i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 i 
 
 | 
 
 
 1 Z 1 
 P 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 "1 
 
 Q -C 
 
 "*f 
 
 H 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 j 
 
 
 
 
 h 
 C* 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 f 
 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 ^X 
 
 
 
 ^J- 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 
 
 | 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 *- 
 
 S 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^- 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^> 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 j* 
 
 
 
 
 / 
 
 
 -U- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 ->& 
 
 Ov,^ 
 
 J 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 / 
 
 r 
 
 I 
 
 ~~~, 
 
 - 
 
 r-, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I4O 
 I3O 
 12O 
 110 
 
 100 
 
 90. 
 
 20 
 IS 
 12 
 .IO 
 8 
 
 80 
 70 
 
 6O 
 50 
 4O 
 
 "-- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ; 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 j 
 
 ^v 
 
 V 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 .. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 -. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 '"-, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 , t 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 "* 
 
 * -1 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 - 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 SO 
 
 7O 
 
 6O 
 5O 
 
 4 
 2 
 O 
 
 3O 
 2O 
 IO 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 : - 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ x 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 - 
 
 -- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CODE: PULSE o RESP. v. B. ?.-- 
 
 OPERATION ... OPERATOR _'l\Y'.-'i-. 
 
 /JJr. M. 
 JBv, H 
 
 PATH. GROSS . 
 
 PATH. MIC 
 
 SPECIMEN .flfl 
 DRAINS 
 
 oJftru CULTURES. 
 
 CLOSURE. ______________________ ..... ____________________ ANAESTHETIST. 
 
 REMARKS T{M\Tc&on %V\skN\o\*J o^vtA Tomi . . Qe>>\ 
 
 fie 
 
 Fig. 55. I'cRiniiing of operative shock. Chart showing tile method of recording blood pres- 
 sure (luring operation. 
 
 Note that the pulse and respiration show no remarkable changes, but the blood pressure 
 steadily fell, the systolic more than the diastolic so that the pulse pressure was gradually reaching 
 the danger point. Further work on this case was stopped following the warning given by the 
 blood pressure. The patient was returned to the ward and a week later anesthesia was again 
 given, the operation was completed, and the patient had a satisfactory convalescence.
 
 BLOOD PRESSURE 
 
 151 
 
 monly used anesthetic, is to raise the blood pressure and 
 quicken the pulse rate. The whole blood pressure picture 
 is at first elevated (Fig. 54). Soon the whole pressure falls 
 slightly but continues at a higher level than normal. The 
 diastolic pressure drops back nearly to normal and the in- 
 creased pulse pressure is due almost entirely to the slight 
 rise in the systolic pressure. Now the whole duty of the an- 
 esthetist is to administer the ether so that this ratio of sys- 
 tolic and diastolic is maintained throughout the operation. 
 
 Fig. 56. Showing method of using blood pressure instrument during operation with- 
 out interfering with the operator or assistants. Sheet thrown back to show cuff on 
 arm of patient. Anesthetist has chart on table beside him, dial pinned to pad in full 
 view, bulb near hand. Kxtra tubing must be put on the blood pressure instrument. 
 
 Warning comes to him of impending shock before it comes 
 to any one in the neighborhood (Fig. 55). Any sudden 
 change in the pressure is a signal for increased watchful- 
 ness. Should the pressure all at once drop he can imme- 
 diately notify the surgeon and institute measures to resus- 
 citate the patient. 
 
 A method which is widely used is as follows: The anes- 
 thetist wraps the cuff of one of the dial instruments around 
 the patient's arm, and arranges the dial so that it can easily
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 be seen by him at all times. This does not in any way inter- 
 fere with the work of the surgeon. Over the brachial ar- 
 tery below the cuff is the bell of a binaural stethoscope held 
 in place by the strap attachment now on the market. The 
 tubes of the stethoscope are long enough to reach conven- 
 iently to the ear pieces. A watch is pinned to the sheet of 
 the table, lie has a chart, as illustrated (Fig. 56) on a 
 board and makes a dot in every space for five minute inter- 
 vals. By joining the lines a curve is obtained which tells 
 at a glance what the circulation is doing. I feel sure that 
 more attention and care exercised on the part of the anes- 
 thetist would be the means of conserving many lives lost 
 from shock following operation. 
 
 A sudden drop in the pressure picture may mean a large 
 hemorrhage. The gradual return of the pressure picture 
 means that the vasomotor mechanism has acted to keep up 
 the pulse pressure. Should the diastolic pressure contin- 
 ually fall, it may mean that the hemorrhage is still taking 
 place ( Wiggers ) . 
 
 Blood Pressure in Obstetrics 
 
 One might affirm almost without fear of contradiction 
 that the constant determination of blood pressure during 
 pregnancy is more important than the examination of the 
 urine. Within recent years a number of observers having 
 access to a large material, have given the results of their 
 findings. There is a striking unanimity of opinion, al- 
 though now and then a difference in minor details. 
 
 The blood pressure should be taken frequently during 
 pregnancy. The usual and highly essential precautions in 
 taking pressure in general apply most particularly in these 
 cases. Towards the end of pregnancy the pressure should 
 if possible be taken daily and oftener if necessary. 
 
 Pressure in women is usually below 120 mm. Many pa- 
 tients have a temporary rise in blood pressure during preg- 
 nancy, due oftenest to constipation, without developing
 
 BLOOD PRESSURE 153 
 
 other symptoms. This is common to all conditions and lias 
 no significance. Some think that an abnormally low pres- 
 sure, that is, a systolic below 90 mm., suggests that the 
 patient is likely to react unduly to the strain of labor. This 
 is denied by others. Among 1000 cases (Irving) the pres- 
 sure was below 90 in only one case. A gradually rising 
 pressure precedes albuminuria, as a rule. If there is al- 
 bumin without change in pressure the albumin may usually 
 be disregarded. Some think that a pressure over 130 mm. 
 systolic should be carefully watched. The danger limit 
 is set by some at 150 mm. If the blood pressure from the 
 very first is high, it may mean only that that was the pa- 
 tient's normal pressure. This calls for increased watchful- 
 ness. It is held by some that high blood pressure favors 
 hemorrhage and probably explains the hemorrhagic lesions 
 in the placenta and some viscera in eclampsia and albumi- 
 nuria. 
 
 All are agreed that the most significant change is the 
 gradual but sure rise from a low pressure. When this is 
 combined with albuminuria the danger of toxemia is im- 
 minent. The high blood pressure in those under thirty 
 years of age seems to be a more certain sign of approach- 
 ing toxemia than the same pressure in those older. The 
 pressure falls within a few days to its normal after delivery 
 in the toxic cases. 
 
 Although the emesis gravidarum is held to be a sign of 
 a toxemia of some unknown nature, the blood pressure is 
 never raised even in the pernicious form. 
 
 Infectious Diseases 
 
 In all infectious diseases the blood pressure tends to be 
 lower than normal. During chills the systolic may rise to 
 great height due to the violent muscular contractions. 
 
 We found the blood pressure of great value in giving 
 information concerning the circulation. Again AVC repeat
 
 1 54 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 that it is not the systolic alone or the diastolic alone but the 
 pulse pressure which we wish to keep informed about. In 
 pneumonia we have tried out Gibson's law only to discard 
 it. This so-called law is that in pneumonia the systolic 
 pressure in millimeters should remain above the figure for 
 the pulse rate. When the figure in mm. of pressure is 
 equalled by or exceeded by the pulse rate the prognosis is 
 grave. 
 
 In typhoid fever we have made many estimations at va- 
 rious stages of the disease. We can only say that the pres- 
 sure picture tends to fall during the course. The systolic 
 falls more than the diastolic so that it is not uncommon 
 to see pulse pressures of 20 mm. at the beginning of con- 
 valescence in spite of the high caloric feeding practiced. 
 At the time of perforation the systolic pressure may be 
 raised. This is only the reflex from the initial pain. Soon 
 the pressure falls and if peritonitis sets in, the pressure is 
 exceedingly IOW T and the pulse pressure gradually falls un- 
 til the circulation can no longer be carried on. In large 
 hemorrhage the pressure suddenly falls. If only one hem- 
 orrhage has occurred a gradual rise takes place, but the 
 general pressure picture remains at a lower level for days, 
 gradually returning where it was before the hemorrhage. 
 
 In beginning failure of the circulation we found ele- 
 vation of the foot of the bed about nine inches to be of such 
 value that we felt there must be some increase in blood pres- 
 sure. Numerous readings were made covering a period of 
 several months. Although we felt certain that the circula- 
 tion was improved, we rarely needed cardiac stimulation, 
 we never could prove any increase of blood pressure with 
 the sphygmomanometer. 
 
 In all infectious diseases there is no help offered by blood 
 pressure estimations in diagnosis. The sole and important 
 use is that of keeping track of the circulation.
 
 BLOOD PRESSURE 155 
 
 Valvular Heart Disease 
 
 No rules can be laid down for blood pressure in valvular 
 heart disease. Aortic stenosis, the rarest of the valvular 
 lesions, is practically always accompanied by high pressure 
 picture. Mitral stenosis on the contrary usually shows a 
 low pressure picture. Mitral insufficiency may show an 
 exceedingly low picture or an exceedingly high picture. 
 Aortic insufficiency also may be accompanied by a high 
 systolic or by a normal systolic pressure. It depends on the 
 etiology. Practically all the rheumatic cases have low pres- 
 sure, the syphilitic cases have a high pressure. It is char- 
 acteristic of all cases of aortic insufficiency that the dias- 
 tolic pressure is low, even as low as 30 mm. The pulse 
 pressure is invariably high. Usually there is no difficulty 
 in determining the diastolic pressure. The intense third 
 tone suddenly becomes dull at the point of diastolic pres- 
 sure and frequently the dull sound can be distinctly heard 
 over the artery down to the zero of the scale. If difficulty 
 is found in reading the diastolic as the pressure is reduced, 
 the estimation may be reversed and the pressure gradually 
 increased from zero to the point where the dull tone sud- 
 denly becomes loud and clear. These points always coin- 
 cide. 
 
 Kidney Diseases 
 
 This has already been discussed somewhat fully in Chap- 
 ter III and will receive more consideration later. It might 
 be remarked in passing that in a case of seeming coma 
 where albumin is found in the urine but where the blood 
 pressure is low or normal, I have found at autopsy in sev- 
 eral cases pyonephrosis and not chronic nephritis. The 
 blood pressure may be useful in differentiating uremic coma 
 from the coma of pyonephrosis. Also in the cases of coma 
 with anasarca, either the acute, subacute or chronic form 
 the blood pressure is not raised as a rule. Other diseases 
 of the kidney, as tuberculosis, cancer, infection with pyo-
 
 156 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 genie organisms, are not accompanied with any notable 
 changes in blood pressure. 
 
 Other Diseases, Liver, Spleen, Abdomen, etc. 
 
 Blood pressure is only of value in the above diseases in 
 affording information concerning the state of the circula- 
 tion. There is nothing characteristic about the pressure 
 in any of these diseases.
 
 CHAPTER VI 
 
 ETIOLOGY 
 
 The causes of arteriosclerosis are many and varied. No 
 two persons have the same resisting power toward poisons 
 that circulate in the blood. Some go through life exposed 
 to all the infectious diseases without ever becoming in- 
 fected, while others fall easy victims to every disease that 
 comes, no matter how careful they may be, and it is quite 
 the same in regard to the resistance of the arterial tissues. 
 If the tubing is of first class quality and the individual does 
 not place too much strain on it, he may live to the biblical 
 three-score years and ten, and possess arteries which have 
 undergone such slight changes that they are not palpable. 
 Such a person is, however, the exception. On the other 
 hand, if the tissue is of poor quality, even the ordinary 
 wear and tear of life causes early changes in the vessels, 
 and a person of forty may have hard arteries. 
 
 We have described in a previous chapter the changes 
 which normally occur in the arteries as age advances. An 
 artery that is normal for a man of fifty years would be 
 distinctly abnormal for a boy of fifteen. 
 
 Two broad divisions of arteriosclerosis may be made: 
 (1) congenital, or the result of inherited tendency; (2) 
 acquired. 
 
 Congenital Form 
 
 AVhen Dr. 0. AV. Holmes was asked how to live to the age 
 of seventy, he replied that a man should begin to pick his 
 ancestors one hundred years before he was born. Our 
 parents determine the character of the tissues with which 
 we start in life, and this determines our general resistance. 
 AYe might properly speak of congenital arteriosclerosis 
 
 157
 
 158 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 where the affected individual liad ])oor arterial tissue with 
 which to begin life, for that, in a sense, is a congenital de- 
 fect, and arterial tissue that is poor in quality is prone to 
 disease. 
 
 The author is more and more impressed with the part that 
 heredity plays in the determination of artei'ial degenera- 
 tion. Especially does syphilis in the parents or grand- 
 parents leave its stigma in the succeeding generations in 
 the shape of poor arterial tissue which is prone to early 
 degeneration. Recently W. W. G raves has called atten- 
 tion to a malformation of the vertebral border of the scap- 
 ula which consists in a concavity instead of the normal 
 convexity of the bone. To this malformation he has given 
 the name, scaphoid scapula. He considers this to be but 
 one manifestation of a general lack of development in the 
 individual. He speaks of this maldevelopment as a blight 
 and considers that syphilis in the ancestors is responsible 
 for the condition in the offspring. He finds that even in 
 children, the subjects of the scaphoid scapula, the arteries 
 are very definitely thickened. While confirmation of his 
 observations is lacking, there is no doubt that we must lay 
 the blame for much of the arteriosclerosis in our patients 
 to the poor quality of arterial tissue transmitted by an- 
 cestors who have acquired some constitutional disease. It 
 may have been syphilis, it may have been the degeneration 
 produced by alcohol or other drug. We can not ignore the 
 part which heredity plays. The various factors to be con- 
 sidered in the production of the acquired form of arterio- 
 sclerosis appear to me to be but contributory factors to 
 a very great extent, the essential and fundamental factor 
 being the quality of arterial tissue with which the individ- 
 ual is endowed. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis may occur in infants. Cases have been 
 reported of calcification of the arteries in infants and chil- 
 dren. The arteriosclerosis may occur without nephritis or 
 rise of blood pressure. Cerebral hemorrhage in a child
 
 ETIOLOGY 159 
 
 of two years lias been seen. Heredity in these cases plays 
 a most important role. In many of the reported cases there 
 was no question of congenital syphilis. Aneurysms, single 
 or multiple, have been found in the arteries of children, 
 and even the pulmonary artery may show sclerotic changes. 
 
 Acquired Form 
 
 As a rule the cases usually seen belong in tiiis group 
 because it seems as if a connection could be established al- 
 most always between one or more of the etiologic factors 
 to be described and the disease. While this apparently is 
 the case, we must never lose sight of the part which the 
 quality of the tissue plays. When we leave this out of our 
 calculations we undoubtedly make many false deductions. 
 When two men of the same age who have been exposed to 
 the same conditions as far as we can learn, are found to 
 have quite different arteries, the one normal, the other 
 thickened, we must postulate congenitally poor tissue on 
 the part of the latter. Such tissue readily becomes dis- 
 eased following conditions which would very likely have 
 produced no noticeable effect on perfectly normal, healthy 
 tissue. 
 
 Hypertension 
 
 Hypertension must still be reckoned with in the etiology 
 of arteriosclerosis although the role that it was thought to 
 play does not seem so important. Changes of blood pres- 
 sure alone are not considered by many to be sufficient for 
 the production of arteriosclerosis. This may play some 
 part, but there are many other factors mostly unknown 
 which determine in any case the production of arterial 
 lesions. 
 
 With every systole of the heart, blood is forced out into 
 the arterial system against a certain amount of resistance 
 represented by the tonicity of the capillary area, and the 
 amount of cohesion between the viscous blood and the walls
 
 1 f)0 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 of the arterioles. AV.li (MI a dilatation of tlie capillaries over 
 any large area takes place, tlie blood pressure falls, pro- 
 vided there is no compensatory contraction in other areas 
 to make up for the decreased resistance in the dilated ves- 
 sels. Tlie viscosity of tlie blood, as such, probably has 
 very little effect on the resistance to the flow. With the 
 systole of the heart there is a sudden dilatation of the arch 
 of the aorta, and a wave of expansion follows, which is 
 transmitted to the periphery and is lost only in the capil- 
 laries. 
 
 The blood pressure is constantly changing. Physio- 
 logically there are relatively wide variations in the pres- 
 sure in a perfectly normal individual. There are some 
 persons who have hypotension, a blood pressure much be- 
 low the normal. Such persons have usually small hearts, 
 small aortas, and they seem to have but little resistance 
 to disease. Many diseases, especially the prolonged fevers, 
 dimmish markedly the blood pressure. AVhether the hyper- 
 tension is the cause of the structural changes that are found 
 in the walls of the vessels, or is the result of the diminished 
 area of the arterial tree through which the same amount 
 of blood has to be driven as before the vessel walls became 
 narrowed, is still disputed. As has been stated, experi- 
 mental evidence would tend to place the initial blame upon 
 the poisons circulating in the blood, which first damage the 
 vessel walls. The subsequent changes then produce thick- 
 ening and inelasticity. Some think (Allbutt) that the 
 hypertension is primary. There are cases seen clinically 
 that lend support to this view and there is experimental 
 evidence also (v. Chap. II). Not infrequently individuals 
 in middle life begin to show increase of arterial blood pres- 
 sure without discoverable cause. In such case it may be 
 that there is slowly progressing chronic nephritis. The 
 urine if examined only superficially in single specimens may 
 not reveal any abnormalities. Careful functional examina- 
 tion b means of the newer tests ma reveal functional
 
 ETIOLOGY 161 
 
 deficiency, j It must not be supposed that all cases of in- 
 creasing hypertension are cases of chronic nephritis. The 
 opinion has already been expressed (Chap. Ill) concerning 
 this point. Experience has convinced me that the opinion 
 expressed in former editions is not altogether correct. 
 
 Age 
 
 No age is exempt from the lesions of arteriosclerosis if we 
 consider the two groups. However, the disease is seen for 
 the most part in persons past middle life. The relative 
 frequency with which it is found in the different decades 
 depends on so many factors that it is of no value to tabulate 
 them. As has been stated, arteriosclerosis of all types is 
 an involution process that advances with age. Longevity 
 is a question of the integrity of the arterial tissue, and no 
 one can tell what sort of "vital rubber" (Osier) any one 
 of us has. However, many with poor tubing may make 
 such use of it that it will outlast good tubing that is badly 
 treated. Unfortunately we have no way of telling early 
 enough with just what sort of arterial tissue we are start- 
 ing life. 
 
 Sex 
 
 There is no doubt that men are far more prone to arterial 
 disease than women are; all statistics are in accord on this 
 point. This is explained by the greater exposure of men 
 to those conditions of life which tend to produce circulatory 
 strain, and so to produce arteriosclerosis, or vice versa. 
 Arteriosclerosis in women is not often seen until after the 
 fiftieth year. Cases of the most extreme grade of pipe 
 stem arteries are, however, seen in old women, and calcified 
 arteries are not hard to find among the inmates of an old 
 woman's home. 
 
 Race 
 
 Some of the most beautiful examples of arteriosclerosis 
 in this country are seen in the negro. Not only is this
 
 1 6' 2 
 
 disease more frequent in the black race, but tlie age of onset 
 is much earlier than in the Caucasian. Tlie accidents of 
 arteriosclerosis, viz., aneurysni, cerebral hemorrhage, etc., 
 are more common among the negro males. The etiologic 
 factors that are most often found in the history are the 
 prevalence of syphilis and hard physical labor. 
 
 Occupation 
 
 Certain occupations have a distinct causal relationship to 
 arteriosclerosis; among such are particularly those entail- 
 ing prolonged muscular exercise, especially if much lifting 
 is necessary. Every one is familiar with the phenomena 
 accompanying the exertion of lifting. The breath is drawn 
 in, the glottis is closed, and the muscles of the chest wall 
 are held rigidly while the exertion lasts. This causes a 
 great increase in blood pressure, and constant repetition 
 of this will produce permanent high tension. In hospitals, 
 the stevedores as a class have marked arteriosclerosis, and, 
 almost without exception, they are comparatively young 
 men. Occupations that are accompanied with prolonged 
 mental strain, such as now occur to the heads of large man- 
 ufacturing and financial institutions, also predispose to 
 early arterial changes. Psychic activity, especially when it 
 is accompanied by worry, is a potent factor in the produc- 
 tion of the increased blood pressure which is the chief factor 
 in producing arterial disease. It has been suggested that 
 sexual continence in high-strung men produces changes in 
 the nervous system which can conceivably lead to the pro- 
 duction of high tension and further to arteriosclerosis. This, 
 however, I can not think has any foundation in fact except 
 in so far as such men are prone to live at high speed and 
 wear themselves out sooner than the normal person. The 
 sexual continence per 86 is not harmful. There are, how- 
 ever, men who seem not to be harmed by the constant wear 
 and tear of our modern life. These are the exceptions. 
 
 AVorkers in factories where paint is made and the in-
 
 ETIOLOGY 103 
 
 gredients hand-mixed, are prone to develop arteriosclerosis 
 early in life. It has been found that the laborers most apt 
 to be victims of lead intoxication are those who are careless 
 in their habits of cleanliness, particularly in regard to the 
 fingernails. The continuous absorption of lead into the 
 system, brings about a condition of hypertension that has 
 its inevitable results. 
 
 The fact is that any occupation which entails either the 
 absorption of toxic substances, or prolonged muscular la- 
 bor, will hasten markedly the onset of arterial disease. 
 
 Food Poisons 
 
 The opinion that arteriosclerosis is due in large part to 
 poisoning by end products or by-products of protein di- 
 gestion is now receiving much support. Experiments on 
 dogs and rabbits have lent some confirmation to chemical 
 observations. It has been shown that dogs fed for a long- 
 time on putrefied meat developed inflammation and degen- 
 eration of the adventitia and media, with hyperplasia and 
 calcification of the intima of many arteries. In the pul- 
 monary and carotid arteries, in the vena cavas and myo- 
 cardium, there were extensive necroses and hyaline degen- 
 eration. Moreover, injections of sodium urate and ergot 
 caused necroses in the muscularis and elastica of the aorta, 
 pulmonary artery, vena cavas inferior and heart muscle, but 
 there was no calcification. Guinea pigs which were fed 
 indol in small doses by the mouth over a long period showed 
 atheromatous degeneration of the aorta. 
 
 Infectious Diseases 
 
 As more study has been given to the arteries in persons 
 who have died of the acute infectious diseases, more has 
 come to light concerning the effects of the toxins of these 
 diseases on the vessel walls. In the arteries of children 
 who have died of measles, scarlet fever, diphtheria, cere-
 
 164 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 brospinal meningitis, etc., degenerative changes in the ar- 
 teries occur, modified only by the length of time that the 
 toxins have acted. 
 
 Thayer has shown that the arteries of those who have 
 passed through an attack of moderately severe or severe 
 typhoid fever are as a rule more readily palpable than are 
 the vessels of persons of corresponding years who have 
 never had the disease. Clinically the typhoid toxin appears 
 to cause the early production of arteriosclerosis. The 
 changes in the arteries occur for the most part, and always 
 earlier, in the peripheral arteries, and the media is chiefly 
 affected. Minute yellowish patches are found on the aorta, 
 carotids, and coronaries. In persons who have passed 
 through an attack of one of the fevers, and have later died 
 from some other cause, regenerative changes are sometimes 
 found to have taken place in the arteries, consisting of an 
 ingrowth of elastic fibers from the intact adventitia to the 
 diseased media. 
 
 That there are some other factors than the infectious dis- 
 ease which are concerned in the production of arterial 
 changes seems evident from a study* made recently among 
 a group of almshouse inmates ranging in age from 38 to 
 90 years. The study included 500 persons of both sexes. 
 Careful histories were taken to determine the presence of 
 antecedent infectious disease. The radial artery was pal- 
 pated to determine the presence of sclerosis. Among the 
 cases giving a history of one infectious disease the follow- 
 ing table gives the results : 
 
 DISEASE 
 
 NO. 
 
 + 
 
 ++ 
 
 +++ 
 
 POSITIVE 
 
 NEGATIVE 
 
 Measles 
 
 47 
 
 10 
 
 (i 
 
 12 
 
 28 
 
 19 
 
 Infectious arthritis 
 
 38 
 
 9 
 
 (5 
 
 4 
 
 19 
 
 19 
 
 Pneumonia 
 
 30 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 12 
 
 Typhoid 
 
 27 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 Scarlet fever 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 Smallpox 
 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 9 
 
 Miscellaneous 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 178 33 37 30 100 78 
 
 *VVartield, I,. M. : Jour. L,ab. and Clin. Med., November, 1917.
 
 ETIOLOGY 1G5 
 
 A summary of the cases showed : 252 cases without sclero- 
 sis; 248 with sclerosis; 147 cases with infections but no 
 sclerosis; 180 cases with infections and sclerosis. 
 
 This study failed to throw any positive light on the ques- 
 tion. Infectious diseases undoubtedly play a certain role, 
 particularly those continuing a long time and certain par- 
 ticular infectious diseases, as measles. 
 
 Syphilis 
 
 Syphilis is one of the most important of the etiologic 
 factors in the production of arteriosclerosis. It has been 
 shown that in 85 per cent of cases of aortic insufficiency in 
 persons, usually males, over forty-five years, who did not 
 have chronic infective endocarditis, the AVassermann re- 
 action was positive. Acute aortitis affecting the ascending 
 and transverse portions of the arch of the aorta is very 
 commonly seen, and the irregular, scattered, slightly raised, 
 yellowish-white patches of sclerosis in the arch which are 
 found years after the syphilitic lesion, are considered by 
 some to be very characteristic of syphilis. Mesaortitis is 
 the primary lesion and acts as a locus minoris resistcntice 
 where an aneurysm forms. 
 
 Hypertensive cardiovascular cases have been serologi- 
 cally studied, and a positive AVassermann reaction found 
 in a large percentage of one series. In fifty cases, 90 per 
 cent either gave a positive AVassermann reaction or luetin 
 test, were known to have syphilis, or had children with 
 hereditary syphilis. This suggests what might be called 
 "familial cardiovascular syphilis." 
 
 Hypertensive disease is possibly one of the common so- 
 called "late" manifestations of syphilis. That syphilis is 
 responsible for the arterial disease in the vessels of the 
 brain, resulting in apoplexy or sudden cardiac death in mid- 
 dle life, has long been known. In fact, it is claimed (Osier) 
 that all aneurysms occurring in persons under thirty years
 
 166 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 of age arc due to syphilitic aortitis. In the late stages of 
 syphilis the arterial lesions may he of a diffuse character. 
 
 Chronic Drug Intoxications 
 
 Lead, tobacco, and according to some, tea and coffee, are 
 to be classed as causal factors in the production of arterio- 
 sclerosis. Certain it is that all these substances have a 
 tendency to raise the arterial pressure, but whether the 
 drug itself causes first a degeneration, and later a hyperten- 
 sion results, or vice versa, is not yet positively known. 
 We have just mentioned that lead particularly has a marked 
 effect in producing arterial lesions. Other drugs as ad- 
 renalin, barium chloride, physostigmin, etc., while produc- 
 ing experimental arteriosclerosis, hardly could produce 
 the disease in man. Alcohol has been blamed for much, and 
 as an etiologic factor in the production of arteriosclerosis 
 formerly was accorded a first place. More recently much 
 doubt has been thrown on this supposition by the work of 
 Cabot, who showed that the mere drinking of even large 
 quantities of spirits had no effect in producing arterial 
 disease. 
 
 This observation has been recently substantiated by 
 Hultgen, w r ho carefully studied clinically 460 cases of 
 chronic alcoholism. He says, "There are no cardiovascu- 
 lar symptoms which might be termed characteristic of 
 chronic alcoholism, unless it be the peculiar fetal qualities 
 of the heart sounds which we know as embryocardia. I 
 find this very frequent among drinkers, but I can offer only 
 a tentative explanation for it, namely the following: Em- 
 bryocardia can only occur with low tension blood pres- 
 sure, and in the absence of renal insufficiency. Hence it 
 might be considered as a useful condition of no pathologic 
 significance at all. That alcohol is a sclerogenic pharmakon 
 and productive of arteriosclerosis with its usual train of 
 symptoms may be a fact, but its demonstration would be
 
 ETIOLOGY 107 
 
 difficult and is really not shown by my tabulations. There 
 were cardiovascular changes, such as myocarditis, aortitis, 
 valvular heart disease and arteriosclerosis in chronic alco- 
 holics in 54.3 per cent of 461 cases, hut this by no means 
 constitutes a proof of the causal relationship between these 
 lesions and the abuse of liquors. I believe it, nevertheless, 
 to be good reasoning to ascribe the bulk of cardiovascular 
 symptoms to the sclerogenic action of alcohol, while ab- 
 staining from an interpretation of its pathogenesis." Just 
 what role tobacco plays is difficult to say. My own opinion 
 is, that of itself when used in moderation, it has no ill 
 effects. However, as tobacco is a drug that may raise the 
 blood pressure, excessive use must be held responsible for 
 the production of arteriosclerosis. It is difficult to sepa- 
 rate its effects from those produced by eating and drinking. 
 
 Over eating- 
 There can be no doubt but that the constant overloading 
 of the stomach with rich or difficultly digestible food is 
 responsible for a large number of cases of arteriosclerosis. 
 Every one must have noted the increase in force and volume 
 of the heart beat after the ingestion of a large meal. The 
 constant repetition of such processes conceivably can lead 
 to damage to the vessel walls through hypertension. 
 
 In the metabolism of food in the intestines there are sub- 
 stances produced which are poisonous when absorbed di- 
 rectly into the circulation. Ordinarily these substances 
 are rendered harmless either before absorption or are de- 
 toxicated in the liver to harmless substances. It is con- 
 ceivable that a constant overproduction of such poisons 
 would eventually damage the defensive mechanism of the 
 body to such an extent that some of the poisons would 
 circulate in the blood. An expression of a surplus of one, 
 at least, of these decomposition products is the appearance 
 of indican in the urine. It is not believed that indicanuria 
 has the importance attached to it which some authors would
 
 168 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 have us believe. It is found too often and in too many vary- 
 ing conditions, nevertheless it undoubtedly does reveal the 
 presence of perverted metabolism. 
 
 In how far the toxins absorbed from the intestinal tract 
 are responsible for the production of arterial disease, it is 
 not possible to say. Some observers lay great stress on 
 this factor as a cause of arteriosclerosis. The author be- 
 lieves that the role played by the absorption of products of 
 perverted intestinal metabolism is an important one. The 
 primary change is an increased tension in the arterioles 
 which later leads to thickening of the coats of the vessels 
 and to the other consequences of arterial disease. A vi- 
 cious circle is thus established which has a tendency to be- 
 come progressively worse. 
 
 Mental Strain 
 
 More and more does one become impressed with the fact 
 that patients with arteriosclerosis are very often those who 
 take life too seriously and either from ambition or from an 
 exalted sense of duty lead especially strenuous lives. Not 
 always are these persons addicted to drug or liquor habit. 
 Many are rather abstemious in their habits. It is not so 
 often that we see as a victim of arteriosclerosis, the care- 
 free person who laughs his way through life without worry- 
 ing about the morrow. He is not so prone to arteriosclero- 
 sis. Worry is a far more potent cause of breakdown than 
 actual manual work. It is the rule to find thickened arteries 
 among neurasthenics. This may be only part of a general- 
 ized degeneration of all tissue in the body. The blood pres- 
 sure in such persons is usually low. So many men of our 
 better class live under a continuous mental strain in the 
 business world. The increase in arteriosclerosis cases is 
 real, not apparent. The intense mental strain seems to cause 
 a marked increase in blood pressure (for short periods of 
 mental effort this has been proved) over a period of time
 
 ETIOLOGY 1 69 
 
 sufficient to cause permanent changes in the vessel walls. 
 The same sequence of events repeats itself; high tension, 
 arterial strain, compensatory thickening, hypertrophied 
 heart, etc. 
 
 Certainly the character of the arterial tissue has much to 
 do with the determination of degenerative changes which 
 may result from the action of one or more of the etiologic 
 factors. 
 
 Muscular Overwork 
 
 Muscular overwork is to be reckoned with as an etiologic 
 factor. One sees it especially among the laboring class in 
 both whites and negroes. Possibly other factors, as alco- 
 hol and coarse heavy food, contribute to the early arterial 
 degeneration. Hypertrophy of the heart occurs in athletes, 
 and statistics gathered among the oarsmen especially, show 
 a relatively high mortality at the different decades trace- 
 able to the high tension produced while in training. This 
 question deserves more consideration than has been ac- 
 corded it. 
 
 Renal Disease 
 
 Chronic disease of the kidneys (contracted red kidney) is 
 one of the most certain producers of hypertension; in fact, 
 some maintain that high tension, even without demonstra- 
 ble kidney lesions, as revealed by careful urine examina- 
 tions, is a valuable sign pointing to chronic nephritis. This 
 is doubted by others, myself among them. Just what causes 
 the increase in blood pressure sometimes to over 270 mm. 
 of Hg, is not definitely known. It seems most probable that 
 it is some poison elaborated by the diseased kidneys and 
 absorbed into the general circulation. There it acts pri- 
 marily on the "musculature of the arterioles causing tonic 
 contraction and an increase of work on the part of the heart 
 to force the blood through narrowed channels. One fact is 
 certain. We see patients in coma due to renal disease with
 
 170 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 blood pressure much over 200 mm. of Hg. As these cases 
 clear up, the pressure may fall, and should they seemingly 
 recover, the recovery is accompanied with a marked de- 
 crease in blood pressure, finally reaching the normal for 
 the individual. Moreover, in the course of a severe acute or 
 sub-acute nephritis, hypertension is associated with head- 
 ache, partial or total blindness, and drowsiness. When the 
 pressure is reduced, all these symptoms disappear. 
 
 There is also the chronically shrunken and scarred kid- 
 ney known pathologically as the arteriosclerotic kidney. 
 It is probable that there are two groups of cases which we 
 may designate: (1) primary; (2) secondary. In the pri- 
 mary group the kidney disease antedates the sclerosis of 
 the arteries, and the sclerosis is most probably dependent on 
 the constant high tension. We know that prolonged hyper- 
 tension will produce severe forms of arteriosclerosis. The 
 arterial disease in this group is caused by the renal disease. 
 
 In the second group the kidney changes are apparently 
 due to the general arteriosclerosis which, affecting the kid- 
 ney vessels, causes changes leading to atrophy and subse- 
 quent fibrous tissue ingrowth of scattered areas. These 
 cases are not necessarily associated with hypertension; on 
 the contrary there is more apt to be hypotension. Where 
 the first group occurs for the most part in young and active 
 middle-aged people, the second group is the result of in- 
 volutionary processes which accompany advanced age. 
 
 However careful a urinalysis may be, there is no assur- 
 ance that one can predict the pathologic state of the kidney. 
 Often so-called normal urine will be secreted by a badly 
 diseased kidney, whereas a urine which contains considera- 
 ble albumin and many casts may be secreted by a kidney 
 which is only temporarily the seat of inflammation. What 
 matters after all is not the state of the kidney which the 
 pathologist describes, but the actual functional response 
 of the kidney in the body to the various tests now well 
 known.
 
 ETIOLOGY 171 
 
 Ductless Glands 
 
 At the present time the tendency among some writers 
 is to make the ductless glands the responsible agents in 
 almost all diseases. Arteriosclerosis is no exception to this 
 tendency. Sajous, for example, divides the morbid process 
 producing arteriosclerosis into three types; (1) autolytic, 
 (2) adrenal, (3) denutrition. In the first type lie finds 
 the pancreas to be the most important gland. It supplies 
 an internal secretion which "takes a direct part in the pro- 
 tein metabolism of the tissue cells, and also in the defensive 
 reactions within these cells, as well as in the phagocytes and 
 in the blood stream." This being the case exaggeration of 
 this digestive process has tissue destruction as its result, 
 arteriosclerosis among them. 
 
 In the adrenal type Sajous argues that adrenalin pro- 
 duces lesions experimentally, therefore the adrenal gland 
 has a profound influence by its internal secretion in connec- 
 tion with the sympathetic system in producing degenera- 
 tions leading to arteriosclerosis. 
 
 The denutrition type has as its particular gland fhe thy- 
 roid. The sclerotic process in the arteries is due to the lack 
 of thyroid as in cases of myxedema. After a long resume 
 of his ideas he concludes "that arteriosclerosis is the result 
 of excessive or deficient activity of certain ductless glands, 
 the thyroid and adrenal in particular." 
 
 No one can dogmatically deny the part which the ductless 
 glands may play in the production of arteriosclerosis, but it 
 hardly seems that there is enough actual experimental evi- 
 dence to show that they take such an important part as Sa- 
 jous believes. Until further and more convincing evidence 
 is offered by competent investigators, I prefer to look with 
 some skepticism upon the ductless gland theory of the caus- 
 ation of arteriosclerosis. The field lends itself too easily 
 to speculation and imagery. Some are already allowing 
 themselves the mental debauch of this nature.
 
 CHAPTER VII 
 
 THE PHYSICAL EXAMINATION OF THE HEART 
 AND ARTERIES 
 
 Heart Boundaries 
 
 In order to be able to estimate the departures from nor- 
 mal in the boundaries of the heart, it is essential that there 
 be a definite appreciation of the boundaries of the normal 
 heart in relation to the chest wall. 
 
 It is frequently stated that the right limit of cardiac dull- 
 ness is normally, in the adult, just at the right border of 
 the sternum. This is not strictly accurate. Careful dis- 
 sections at the autopsy table and x-ray plates of the chest 
 made at a distance of two meters from the tube show that 
 the border of the right auricle is from one to one and a 
 half and even two centimeters from the edge of the sternum 
 at the level of the fourth rib, and on the living subject this 
 can be also demonstrated. The right border of the heart 
 usually is from 3 to 4 cm. from the midsternal line at the 
 level of the fourth rib. 
 
 Again there is a term used in defining the apex, known as 
 the point of maximum impulse. As this does not always 
 coincide with the apex beat and with the outer lower left 
 border of the heart, it would be better to use the term apex 
 beat. 
 
 Normally, then, the cardiac dullness, the so-called relative 
 cardiac dullness, begins above at the upper border of the 
 third costal cartilage, as a rule, and taking a somewhat 
 curved line with the concavity inward, descends to the fifth 
 interspace or beneath the fifth rib from 9 to 10 cm. from a 
 line drawn through the center of the sternum parallel to its 
 length, the midsternal line. This seems to me to be a bet- 
 ter method of recording the size of the heart than by the 
 
 172
 
 PHYSICAL EXAMINATION OF HEART AXD ARTERIES 173 
 
 lines commonly used; viz., the nipple, or midclavicular, or 
 parasternal line. Below, the cardiac dullness is merged into 
 the tympany from the stomach and the dullness from the 
 liver. At the sixth right costosternal articulation there is 
 a sharp turn upwards forming at that point with the liver 
 the cardiohepatic angle. At the fourth right cartilage or 
 the third interspace, the dullness is from one to two centi- 
 meters from the edge of the sternum. We have then a some- 
 what pear-shaped area or triangular area with the apex at 
 the apex of the heart. The so-called absolute cardiac dull- 
 ness does not appear to me to be of any great significance. 
 In reality it is the limit of lung resonance and may be 
 greater or less, not so much on account of variations in the 
 size of the heart, as of variations in size of the lungs and 
 shape of the chest wall. 
 
 The really crucial question which should always be asked 
 is, Is the heart enlarged or decreased in size? The position 
 of the apex beat alone can not determine this, neither can the 
 limit to the right of the stern am. The distance between 
 these two points and the depth of the dullness at a distance 
 of 5 cm. from the midsternal line on the left side, will give 
 the size of the heart as nearly as can be obtained in the liv- 
 ing subject. A series of measurements in normal adults 
 average 13 to 14 cm. and 9 to 10 cm. respectively. For 
 women they are about 1 cm. less in each direction. 
 
 The elaborate mechanism known as the orthodiagraph is 
 probably the best means of determining the actual limits 
 of the heart, but few men have such an expensive instru- 
 ment, and, moreover, at the bedside such an instrument 
 could not be used. From comparative measurements I con- 
 cur in the belief of those who affirm that careful percussion 
 will furnish equally as accurate limits. 
 
 The first step in making an examination of the heart is to 
 expose the patient's chest in a good light, and, sitting at his 
 right side, carefully inspect the chest. The position of the 
 apex beat, heaving, bulging, retraction of interspaces, etc.,
 
 174 Air 
 
 can easily be seen if visible. After careful inspection lias 
 given all the data which it is possible to obtain, one next 
 lays the palm of the hand over the heart and attempts to 
 palpate the apex beat. The thrust of the apex in a hyper- 
 trophied heart can readily be felt, and one can feel whether 
 the heart is regular, irregular, intermittent, or has other 
 change in rhythm. The shock of the closing valves, particu- 
 larly the aortic, can be felt, and that and the forcible apical 
 impulse are very suggestive signs of hypertrophy and 
 hypertension. Thrills may also be felt and can be timed 
 in relation to the heart cycle. 
 
 Percussion 
 
 It is to percussion that we next proceed, and for the data 
 in regard to the size of the heart, it is, for our purpose, the 
 most valuable of all the physical methods of heart examina- 
 tion. 
 
 First and foremost we wish by percussion to learn the 
 actual size of the heart, in other words what is ordinarily 
 called the relative cardiac dullness. With the absolute dull- 
 ness we are not concerned. That irregular area represents, 
 as has been said, actually the limits of lung resonance. The 
 heart may or may not be covered with lung; there may or 
 may not be the incisura cardiaca. What I wish to insist 
 upon is that the size of the area of absolute dullness can 
 give us no data in regard to the size of the heart. What we 
 must endeavor to learn is the actual size of the heart as 
 nearly as our crude means will permit. 
 
 Light, very light, almost inaudible percussion, what Gold- 
 scheider called " Sclrwellungsperkussion, " must be prac- 
 ticed. Use the middle finger of the right (left) hand as the 
 hammer and the last joint of the middle finger of the left 
 (right) hand pressed firmly against the chest, as pleximeter. 
 I believe it is better to place the pleximeter finger parallel 
 to the boundary to be limited although some place the finger 
 perpendicularly, that is, pointing toward the boundary.
 
 PHYSICAL EXAMIXATIOX OF HEART AND ARTERIES 175 
 
 Now and then it helps to bend the plexiineter linger at the 
 second joint, hold it perpendicularly to the chest wall, and 
 strike the joint directly in line of the linger. This in my 
 hands has been of great assistance in percussing the limits 
 of the heart dullness. Pottenger's "light touch palpation" 
 is a modification of the light palpation and, to my mind, has 
 no very special advantages. Auscultatory percussion is of 
 great value at times. The bell of the stethoscope is placed 
 over the portion of heart uncovered by lung (should such 
 be the case), and with this point as a center the chest is 
 lightly and quickly tapped along radii converging toward 
 the stethoscope. One soon learns to recognize the change 
 of pitch as the tapping reaches the border of the heart. It 
 is well to use all methods, especially in difficult cases, and 
 to compare the results. Personally T have found that by 
 light percussion I can limit with much accuracy the upper, 
 right, and left borders of the heart. 
 
 There is much to be gained by using light percussion. 
 Strong blows set in vibration not only the underlying struc- 
 tures, but also more or less of the chest wall. We wish to 
 avoid this source of error, we do not wish to differentiate by 
 pitch alone. Finally one's plexiineter finger becomes, after 
 long practice, so sensitive to changes in the resonance of 
 structures lying below it, that there is actual feeling of im- 
 pairment to the slightest degree. This delicate touch is 
 what we should endeavor to cultivate. 
 
 It is at times of advantage to use immediate percussion. 
 This is done by bending the fingers of the striking hand, 
 bringing the tips in a line and striking the chest lightly with 
 the four fingers as one finger. Some find it easier to per- 
 cuss the dullness due to the heart in this way than by medi- 
 ate percussion. 
 
 The little hammer and hard rubber, celluloid, bone, or 
 ivory plexiineter does not seem to me to be nearly as good 
 as the fingers. Moreover, one always has his hands, but 
 may forget his hammer and plexiineter.
 
 176 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 Auscultation 
 
 In auscultating the heart I prefer the binaural stetho- 
 scope of the Ford pattern. The recent substitution of an 
 aluminum bell for the hard rubber bell is an improvement. 
 Personally I do not favor the phonendoscope or any of the 
 new patent non-roaring instruments now for sale by urgent 
 instrument makers. The phonendoscope has its uses, for 
 example in auscultating the back when a patient is lying 
 in bed or in listening to the heart sounds when a patient is 
 under an anesthetic; but for differentiating the murmurs 
 and for heart diagnosis, I much prefer the regular bell 
 stethoscope. 
 
 In arteriosclerosis the two places over which it is impor- 
 tant to listen are the apex and the second right cartilage, 
 the aortic area. Over the former, one gains data in regard 
 to the strength of the heart as indicated by the first sound, 
 over the latter point, one learns of the tension in the aorta 
 by the character of the sound produced when the aortic 
 valves close. 
 
 The hypertrophy of the heart in arteriosclerosis is in- 
 variably due to the enlargement and thickening of the left 
 ventricle. From the nature of the position which the heart 
 assumes in the thorax, this enlargement is downward and 
 to the left. The apex beat will therefore be found in the 
 fifth or sixth interspace, and definitely at an increased dis- 
 tance from the midsternal line. As stated above, it is 
 most important that this distance be accurately measured 
 and put down in the notes of the case for future reference. 
 No satisfactory prognosis can be given unless this is done, 
 for the gradual increase or the decrease under treatment in 
 the size of the heart can thus be definitely known, and, 
 knowing the other factors, a prognosis may be given which 
 will be of some value to the patient.
 
 PHYSICAL EXAMINATION OF HEART AND ARTERIES 177 
 
 The Examination of the Arteries 
 
 It is exceedingly difficult at times to affirm definitely that 
 an artery, the radial for example, is actually sclerosed. 
 Much depends on the sensitiveness of the fingers of him 
 who palpates, and much upon the relation of the palpated 
 artery to the surrounding, chiefly underlying, structures. 
 In the examination of arteries it is well to inspect the body 
 for the pulsations caused by them. Frequently an exceed- 
 ingly tortuous artery, such as the brachial, may be seen 
 throughout its whole extent and yet the radial appear lit- 
 tle, if any, thickened by palpation. Again the artery of a 
 pulse of high tension which is small in size but full between 
 the beats, may not be as sclerosed as one which collapses 
 and feels much softer. It is difficult to obtain accurate data 
 in regard to the tension in an artery by feeling it with the 
 fingers of one hand. One should use both hands. With the 
 middle finger of the right (left) hand the artery is com- 
 pressed peripherally, that is, nearest the wrist. The blood 
 is then pressed out of the artery with the middle finger of 
 the left (right) hand, so as to obliterate completely the 
 pulse wave and the two or three inches between the middle 
 fingers are felt with the index fingers. By holding the fin- 
 ger firmly on the artery near the wrist so as to block any 
 wave that may come through the palmar arch by anastomo- 
 sis with the ulnar artery and by releasing pressure on the 
 proximal middle finger, some idea may be had of the degree 
 of pulse tension. However, no amount of practice can more 
 than approximate the tension and w r hen one is surest that 
 he can tell how many millimeters of pressure there are, he 
 is apt to be farthest wrong when lie checks his guess with 
 the sphygmomanometer. 
 
 Much may be learned from carefully palpating the periph- 
 eral arteries, and, as a rule, the sclerosis of these arteries 
 means general arteriosclerosis, although there are many 
 exceptions to this.
 
 178 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 A more recent method, and one which in the author's 
 hands has been found to be valuable, is that proposed by 
 \Yertheim-Salonionson who palpates the artery not with 
 the ball of the linger but with the ling-email. The fino-er is 
 
 Fiji. 5S. Another method of finger-tip palpation of the radial artery. (Graves.) 
 
 held so that the nail is perpendicular to the surface of the 
 skin and the artery is felt with the end of the nail. The sen- 
 sation is perceived at the root and makes use of all the sensi- 
 tive nerve endings there. In this way it is possible to feel
 
 PHYSICAL EXAMINATION OF HEART AND ARTERIES 179 
 
 the arterial wall distinctly, and a little practice will enable 
 one to determine whether or not the vessel wall is thickened. 
 It is also possible to determine with a considerable degree of 
 accuracy the diameter of the artery and the size of the wall 
 when the current is cut off by pressure on the proximal side 
 of the artery. It is best to have a firm background when 
 this "fingernail" palpation is used. This may be obtained 
 by palpating the radial artery against the lower end of the 
 radius. 
 
 Probably the best method of palpating the arteries, es- 
 pecially the radial, to determine the degree of sclerosis and 
 thickening, is to use the tip of the finger and roll it care- 
 fully over the artery. The tip of the finger is exceedingly 
 sensitive and, moreover, it is a firmer palpating surface 
 than the ball, thus enabling one to appreciate degrees of 
 sclerosis which could not be differentiated by palpation 
 with the soft yielding ball. This finger tip palpation is well 
 illustrated in the figures here shown. (Figs. 57 and 58.) 
 
 Estimation of Blood Pressure 
 
 It must be borne in mind at the outset that arteriosclero- 
 sis and high blood pressure are not always associated. As 
 a matter of fact in the severest grades of senile arterio- 
 sclerosis the blood pressure is usually below the normal 
 for the individual's years. However, as high tension is a 
 frequent factor in the production of arterial thickening, 
 1)1 ood pressure readings are of importance. 
 
 The instrument which one uses is of minor importance 
 provided it is properly standardized. The most important 
 feature of the instrument is the cuff. This must be 12 cm. 
 wide and be long enough to wrap around the arm several 
 times so that the pressure is evenly distributed over the 
 whole arm and not over a small portion. One mercury in- 
 strument we had in the hospital was reported to be at great 
 variance with a dial instrument. This mercury instrument 
 was provided with a cuff which was short and was tied
 
 180 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 around the arm by means of a piece of tape. This caused 
 a tight constriction over a small area and rendered the es- 
 timation too high. A new, long tailed cuff easily remedied 
 the apparent defect in the instrument. 
 
 In taking blood pressures the difference from day to day 
 of 10 or even 15 mm. of systolic pressure has no great sig- 
 nificance. Fluctuations of the systolic pressure alone, it is 
 insisted upon, have very little meaning. One must take the 
 whole pressure picture into consideration and determine 
 how the picture changes in order to draw any conclusion in 
 regard to the state of the blood pressure. Failure to pay 
 attention to this evident point has caused much futile work 
 to be written and published. 
 
 It is well to emphasize again the point that the blood 
 pressure picture consists of the systolic, the diastolic, the 
 pulse pressure and the pulse rate. 
 
 Palpation 
 
 Hoover has called attention to the direct palpation of the 
 femoral artery just below Poupart 's ligament as a more ac- 
 curate index of the pressure in the aorta than the palpation 
 of the radial artery. Possibly one can obtain a more ac- 
 curate estimate of the blood pressure in this way. This, 
 however, is open to dispute. To estimate the blood pres- 
 sure by palpating the radial artery is most deceptive. In 
 about 75 per cent of cases one can tell fairly w r ell whether 
 the pressure is abnormally high or abnormally IOW T . Small 
 variations are impossible to determine. Unquestionably it 
 is most advantageous to get into the habit of palpating the 
 femoral artery and checking the result with the sphyg- 
 momanometer so that the fingers may be trained to appre- 
 ciate as accurately as possible changes of pressure. 
 
 It may be that one day when the instrument is needed it 
 is not at hand. A. well-trained touch then becomes a great 
 asset.
 
 PHYSICAL EXAMINATION OF HEART AND ARTERIES 181 
 
 Precautions When Estimating Blood Pressure 
 
 There are certain precautions which must be strictly ob- 
 served when deductions are drawn from the manometer 
 readings. The psychic factor must be reckoned with. Any 
 emotion may cause marked variations in the pressure. Ex- 
 citement and anger are especial sources of error. Even the 
 slight excitement arising from taking the first blood pres- 
 sure on a nervous patient especially is apt to give false 
 values. Usually the readings must be taken many times at 
 the first sitting and the first few may have to be set aside. 
 Worry is a potent factor in raising the pressure. A walk 
 to the physician's office, especially if rapid, has its effect. 
 
 The position of the patient when the blood pressure is 
 taken is important. Usually in the office the pressure is 
 taken when the patient sits in a chair. He should assume a 
 relaxed, comfortable attitude. The readings should be 
 made at the same time of day and at the same interval be- 
 tween meals. The pressure in both arms should be 
 measured and comparisons should be made only between 
 readings on the same arm. These precautions may seem 
 useless and even somewhat trivial, and the conditions dif- 
 ficult to control. But unless they are carefully observed the 
 readings will be false, no comparisons can be drawn be- 
 tween the readings on different days, and the instrument 
 will most probably be blamed. I have known this to hap- 
 pen so often that I can not emphasize too strongly the im- 
 portance of controlling all the essential conditions which 
 go to make accurate work. 
 
 The Value of Blood Pressure 
 
 In the past fe\v years there lias been a veritable ava- 
 lanche of blood pressure instrument salesmen who have 
 covered the country, sold instruments, and have made many 
 startling claims for the instrument. They have emphasized 
 its value out of proportion to what the instrument can do
 
 182 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 even in the hands of one familiar with all the defects. Con- 
 sequently it is not necessary to emphasize the value of blood 
 pressure. It seen is best to utter a few words of caution in 
 regard to its interpretation. 
 
 The value lies not in the occasional estimation compared 
 with some other one reading, but in the frequent estimation 
 and in the visualization of the blood pressure picture. For 
 the great majority of diseases the blood pressure has no 
 particular value except to show that the circulation is not 
 materially disturbed. The limits of normal are rather wide, 
 so that consideration of the patient's age, sex, build, etc., 
 will give us some idea of a base line, so to speak, for any one 
 person. AVkle departures from relatively normal figures 
 are important, but are not diagnostic or, rather, pathogno- 
 momc. I can not help but feel that the diastolic pressure is 
 the most important part of the blood pressure picture. Per- 
 sistent high diastolic pressure means increased work for the 
 heart, which, if acting for a long time against the high 
 peripheral resistance, must eventually hypertrophy. The 
 arteries become thickened, lose their wonderful elasticity, 
 fibrous tissue is deposited in their walls, and the vicious 
 circle is established which leads to pathologic hypertension. 
 
 Blood pressure readings must be intimately mixed with 
 brains in order to be of any great value in diagnosis or 
 prognosis.
 
 CHAPTER VIII 
 SYMPTOMS AXU PHYSICAL SICXS 
 
 General 
 
 AYell developed arteriosclerosis shows four pathogno- 
 inonic signs: (1) hypertrophy of the heart; (2) accentua- 
 tion of the aortic second sound; (3) palpable thickening of 
 the arteries; and (4) heightened blood pressure. However, 
 it must not be inferred that these signs must be present in 
 order to diagnose arteriosclerosis. It has already been said 
 that a very marked degree of thickening, with even calcifi- 
 cation of the palpable arteries, may occur with absolutely 
 no increase of blood pressure, and at autopsy a small flabby 
 heart may be found. 
 
 While arteriosclerosis is usually a disease which is of 
 slow maturation, nevertheless cases are occasionally seen 
 which develop rather rapidly. The peripheral arteries have 
 been noticed to become stiff and hard in as relatively brief 
 a time as two years from the recognized onset of the disease. 
 
 Since involution processes are physiologic, as has been 
 described (vide infra), arteriosclerosis may assume an 
 advanced grade and run its course devoid of symptoms 
 referable to diseased arteries. It is doubtful whether the 
 sclerosis itself could produce symptoms, except in cases 
 later to be described, were it not that the organs supplied 
 by the diseased arteries suffer from an insufficient blood 
 supply and the symptoms then become a part of the symp- 
 tom-complex of any or all the affected organs. 
 
 There are cases, however, in comparatively young per- 
 sons where a combination of certain ill-defined symptoms 
 gives a clue to the underlying pathologic processes. These 
 symptoms of early arteriosclerosis are the result of slight 
 
 183
 
 184 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 and variable disturbances in the circulation of the various 
 organs. Normally there are frequent changes in the blood 
 pressure in the organs, but the vasomotor control of normal 
 elastic vessels is so perfect that no symptoms are noted by 
 the individual. When the arteries are sclerosed, they are 
 less elastic and the blood supply is, therefore, less easily 
 regulated. At times symptoms occur only after effort. The 
 patient may tire more readily than lie should for a given 
 amount of mental or bodily exercise; he is weary and de- 
 pressed, and occasionally there is noted an unusual intol- 
 erance of alcohol or tobacco. Vertigo is common, especially 
 on rising in the morning or in suddenly changing from a 
 sitting to a standing position. Some complain of constant 
 roaring or ringing in the ears. There may be dull head- 
 ache that the accurate fitting of glasses does not alleviate. 
 Unusual irritability or somnolency with a disinclination 
 to commence a new task may be present. Sometimes the 
 effort of concentrating the attention is sufficient to increase 
 the headache. This has been called "the sign of -the pain- 
 ful thought." Numbness and tingling in the hands, feet, 
 arms, or legs are also complained of, and neuralgias, not 
 following the course of the nerves but of the arteries, also 
 occur. It is important to remember that the train of symp- 
 toms resembling neurasthenia in a person over forty-five 
 years old may be due to incipient arteriosclerosis. This 
 tardy neurasthenia frequently accompanies cancer, tubercu- 
 losis, diabetes, and incipient general paralysis, as well as 
 incipient arteriosclerosis. 
 
 Bleeding from the nose, epistaxis, taking place frequently 
 in a middle-aged person, sometimes is an early symptom. 
 The bleeding may be profuse, but is rarely so large as to be 
 positively harmful. In fact, it may do much good in reliev- 
 ing tension. Slight edema of the ankles and legs is seen. 
 Dyspnea on slight exertion is not uncommon. Dyspeptic 
 symptoms are not infrequent, pyrosis (heartburn), a feel- 
 ing of fullness after meals with belching or a feeling of
 
 SYMPTOMS AND PHYSICAL SIGNS 185 
 
 weight in the epigastrium. The dyspeptic symptoms may 
 be so marked that one might almost speak of a variety of 
 arteriosclerosis, the dyspeptic type. For quite a while be- 
 fore any symptoms that would definitely fix the case as one 
 of undoubted arteriosclerosis, the patient complains that 
 foods which previously were digested with no difficulty now 
 give him gastric distress. The examination of the stomach 
 contents of a patient presenting gastric symptoms reveals 
 usually a subacidity. The total acidity measured after the 
 Ewald test meal may be only 20 and the free HC1 may be 
 absent. Attention has been called to an unnatural pallor 
 of the face in early arteriosclerosis. Progressive emacia- 
 tion is sometimes seen in cases of arteriosclerosis and may 
 be the only symptom of which the patient complains. 
 
 Hypertension 
 
 Not all cases of arteriosclerosis are accompanied by in- 
 creased arterial tension. As has been stated in a previous 
 chapter, the blood pressure in the arterial system depends 
 chiefly on two factors; viz., the degree of peripheral (capil- 
 lary) resistance, and the force of the ventricular contrac- 
 tion. The highest arterial pressures recorded with the 
 sphygmomanometer occur not in pure arteriosclerosis but 
 in cases where there is concomitant chronic interstitial dis- 
 ease of the kidneys. When this is found there is always 
 arteriosclerosis more or less marked. In cases Avhere the 
 arteries are so sclerosed that they feel like pipe stems there 
 may be an actual decrease in the blood pressure. Hence 
 the clinical measuring of the pressure in the brachial artery 
 alone is not sufficient for a diagnosis of arteriosclerosis. A 
 persistent high blood pressure even with normal urinary 
 findings is not a sign of arteriosclerosis. The high tension 
 later may lead to the production of sclerosis of tho arteries, 
 but in these cases the kidney may be primarily at fault. 
 
 The impression must not be gained that hypertension in
 
 18G ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 itself always constitutes a disease or even a symptom of dis- 
 ease. Hypertension itself is practically always a compen- 
 satory process. That is to say, it is the attempt on the part 
 of the body to equalize the distribution of blood in the body 
 when there is some poison causing constriction of the small 
 arteries. In this sense hypertension is not only essential, 
 but actually life-saving. A heart which is so diseased that 
 it can not respond to the call for increased action by hyper- 
 trophy of its fibers, would shortly wear out. The very fact 
 that the heart becomes enlarged and the tension in the 
 arteries becomes high, indicates that in such a heart there 
 was great reserve power. But while hypertension is largely 
 an effort at adjustment among the various parts of the cir- 
 culation, it nevertheless tends to increase, provided the 
 cause or causes which produced it act continuously. More- 
 over, as has been said (Chap. II), the arterioles do not re- 
 spond to increased work on the part of the heart by expand- 
 ing, but by contracting. A vicious circle is thus maintained 
 which eventually must lead to serious consequences. 
 
 Hypertension is then, if anything, only a symptom which, 
 may or may not demand treatment. That hypertension 
 leads to the production of sclerosis of the arteries has been 
 repeatedly affirmed here. In certain cases it is good and 
 should not be experimented with. In other cases it is bad 
 and some treatment to reduce the tension must be tried. 
 The main point is to regard hypertension as one regards a 
 compensated heart lesion. 
 
 Prof. T. Clifford Allbutt divides the causes of arterio- 
 sclerosis clinically into three classes: (1) The toxic class 
 the results of poisons of the most part of extrinsic or- 
 igin, chiefly those of certain infections. In some of these 
 
 O * 
 
 diseases, the blood pressures, as for example, in syphilis, 
 are ordinarily unaffected ; in others, as in lead poisoning, 
 they are raised. (2) The class he calls hyperpietic,* in 
 
 *From Triecrw to squeeze, oppress or distress. Ilyperpiesis, therefore, signifies excessive 
 pressure.
 
 SYMPTOMS AND PHYSICAL SIGXS 187 
 
 which an arteriosclerosis is the consequence of tensile 
 strength, of excessive arterial -blood pressure persisting for 
 some years. A considerable example of this class is the 
 arteriosclerosis of granular kidney, but in many cases kid- 
 ney disease is, clinically speaking, absent. (3) The involu- 
 tionary class, in which the change depends upon a senile, or 
 quasisenile degradation. This may be no more than wear 
 and tear, a disposition of all or of certain tissues to pre- 
 mature failure partly atrophic, partly mechanical un- 
 der ordinary stresses; or it also may be toxic, a slow poison- 
 ing by the "faltering rheums of age." In ordinary cases 
 of this class the blood pressures for the age of the patient 
 are not excessive. Although the toxins of the specific 
 fevers, notably typhoid, as stated above, and influenza, have 
 been shown to produce arteriosclerosis, this, under favor- 
 able circumstances he believes tends to disappear. This 
 has been shown by AViesel. 
 
 As the blood pressure is dependent on the resistance 
 offered by the capillaries and arterioles, there are only two 
 ways in which increased pressure can be brought about; 
 either by rendering the blood more viscous, or by the gen- 
 eration of some poison from the food taken into the body 
 which, acting on the vasomotor center or directly on the 
 finer vessels, arteriolar or capillary, sets up a constriction 
 over any large area, and mainly in the splanchnic area. In 
 regard to the liability to arteriosclerosis, this area stands 
 second only to the aortic and coronary areas. He believes 
 that arteriosclerosis itself has little effect in raising arterial 
 pressure. Many cases are seen in which with extreme ar- 
 teriosclerosis there was no rise in blood pressure, and some 
 in which pressures have been rising even long before the 
 appearance of arterial disease. Prof. Allbutt also believes 
 that in the hyperpietic cases the arteries undergo a tran- 
 sient thickening, which can be removed if the causes can be 
 reached and overcome. 
 
 Clinically speaking, then, hyperpietic arteriosclerosis is
 
 ] 88 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 not a disease, but a mechanical result of disease. If the nar- 
 rowing of the arterioles is brought about by thickening due 
 to arteriosclerosis, then it would seem a priori that such 
 obliteration should cause a rise in pressure. Were the 
 vascular system a mere mechanical set of tubes and a pump, 
 this would happen, but other factors of great importance 
 must be taken into consideration besides the mechanical 
 factors; viz., chemical and biological factors. Thus, whole 
 parts may be closed and with compensatory dilatation in 
 other parts there would be little or no change in pressure, 
 unless there were hyperpiesis. In established hyperpiesis, 
 we note two conditions in the radial artery: first, a compara- 
 tively straight vessel with a small diameter; secondly, a 
 larger, more tortuous vessel, "the large leathery artery." 
 In the cases of the first group, hyperpiesis is often more 
 marked, although not appearing so to the examining finger, 
 than in the second class. In view of the difficulty of esti- 
 mating by touch alone the amount of hyperpiesis in a con- 
 tracted hard artery, it is often overlooked until a ruptured 
 vessel in the brain startles us to a realization of our mis- 
 take. The "narrow" artery is more dangerous than the 
 tortuous one, for with every change in pressure the passive 
 vessels of the brain must receive blood that under normal 
 conditions would go to other parts of the circulation. 
 
 In involutionary sclerosis there is a gradual thickening 
 and tortuosity of the vessel, which although it may be 
 greater than in the hyperpietic cases, yet is never so danger- 
 ous to life. The heart in hyperpiesis hypertrophies and 
 dilates, but such a heart is the result, not an integral part, 
 of the arterial disease. 
 
 The Heart 
 
 When the arterial tree becomes narrowed and the resist- 
 ance offered to the flow of blood thereby is increased, more 
 muscular w r ork is required of the left ventricle and accord-
 
 SYMPTOMS AND PHYSICAL SIGNS 189 
 
 ing to the general laws which govern muscles the ventricle 
 hypertrophies. There is an actual increase in number of 
 fibers as well as an increase in the size of the individual 
 fibers. Some of the best examples of simple hypertrophy 
 of the left ventricle are found under such circumstances. 
 The chambers as a rule do not dilate until the resistance be- 
 comes greater than the contraction can overcome, when 
 symptoms of broken compensation of the heart take place. 
 The hypertrophy of the left ventricle brings more of this 
 portion of the heart toward the anterior chest wall. The 
 enlargement is toward the left, also, consequently the apex- 
 beat is found below and to the left of its usual site, even an 
 inch or more beyond the nipple line. The impulse is heav- 
 ing, pushing the palpating hand forcibly up from the chest 
 wall. The visible area of pulsation may occupy three inter- 
 spaces and the precordium is seen to heave with every sys- 
 tole. On auscultation the second sound at the aortic carti- 
 lage is ringing, clear, and accentuated. Not infrequently, 
 too, the first sound is loud and booming, but has a curious 
 muffled sound that may even be of a murmurish quality. 
 The leaflets of the mitral valve may be the seat of sclerosis, 
 the edges are slightly thickened and do not quite approxi- 
 mate, thus causing a definite murmur with every systole. 
 This murmur may be transmitted out into the axilla and be 
 heard at the inferior angle of the left scapula. 
 
 Palpable Arteries 
 
 Xot every artery that can be felt is the subject of arterio- 
 sclerosis, and, as has been stated, palpable arteries being 
 more or less a condition of advancing years, judgment as 
 to whether the artery is pathologically or physiologically 
 thickened may be a matter of individual opinion. A radial 
 artery that lies close to the lower end of the radius and can 
 actually be seen to pulsate when the hand is held slightly 
 extended on the back of the wrist, is easily felt, but must
 
 1 90 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 not, therefore, be considered a sclerosed artery. The radial 
 may he so deeply situated in the wrist of a fat subject that 
 it is difficultly palpable. Yet the two eases just described 
 may have arteries of identical structure 1 , there being no 
 more retrogressive changes in the one than in the other. 
 "Experience is fallacious and judgment difficult." 
 
 The small, contracted, wiry artery of a chronic nephritic 
 may feel like a pipe stem, but if properly felt the mistake 
 will not be made of considering such an artery an unusually 
 sclerosed one. "When the wave is pressed out of such a 
 high tension artery, it is found that what seemed to be a 
 firm sclerosed vessel, was in reality an artery tightly 
 stretched over the column of blood. 
 
 Ocular Signs and Symptoms 
 
 It would not exaggerate too much to say that the exami- 
 nation of the eye grounds with the ophthalmoscope is the 
 most important aid in the early diagnosis of arteriosclero- 
 sis. Long before there are any subjective symptoms, 
 changes can be seen in the blood vessels of the retina which, 
 while not always diagnostic, at least call attention to a be- 
 ginning chronic disease. As I become more proficient in the 
 use of the ophthalmoscope, I am impressed with the impor- 
 tance of the ocular signs of arterial disease. I would urge 
 practitioners to familiarize themselves with this instrument. 
 The electrically lighted instruments on the market now have 
 so simplified the technic that any physician should be able 
 to see the grosser changes which take place in the arteries 
 and veins of the retina and in the disc. Frequently the 
 ophthalmologist is the first to recognize early arteriosclero- 
 sis. In the fundus are seen increased tortuosity of the reti- 
 nal vessels and their terminal twigs with more or less bend- 
 ing of the vessels at their crossings. The arteries are termi- 
 nal ones, and small patches of retinitis are therefore found. 
 The changes have been divided into (1) suggestive, (2) 
 pathognomonic.
 
 SYMPTOMS AXD PHYSICAL SKJXS 191 
 
 Under (1) are: 
 
 (a) Uneven caliber of the vessels, 
 (])) Undue tortuosity, 
 
 (c) Increased distinctness of the central light streak, 
 
 (d) An unusually light color of the breadth of the 
 artery. 
 
 Under (2) are: 
 
 (a) Changes in size and breadth of the retinal arteries 
 so that they look beaded, 
 
 (b) Distinct loss of translucency, 
 
 (c) Alternate contractions and dilatations in the veins, 
 
 (d) Most important of all, the indentation of the veins 
 by the stiffened arteries. 
 
 There is yet another sign which appears to be pathogno- 
 nionic. The arteries are pale, appear rigid and through the 
 center, parallel to the course, is a rather bright, fine thread- 
 like line. The appearance is known as the "silverwire" 
 artery. It is particularly constant in hypertension where 
 the most beautiful examples are seen. 
 
 Moreover, there is the arcus senilis, the fine translucent 
 to opaque circle surrounding the outer portion of the iris. 
 Practically every one with a well-marked arcus senilis lias 
 arteriosclerosis, but vice versa not every one with even 
 marked arteriosclerosis has an arcus senilis. 
 
 In general, the symptoms are gradual loss of acute vision, 
 and attacks of transient loss of vision. The explanation 
 which has been offered for these phenomena is the contrac- 
 tion in a diseased central artery. 
 
 Nervous Symptoms 
 
 The onset of arteriosclerosis is, in the majority of cases, 
 so insidious that certain nervous manifestations, due in all 
 probability to disturbances in blood pressure, are present 
 long before the actual sclerosis of the arteries can be felt.
 
 ] 92 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 These nervous symptoms are at times the sign posts to show 
 us the way to accurate diagnosis. There may be grad- 
 ual increase in irritability of temper, inability to sleep, 
 vertigo even extending to transient attacks of unconscious- 
 ness. Loss of memory for details frequently is an early 
 symptom of sclerosis of the cerebral arteries. Nervous in- 
 digestion may be present. Various paresthesias as numb- 
 ness, tingling, a sense of coldness or of heat or burning, a 
 sense of stiffness or even actual stiffness or weakness may 
 occur in the arms and legs, more frequently in the legs. 
 The pain complained of may be due to occlusion of an ar- 
 tery, although evidence for this is lacking. It has been 
 thought by some that the pain in angina pectoris might be 
 due to this cause. 
 
 Several curious and interesting diseases which have 
 been thought by some to have arteriosclerosis as a basis are 
 accompanied by pain. Such are erythromelalgia, Ray- 
 naud's disease, "dead fingers," and intermittent claudica- 
 tion. 
 
 Erb has reported a large series of intermittent limp 
 (claudication) from his private practice. He finds that the 
 large majority of the cases occur in men. The abuse of 
 tobacco was evidently the main etiologic factor in about 
 half of the cases. Repeated exposure to cold and the abuse 
 of alcohol were responsible for most of the other cases. 
 Curiously enough he finds that a history of syphilis was 
 present in only a small proportion of his cases. It is his 
 firm conviction that intermittent limping which he thinks 
 should be called angiosclerotic dysbasia is frequently in- 
 correctly diagnosed. It is mistaken for other troubles and 
 treated wrongly. As gangrene may develop this is par- 
 ticularly dangerous. The affection generally develops grad- 
 ually, although he has seen cases where the onset was rather 
 acute. The partial or complete lack of the pulse in the foot 
 is the one striking sign, together with the varying behavior 
 of the pulse, its disappearance when the feet are cold and
 
 SYMPTOMS AXD PHYSICAL SIGNS 193 
 
 its return after a warm foot bath or under other treatment. 
 Signs of general arteriosclerosis were present in nearly 
 every ease. AVhen there is a tendency to the development 
 of intermittent limp he finds that a valuable sign is the man- 
 ner in which the leg blanches when it is lifted repeatedly 
 while the patient is recumbent and becomes hyperemic later 
 when placed horizontally. In health this change occurs 
 more rapidly.
 
 CHAPTER IX 
 SYMPTOMS AND PHYSICAL SIGXS 
 
 Special 
 
 Our conception of arteriosclerosis as a degenerative proc- 
 ess affecting the vascular tree rather than a disease, re- 
 moves the possibility of discussing special symptoms. As 
 a matter of fact, we know of very few organs where even 
 profound pathologic changes in the vascular system pro- 
 duced during life any symptoms which could be laid to 
 these arterial changes. Kind nature has given to us such 
 an excess of organs of every kind that the destruction of 
 large portions of any organ seems to affect the function 
 but little. So only particular groups of organs, which show 
 symptomatic changes as the result of arteriosclerotic proc- 
 esses, will be discussed. It is realized that this may not 
 give Teutonic completeness to the discussion, but it cer- 
 tainly saves paper and has a distinct practical value to the 
 long suffering reader. 
 
 Although arteriosclerosis is a disease which affects the 
 whole arterial system, it nevertheless never reaches the 
 same grade all over the body. The difference in the struc- 
 ture and functions of the various organs determines to great 
 extent the eventual symptomatology. Endarteritis obliter- 
 ans of a small sized artery in the liver or leg would lead to 
 no marked symptoms, as the circulation is so rich that the 
 anastomoses of the blood vessels would soon establish a 
 collateral circulation that would be perfectly competent to 
 sustain the function of the part. Quite different would it 
 be should one of the small arteries of the brain, the lenticulo- 
 striate, for example, which supplies the corpus striatum, 
 become the seat of a thrombosis or embolism caused by 
 arteriosclerosis. The arteries of the brain are terminal 
 
 194
 
 SYMPTOMS AND PHYSICAL SIGNS 195 
 
 arteries and the blood supply would be cut off entirely with 
 a resulting anemic necrosis of the part supplied by the 
 artery and a loss of function of the part. What would be 
 of no moment in the leg or arm might prove even fatal in 
 the brain. 
 
 The further symptomatology, therefore, of arterioscle- 
 rosis depends entirely on the organ or organs most affected 
 by the interference with the blood supply. The following 
 groups may be recognized: 
 
 1. Cardiac. 
 
 2. Renal. 
 
 3. Abdominal. 
 
 4. Cerebral. 
 
 5. Spinal. 
 
 6. Local vasomotor effects. 
 
 7. Pulmonary. 
 
 Cardiac 
 
 Most cases of arteriosclerosis sooner or later present 
 symptoms referable to the heart. When the organ is hyper- 
 trophied and is already working against an enormous 
 peripheral resistance, a slight excess of work put upon it 
 may cause a dilatation of the chambers with the resulting 
 broken compensation. There is dyspnea on slight exertion, 
 possibly some precordial distress, slight edema of the ankles 
 and lower legs and possibly scanty urine. With proper 
 care, a patient with such symptoms may recover, but the 
 danger of another break in compensation is enhanced. The 
 next attack is more severe. The edema is greater, there 
 may be signs of edema of the lungs, effusions into the serous 
 cavities may occur. The heart shows marked dilatation. 
 There is gallop or canter rhythm and there are loud mur- 
 murs at the apex. When a patient is first seen in this stage, 
 it may be quite impossible to state whether or not there is 
 true valvular disease of the heart. The muscle is usually 
 diseased in that there is fibroid degeneration of more or
 
 19(1 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 less extensive character. This factor causes the heart to 
 lose much of its elasticity and increases the tendency to 
 permanent dilatation. Such cases must be watched before 
 one can say that true valvular insufficiency is not present. 
 The fatal termination of such a case is quite like that of 
 
 I'ig. 59. Aneurysm of the heart wall. (.Milwaukee County Hospital.) 
 
 true valvular disease. There is increasing dyspnea, in- 
 creasing anasarca, and the patient usually succumbs to 
 edema of the lungs, drowned in his own secretions. 
 
 A very rare complication of the fibroid degeneration of 
 the heart muscle is aneurysm of the heart wall. (Fig. 59.)
 
 SYMPTOMS AND PHYSICAL SLCNS 197 
 
 The apex of the left ventricle is most commonly the site of 
 the aneurysm and rupture occasionally occurs. Such an ac- 
 cident is rapidly fatal. In the arteriosclerotic process which 
 occurs at the root of the aorta, the coronary arteries become 
 involved both at the openings and along the courses of the 
 vessels. A branch or branches or even one artery may 
 become blocked as a result of obliterating- endarteritis. 
 The arteries of the heart are not terminal vessels but as a 
 rule blocking of a large branch leads to anemic infarct. 
 These areas become replaced by iibrous tissue which in the 
 gross specimen appears as streaks of whitish or yellowish 
 color in the musculature. Anemic infarcts may not occur. 
 In such cases the anastomosis between branches of the cor- 
 onary arteries is unusually free. Through arteriosclerosis 
 of the coronary vessels extensive fibrous changes may oc- 
 cur that lead to a myocardial insufficiency with its attend- 
 ing symptoms dyspnea, irregular and intermittent heart, 
 gallop rhythm, edema, etc. One of the most distressing 
 and dangerous results of sclerosis of the coronary arteries 
 and of the root of the aorta is angina pectoris. "While in 
 almost every case of angina pectoris there is disease of the 
 coronary arteries, the contrary does not hold true, for most 
 extensive disease, even embolism, of the arteries is fre- 
 quently found in persons who never suffered any attacks of 
 pain. This symptom group is more common in males than 
 in females and as a rule occurs only in adult life. "In men 
 under thirty-five syphilitic aortitis is an important factor." 
 (Osier.) 
 
 Since the valuable experiments of Erlanger on heart 
 block, considerable attention has been paid to lesions of the 
 Y-shaped bundle of fibers, a bundle arising at the auric- 
 uloventricular node and extending to the two ventri- 
 cles, known also as the auriculoventricular bundle of TTis. 
 Interference with the transmission of impulses through this 
 bundle gives rise to the symptom group known as the 
 Stokes-Adams syndrome, which is characterized by: (a)
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 slow pulse, (b) cerebral attacks vertigo, syncope, tran- 
 sient apoplectiform and epileptiform seizures, (c) visible 
 auricular impulses in the veins of the neck. Many of the 
 cases which occur are in elderly people the subjects of 
 arteriosclerosis. 
 
 So far as we now know all cases of the Stokes-Adams 
 syndrome are caused by heart block which is only another 
 
 Kig. 60. Large aneurysm of the aorta eroding the sternum. Death from rupture through 
 the skin preceded by frequent small hemorrhages. (Milwaukee County Hospital.) 
 
 name for disease in the auriculo ventricular bundle. Of 
 interest here is the fact that besides gummata, ulcers, and 
 other lesions of the bundle, definite arteriosclerotic changes 
 have been found. 
 
 ' ' The investigation of a typical case of Stokes-Adams dis- 
 ease has shown that the symptoms of this case are caused 
 by some lesion in the heart which gives rise to the condi-
 
 SYMPTOMS AND PHYSICAL SIGNS 199 
 
 tion now generally termed heart block. Practically all de- 
 grees of heart block have been observed, namely, complete 
 heart block and partial block with 4:1, 3:1, and 2:1 rhythm, 
 aiid occasionally ventricular silences. These stages oc- 
 curred during recovery. 
 
 "Experiments testing the reaction of the heart to various 
 extrinsic influences demonstrate that when the block is com- 
 plete the ventricles do not respond to influences presumably 
 of vagus origin, although the auricles still respond nor- 
 mally to such influences, that effects exerted upon the heart 
 presumably through the accelerators still influence the rate 
 of the ventricles as well as that of the auricles. 
 
 "When the block is partial the rate of the ventricular con- 
 traction varies proportionally with the rate of the auricular 
 contractions but only within certain limits. When these 
 limits are exceeded the block becomes more complete, i. e., 
 a 2:1 rhythm may be changed into a 3:1 rhythm, this into 
 a 4:1 rhythm, and this into complete block, and vice versa. 
 
 "The syncopal attacks are, in all probability, directly de- 
 pendent upon a marked reduction of the ventricular rate. 
 Such reductions of the ventricular rate are always asso- 
 ciated with an increase of the auricular rate, and it is 
 believed that the latter is the cause of the former." (Er- 
 langer.) 
 
 The epileptiform seizures of the syndrome may be caused 
 by the anemia of the brain resulting from failure of the 
 heart to supply a sufficient quantity of blood. 
 
 The apoplectiform attacks are most probably caused by 
 venous congestion when the slowing of the ventricular con- 
 tractions is not sufficient to cause convulsions, but will just 
 cause complete unconsciousness. 
 
 Renal 
 
 Chronic nephritis, hypertension, arteriosclerosis form a 
 most important trinity. Some stoutly affirm that in all 
 cases of high tension there is chronic renal disease. Cer-
 
 200 AIITER I OSC LEKOS I S 
 
 tainly tlio very highest blood pressures which we see occur 
 in the chronic interstitial forms of kidney disease. The 
 cause is most probably to be sought in some poison Avhich 
 is elaborated in the kidney, is absorbed into the circula- 
 tion and acts powerfully either on the vasoconstrictor cen- 
 ter as a stimulus, or directly on the musculature of the 
 small arteries all over the body. Usually hypertension is 
 progressive but it may be temporary. 
 
 A man, 43 years old, entered the Milwaukee County Hos- 
 pital in uremic coma. The systolic blood pressure was 
 1280-290 mm. Jig, the diastolic pressure 220 mm. ( Janeway 
 instrurnent). Under treatment his blood pressure gradu- 
 ally became low r er, at the same period the albumin and 
 casts gradually disappeared from the urine. In two weeks 
 from admission he seemed perfectly well, there were no 
 albumin or casts found in the urine, and the systolic blood 
 pressure was 136 mm., not a high figure for a muscular man 
 of the laboring class. It must be admitted, however, that 
 such cases are the exception, not the rule. 
 
 Patients suffering from the association of chronic nephri- 
 tis with hypertension die slowly, usually. There is gradual 
 development of anasarca. Headache is frequent and 
 severe. Pains all over the body may occur. The sight 
 may suddenly become dim or may even be lost. Dizziness 
 may be complained of and dyspnea is usually marked. 
 Cyanosis comes on, the pulse becomes weak, irregular or 
 intermittent, heart failure sets in, and the patient dies with 
 edema of the lungs. 
 
 Another class of renal arteriosclerosis is characterized 
 by a small granular kidney in which fibrous changes of a 
 patchy character have taken place. These scattered areas 
 are the result of obliterating endarteritis of renal arteries 
 here and there with consequent anemia, death of cells, and 
 replacement by fibrous tissue. It occurs as part of a gen- 
 eralized arteriosclerosis in which the whole arterial system 
 is the seat of diffuse (senile) sclerosis. The palpable ar-
 
 SYMPTOMS AND PHYSICAL SIGNS 201 
 
 teries are usually beaded or even encircled with calcareous 
 deposits and the aorta is the seat of an extensive nodular 
 and ulcerating sclerosis. The heart is usually small, shows 
 extensive fibrous and fatty changes and possibly the condi- 
 tion known as "brown atrophy;" the blood pressure is low. 
 Such cases do not show any special symptoms. They are 
 anemic, short of breath on exertion, have the appearance 
 and show the signs of senility. 
 
 In the first group it is, at times, difficult to say whether 
 the kidney disease or the arterial disease is the most im- 
 portant. From a clinical standpoint the decision is not 
 essential as the end results are much the same in both. 
 However, when actual uremic symptoms dominate the 
 picture, it becomes evident that the disease of the kidney is 
 the chief feature in the causation of the symptoms. 
 
 Abdominal or Visceral 
 
 There is an important group of cases to which but little 
 attention has been paid until quite recently. This is the 
 abdominal or visceral type of arteriosclerosis. It has been 
 stated that arteriosclerosis of the splanchnic vessels almost 
 invariably causes high tension. Among others, Janeway 
 has shown that general arteriosclerosis without marked 
 disease of the splanchnic vessels does not cause as a rule 
 increase of blood pressure. 
 
 There are cases in which the brunt of the lesion falls upon 
 the abdominal vessels. Such cases have been called 
 "angina abdominalis." It has been suggested (Harlow 
 Brooks) that this type of arteriosclerosis may be deter- 
 mined by constant overloading of the stomach with food, 
 especially rich and spiced food. This causes overwork of 
 the special arteries connected with digestion and so leads 
 to sclerosis of the vessels of the stomach, pancreas, and in- 
 testines. Personal habits probably influence to great ex- 
 tent the production of this more or less localized condition. 
 
 The organs supplied by the diseased arteries suffer from
 
 202 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 changes analogous to those occurring in general or local 
 malnutrition, such as starvation, old age, or local anemias. 
 These changes are atrophy with hemachromatosis (brown 
 atrophy) or fatty infiltration and degeneration. Following 
 the degenerative changes there result connective tissue 
 growth and further limitation of the functionating power of 
 the affected organs. 
 
 Pain is a more or less constant symptom of visceral 
 sclerosis. In the early stages there may be only a sense 
 of oppression, of weight, or of actual pressure in the abdo- 
 men or pit of the stomach. There may be only recurring 
 attacks of violent abdominal pain accompanied by vomiting. 
 In some cases symptoms of tenderness in the epigastrium, 
 pains in the stomach after eating, vomiting and backache 
 may suggest gastric ulcer. There may be dyspnea and a 
 sense of anguish accompanied with a rapid and feeble pulse. 
 Hematemesis may make the symptom group even more like 
 ulcer of the stomach, and only the course of the disease 
 with the failure of rigid ulcer treatment and the substitu- 
 tion of treatment directed toward relief of the arterial 
 spasm with resulting betterment, enables one to make a 
 diagnosis. The condition may be present for years and the 
 symptoms only epigastric tenderness with dizziness and 
 sweating on lying down after dinner, as in one of Perutz's 
 patients. The attacks are probably due to spasmodic con- 
 traction of the sclerosed intestinal vessels with a resulting 
 local rise in blood pressure. The pains are most probably 
 due to the spasm of the intestinal muscles, and some think 
 they are located in the sympathetic and mesenteric plexuses. 
 
 This result of arteriosclerosis is not so uncommon, and 
 by keeping this cause of obscure abdominal pain in mind 
 we are now and then enabled to save a patient from opera- 
 tion. 
 
 An autopsy on a case which for many years had attacks 
 of abdominal pain and cramp-like attacks, with high blood 
 pressure and heart hypertrophy, showed extensive sclerosis
 
 SYMPTOMS AND PHYSICAL SIGNS 203 
 
 of the abdominal aorta, superior mesenteric and iliacs. 
 These vessels were calcified. Hypertrophy of the left 
 ventricle was found. The kidneys were microscopically 
 normal. There were no changes in the ascending aorta but 
 in the descending portion there were scattered nodules and 
 small calcified plaques. 
 
 The attacks of pain from which this patient suffered for 
 many years, the hypertrophy of the left ventricle and the 
 increased blood pressure were thought to be directly due 
 to the sclerosis of the abdominal vessels. 
 
 Cerebral 
 
 It has been stated that arteriosclerosis is a general dis- 
 ease, yet certain systems of vessels may be affected far 
 more than others, and indeed there may be marked sclerosis 
 at one part of the body and none demonstrable at another 
 part. 
 
 In advanced sclerosis there may be one or more of a series 
 of accidents due to embolism, thrombosis, or rupture of the 
 vessels. Such conditions as transient hemiplegia, mono- 
 plegia or aphasia may occur. The attacks may come on 
 suddenly and be over in a few minutes; what Allbutt calls 
 "Larval apoplexies." They may last from a few hours 
 up to a day, and are very characteristic. A patient aged 
 64 years with pipe stem radials and tortuous hard temporals 
 would be lying quietly in bed when suddenly he would 
 stiffen, the eyes would become fixed and the breathing 
 cease. In a few seconds consciousness returned, the patient 
 would shake himself, pass his hand over his brow and ask, 
 "Where am I? Oh, yes, that's all right." He had as many 
 as thirty of these attacks in twenty-four hours, none of 
 them lasting over one minute. To just what such attacks 
 are due, it is hard to say. Some have attributed them to 
 spasm of the smaller blood vessels of the brain, but there 
 have never been demonstrated in the vessels any constrictor 
 fibers.
 
 204 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 There is a well recognized form of dementia caused by 
 arteriosclerosis. In general paralysis of tlie insane and 
 in senile dementia the blood vessels are always diseased. 
 Milder grades of psychic disturbances are accompanied by 
 such symptoms as mental fatigue, persistent headaches, 
 vertigo, memory weakness and fainting. Aphasia, periods 
 of excitement and mental confusion occur in some. Later 
 stages are at times accompanied by inclination to fabulate, 
 loss of judgment, disorientation, narrowing of the external 
 interests, episodes of confusion and hallucinatory delirium. 
 
 The hemiplegias, monoplegias and paraplegias may oc- 
 cur again and again and last for one or two days. Unless 
 there has been rupture of the vessels, there is complete re- 
 covery as a rule. 
 
 In persons who have arteriosclerosis with high tension 
 attacks of melancholia are seen. There are at the same 
 time fits of depression, insomnia, irritability, fretfulness, 
 and a generally marked change in disposition. AVhen the 
 tension is reduced by appropriate treatment these symp- 
 toms disappear, to recur when the tension again becomes 
 high. On the contrary, attacks of mania are accompanied 
 by low blood pressure. The dizziness and vertigo in cere- 
 bral arteriosclerosis are probably due to the stiffness of the 
 vessels which prevents them from following closely the va- 
 riations of pressure produced by position, and thus, at 
 times, the brain is deprived of blood and a transient anemia 
 occurs. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis of the cerebral vessels is always a seri- 
 ous condition. The greatest danger is from rupture of a 
 blood vessel. Another of the dangers is gradual occlusion 
 of the arteries bringing about necrosis with softening of the 
 brain substance. The latter is more apt to be associated 
 with psychic changes, dementia, etc.; the former, with 
 hemiplegia. It is curious that a small branch of the Sylvian 
 artery, the lenticulo-striate, which supplies the corpus stria- 
 turn, should be the one which most frequently ruptures.
 
 SYMPTOMS AXD PHYSICAL SIGNS 205 
 
 "\Vliore the motor fibers from the whole cortex are gathered 
 together in one compact bundle, a very small hemorrhage 
 may and does cause very serious effects. A comparatively 
 large hemorrhage in the silent area of the brain may cause 
 few or no symptoms. 
 
 Spinal 
 
 Tt is conceivable that arteriosclerosis of the vessels of 
 the spinal cord might cause symptoms which would be re- 
 ferred to the areas of the cord where the process was most 
 advanced. The lesions would be scattered and conse- 
 quently the symptoms might be protean in character. 
 
 True epileptic convulsions dependent on arteriosclerotic 
 changes are also seen and are not so uncommon. 
 
 This is on the whole a rare condition, much less common 
 than arteriosclerosis of the cerebral vessels. Collins and 
 Zabriskie report the following typical case: 
 
 "H., a fireman, fifty-one years old, was in ordinary good health until to- 
 ward the end of 1902. At that time he noticed that his legs were growing 
 weak and that they tired easily. Later he complained of a jerking sensation 
 iu different parts of the lower extremities and at times of sharp pain, which 
 might last from several minutes to two or three hours. The legs were the 
 seat of a heavy, unwieldy sensation, but there was no numbness or other 
 paresthesia. About the same time he began to have difficulty in holding the 
 urine, a symptom which steadily increased in severity. These symptoms con- 
 tinued until March, 1903, i. e., for three months, then he awakened one morn- 
 ing to find that he was unable to stand or walk, and the sphincters of the 
 bowels and bladder relaxed. There was no complaint of pain in the back or 
 legs, no difficulty in moving the arms, in swallowing or in speaking. He says 
 he was able to tell when his lower extremities were touched and he could 
 feel the bed and clothes. He was admitted to the City Hospital three weeks 
 later and the following record was made on April 21, 1903. 
 
 "The patient was a frail, emaciated man of medium height, who had the 
 appearance of being 53-60 years of age. He was unable to stand or walk. 
 When he was lying, he could flex the thigh and the legs slowly and feebly. 
 There was slight atrophy of the anterior and inner muscles, more of the left 
 than of the right side. The knee jerks and ankle jerks were absent. Irri- 
 tation of the soles caused quite a typical Babinski phenomenon. The patient 
 had fair strength in the upper extremities, but the arms tired very soon, he 
 said. The grip was moderate and alike in each hand. The motility of the 
 face, head, and neck was not noticeably impaired. There was no difficulty
 
 206 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 in swallowing, and articulation was not defective. Tactile sensibility was 
 slightly disordered in the lower extremities, although he could feel contact of 
 the finger, the point of a pin, and the like. Sensibility was not so acute as 
 normal; there was a quantitative diminution. Sensory perception was not 
 delayed. There was a distinct zone of slight hyperesthesia about as wide as 
 the hand above the femoral trochanters. Above that, sensibility was normal. 
 There was no discernible impairment of thermal sensibility. No part of the 
 body was particularly tender on pressure. A bedsore existed over the sacrum, 
 and there was excoriation of the genitals from constant dribbling of urine. 
 
 ' ' Examination of the chest showed shallow respiratory movements. The 
 heart was regular, weak, there were no murmurs, the second sound was ac- 
 centuated. Examination of the abdomen showed that the liver and spleen 
 were palpable, but were not enlarged. The abdominal reflexes, both upper and 
 lower, were sluggish. The patient was slow r of speech, likewise apparently of 
 thought. He did not seem to show an adequate interest in his condition, still 
 he was fully oriented and seemed to have a fair memory. His mental reflex 
 was slow. There were indications in the peripheral blood vessels and heart of 
 a moderate degree of general arteriosclerosis. The peripheral vessels 
 such as the radial, w r ere palpable, the walls thickened, the blood pressure 
 increased. 
 
 ' ' The patient did not complain of pain while he was in the hospital, a 
 period of four weeks, nor was there any particular change in the patient's 
 symptoms, subjective and objective, during this time. His mental state re- 
 mained clear until forty-eight hours before death, when he became sleepy, 
 stuporous, and comatose, dying apparently of cardiac weakness, which had set 
 in simultaneously with the clouding of consciousness. ' ' 
 
 At autopsy, except for a few small hemorrhages in the posterior horns of 
 the lower dorsal segments on the right side and a similar condition of the left 
 anterior horns, there was nothing noticed. On microscopic examination, there 
 was found widespread sclerosis of the vessels of the cord to a marked degree 
 with only slight thickening of the vessels of the brain. There were secondary 
 degenerations of ascending and descending type particularly marked at the 
 ninth dorsal segment. They included portions of all the tracts, the pyramidal 
 tract as well. The symptoms in brief were: (1) weakness and easily induced 
 fatigue of the legs; (2) peculiar sensations in the lower extremities, de- 
 scribed as jerky, numbness, heaviness, and occasionally sharp pain; (.3) 
 progressive incontinence of urine; (4) progressive paraplegia. 
 
 Since one of the chief manifestations of syphilis is sclero- 
 sis of the arteries, neurologic cases characterized by irregu- 
 lar symptoms and signs which can not be placed in any of 
 the definite system disease groups, are possibly due to 
 irregularly scattered areas of sclerosis throughout the 
 spinal cord caused by obliterating arteritis. Such cases 
 are not so very uncommon. Several have come under my
 
 SYMPTOMS AXD PHYSICAL SIGNS 207 
 
 observation. Further studies of the spinal cords of these 
 cases at autopsy are necessary before a final opinion can 
 be given as to their dependence on arteriosclerosis of the 
 spinal vessels. 
 
 Local or Peripheral 
 
 When the arteriosclerosis in the peripheral arteries 
 reaches a stage where endarteritis obliterans supervenes, 
 there is usually no chance for a compensatory or collateral 
 circulation to be established. The area supplied by the ves- 
 sel undergoes dry gangrene. A portion of a toe or finger or 
 a whole foot or hand may shrivel up. It is more common to 
 see the spontaneous amputation take place in the lower ex- 
 tremities. The same effect may be produced by the plug- 
 ging of a vessel with a thrombus. There may be much pain 
 connected with the sudden blocking, whereas the gradual 
 obliteration of the blood supply of a toe or foot is not as a 
 rule at all painful. The condition is at times revealed more 
 or less accidentally when a patient injures his toe or foot 
 and discovers that there is no sensation in the part and that 
 the wound instead of healing is inclined to grow larger. 
 
 Other interesting vasomotor phenomena are frequently 
 connected with arteriosclerosis. Such a one is the curious 
 condition known as Eaynaud's disease, a vascular disorder 
 which is divided into three grades of intensity: (1) local 
 syncope, (2) local asphyxia, (3) local or symmetrical gan- 
 grene. This is not the place to describe this condition ex- 
 cept to say that the condition called "dead fingers" is the 
 most characteristic feature of the first stage. Chilblains 
 represent the mildest grade of the second stage. The parts 
 are intensely congested and there may be excruciating pain. 
 Any one who has ever had chilblains knows how painful 
 they can be. The general health is not impaired as a rule, 
 although the attacks are apt to come on when the person is 
 run down. The third stage may vary from a very mild
 
 208 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 grade, with only small necrotic areas at the ti])S of the 
 fingers, to extensive multiple gangrene. 
 
 Another and very rare condition in which chronic endar- 
 teritis was the only constant finding is the disease described 
 by S. Weir Mitchell and called by him erythromelalgia (red 
 neuralgia). This is "A chronic disease in which a part or 
 parts usually one or more extremities suffer with pain, 
 flushing, and local fever, made far worse if the parts hang- 
 down." (Weir Mitchell.) 
 
 Probably the most frequently seen result of arteriosclero- 
 sis in the leg arteries is the remarkable condition, first de- 
 scribed by Charcot, known as intermittent claudication. 
 Persons the subject of this disease are able to walk if they 
 go slowly. If, however, any attempt be made to hurry the 
 step, there results total disability accompanied at times by 
 considerable cramp-like pain. The condition is much more 
 prone to occur in men than in women, and Hebrews seem 
 more frequently affected. The cause is most probably to 
 l)e sought in the anemia which results from the narrowing 
 of the channels through which the blood reaches the part. 
 The stiff, much narrowed arteries allow sufficient blood to 
 pass along for the nutrition of the part at rest or in quiet 
 motion. Just as soon as more violent exercise is taken, 
 calling for more blood, an ischemia of the part supervenes, 
 for the stiff vessels can riot accommodate themselves to 
 changes in the necessary vascularity of the part. A rest 
 brings about a gradual return of blood and the function of 
 the part is restored. Pulsation may be totally absent in the 
 dorsal arteries of the feet and when the legs are allowed to 
 hang down there is apt to be deep congestion. 
 
 In this connection a curious case reported by Parkes 
 Weber will not be out of place. The patient, a male, aged 
 42 years, complained of cramp-like pains in the sole of the 
 left foot and calf of the leg occurring after walking for a 
 few minutes and obliging him to rest frequently. When 
 the legs were allowed to hang over the side of the bed, the
 
 SYMPTOMS AND PHYSICAL SIGXS 209 
 
 distal portion of the left foot became red and congested 
 looking. Xo pulsation could be felt in the dorsal artery of 
 the left foot or in the posterior tibial artery. There was no 
 evidence of cardiovascular or other disease. An nicer on 
 the little toe had slowly healed, but cramp-like muscular 
 pains still occurred on walking. The disease had lasted 
 about five years without the appearance of gangrene. 
 
 Weber calls this case one of arteritis obliterans with in- 
 termittent claudication. 
 
 Pulmonary Artery 
 
 In the symptomatology of sclerosis of the pulmonary 
 artery the clinical signs and symptoms are mostly referable 
 to the obliterating endarteritis of the smaller vessels, while 
 the physical signs are more apt to reveal the involvement of 
 the main trunk. A history of severe infection in the past 
 is frequent, especially smallpox, and accompanying aortic 
 sclerosis with insufficiency of the mitral valve or stenosis of 
 this valve is the rule. Striking cyanosis is an early symp- 
 tom, while there is little if any dyspnea and edema. Inter- 
 mittent dyspragia is common. There seems to be no 
 tendency to clubbed fingers. Repeated hemorrhages from 
 the lungs without the formation of infarcts may occur. 
 There is usually an area of dullness at the upper left mar- 
 gin of the sternum and nearby parts, sensitive to pressure 
 and to percussion, and the heart dullness extends unusually 
 far towards the right. The diagnosis of the right ventricu- 
 lar hypertrophy may be substantiated by a fluoroscopic ex- 
 amination.
 
 CHAPTER X 
 
 Early Diagnosis 
 
 Arteriosclerosis is essentially a disease of middle life 
 and old age. It is not unusual, however, to find evi- 
 dences of the disease in persons in the third decade and 
 even in the second decade. Hereditary influences play 
 a most important role, syphilis and the abuse of alcohol 
 in the family history are particularly momentous. The 
 recognition of the early changes in the arteries among 
 young persons depends largely upon how carefully these 
 changes are looked for. The difference in the point of view 
 of one man who finds many cases in the comparatively 
 young, and another man who rarely finds such changes early 
 in life, at times, depends upon the acuity of perception and 
 observation and not upon the fact that one man has had a 
 series of unusually young arteriosclerotic subjects. The 
 diagnosis of arteriosclerosis may be so easily made that the 
 tyro could not fail to make it. It is, however, the purpose 
 of this volume to lay stress on the earliest possible diagnosis 
 and, if possible, to point out how the diagnosis may be ar- 
 rived at. It is obviously much to the advantage of the pa- 
 tient to know that certain changes are beginning in his 
 arteries, which, if allowed to go on, will inevitably lead to 
 one or more of the symptom groups described in the pre- 
 ceding chapters. 
 
 The combination of (1) hypertrophied heart, (2) in- 
 creased blood pressure, (3) palpable arteries, and (4) 
 ringing, accentuated second sound at the aortic cartilage is, 
 in reality, the picture of advanced arteriosclerosis. If the 
 individual is in good condition much may be done by judi- 
 
 210
 
 DIAGNOSIS 211 
 
 cious advice and treatment to ward off complications and 
 prolong life with a considerable degree of comfort. But we 
 should not wait until such signs are found before making a 
 diagnosis and instituting treatment. As in all forms of 
 chronic disease the early diagnosis is all important. 
 
 The history of the case is the first essential. Often a care- 
 ful inquiry into the personal habits of a patient, with the 
 record of all the preceding infectious diseases will give us 
 valuable information and may be the means of directing the 
 attention at once to the possible true condition. Particu- 
 larly must we inquire into the family history of gout and 
 rheumatism. An individual who comes of gouty stock is 
 certainly more prone to arterial degeneration than one who 
 can show a healthy heredity. Alcoholism in the family also 
 is of importance because of the fact that the children of 
 alcoholics start in life with a poor quality of tissue, and 
 conditions that would not affect a man from healthy stock 
 might cause early degeneration of arterial tissue in one of 
 bad ancestry. 
 
 What infectious diseases has the patient had ? Even the 
 exanthemata may cause degenerations in the arteries, but, 
 as has been shown, such lesions probably heal completely 
 with no resulting damage to the vessel. Should the patient 
 have passed through a long siege of typhoid fever the prob- 
 lem is quite different. Here (vide supra) (Thayer), the 
 palpable arteries do appear to be sclerosed permanently. 
 Probably the length of time that the toxin has had a chance 
 to act determines the permanent damage to the vessel wall. 
 More potent than all other diseases to cause early arterio- 
 sclerosis is syphilis, and hence very careful inquiry should 
 be made in regard to the possibility of infection with this 
 virus. Not only the fact of actual infection but the dura- 
 tion and thoroughness of treatment are important matters 
 for the physician to know. 
 
 What is the patient's occupation? Has he been an 
 athlete, particularly an oarsman? Has he been under any
 
 212 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 severe, prolonged, mental strain:' Js he a laborer? If so, 
 in what form of manual labor is he engaged! Such ques- 
 tions as these should never be overlooked, as they form the 
 foundation stones of an accurate diagnosis, and early, ac- 
 curate diagnosis, we repeat, is essential to successful 
 therapy. 
 
 We have called attention to the factor of sustained high 
 pressure in the production of arteriosclerosis. Constant 
 overstretching of the vessels leads to efforts of the body to 
 increase the strength of the part or parts. The material 
 which is used to strengthen the weakened walls has a higher 
 elastic resistance than muscle and elastic tissue, but a lower 
 limit of elasticity, and is none other than the familiar con- 
 nective tissue. In athletes, laborers, brain workers who are 
 under constant mental strain, and in those whose calling 
 brings them into contact with such poisons as lead, there is 
 every factor necessary for the production of high tension 
 and consequently of arteriosclerosis. 
 
 Another question in regard to personal habits is how T 
 much tobacco does the patient use and in .what form does he 
 use it ? Our experience is that the cigar smoker is more 
 prone to present the symptoms of arteriosclerosis than the 
 cigarette smoker, the pipe smoker, or the one who chews the 
 tobacco. A very irritable heart results not infrequently 
 from cigarette smoking but such is almost always found in 
 young men in whom the lesions of arteriosclerosis are ex- 
 ceedingly rare. The probabilities are that the arterioscle- 
 rosis in cigar smoking results from the slowly acting poison 
 which causes a rapid heart rate with an increase of pressure. 
 
 Last but not least, and perhaps the most important ques- 
 tion is, has the patient been a heavy eater? This I believe 
 to be a potent cause of splanchnic arteriosclerosis with the 
 resulting indigestion, cramp-like attacks, high blood pres- 
 sure, etc. In a joking manner we are accustomed to re- 
 mark, "Overeating is the curse of the American people." 
 There is, however, much truth in that sentence. Osier, than
 
 DIAGNOSIS '21 
 
 whom there is no keener observer, states that lie is more 
 and more impressed with the fact that overloading the 
 stomach with rich or heavy or spiced foods is today one of 
 the first causes of arterial degeneration. It stands to rea- 
 son that this is true. We know that organs exposed con- 
 stantly to hard work undergo hypertrophy, and that the 
 blood tension in those organs is high. Blood tension is, 
 after all, dependent on capillary resistance, and if the capil- 
 laries are distended with blood, the resistance is great. 
 The digestive organs can be no exception to this rule. In- 
 creased work means an increase of blood. This inevitably 
 causes distension of the capillaries with stretching of the 
 arteries and consequent damage to the walls. Once arterio- 
 sclerosis is present a vicious circle is established. 
 
 A man about forty-five consults us and says that he has 
 noticed recently that he gets out of breath easily; in tying 
 his shoes he experiences some dizziness. He finds that he 
 has palpitation of the heart and possibly pain over the 
 precordial region now and then. He notices also that he is 
 irritable, that is, his family tell him he is, and he notices 
 that things that formerly did not annoy him, now are almost 
 hateful to him. On examination, one finds a palpable ra- 
 dial, a somewhat hypertrophied heart and slightly accen- 
 tuated second aortic sound. The blood pressure may be 
 high. The urine may or may not reveal any abnormalities. 
 Xot infrequently, although no albumin may be found, there 
 are hyaline casts. Such a case of arteriosclerosis is evi- 
 dently not to be regarded as early. Then the question 
 arises, How are we to recognize early arteriosclerosis ? I 
 do not believe that the solution of this problem lies entirely 
 in the hands of the physician. Some men are fortunate 
 enough to come up for an examination for life insurance 
 before an observant doctor who recognizes the palpable 
 artery, makes out the beginning heart hypertrophy and the 
 slightly accentuated second aortic sound. The patient will 
 tell you that he never felt better in his life. He gets up at
 
 214 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 seven, works all day, plays golf, drinks his three to six 
 whiskies, and is proud of his physical development. But 
 the great mass of people are not fortunate from this stand- 
 point. They do not seek the advice of the physician until 
 they are stretched out in bed. They boast of the fact that 
 for twenty years they have never had a doctor. One may 
 well say that it is a problem how to reach such persons. It 
 seems to me that there can be but one way to do this. The 
 people must be taught that the duty of a physician is just 
 as much to keep them in health as it is to bring them back 
 to health when they are ill. To that end people should be 
 taught that at least twice a year they should be carefully 
 examined. I do not mean that the patient should present 
 himself to the doctor and, after a few questions the doctor 
 say cheerfully, "You are all right." The patient should 
 be systematically examined. That means a removal of the 
 clothing and examination on the bare skin. Such coopera- 
 tion on the part of patient and doctor would save the pa- 
 tient years of active life and make of the doctor, what his 
 position entitles him to be, the benefactor to the community. 
 Too often careless \vork on the physician's part lulls the 
 patient into a false sense of security and he wakes up too 
 late to find that he has wasted months or years of life. 
 Early diagnosis of arteriosclerosis is only possible in excep- 
 tional cases unless people present themselves to the physi- 
 cian with the thought in mind that he is the guardian of 
 health as well as the healer. 
 
 There are patients who go to the ophthalmologist for 
 failing vision. Physically they feel quite well. They have 
 been heavy eaters, hard workers, men and women who have 
 been under great mental strain. On examination of the 
 fundus of the eye there is found slight tortuosity of the ves- 
 sels with possibly areas of degeneration in the retina. A 
 careful physical examination will usually reveal the signs 
 of arteriosclerosis elsewhere. "We have mentioned fre- 
 quently high tension as an early sign. This must be taken
 
 DIAGNOSIS 215 
 
 with somewhat of a reservation, for this reason: not infre- 
 quently a persistent high tension is the earliest sign of 
 chronic nephritis. The arteries may be pipe stem in char- 
 acter and the heart small and flabby. However, if one 
 watches for the palpably thickened superficial arteries (al- 
 ways bearing in mind the normal palpability as age ad- 
 vances) and the high tension, he can not go far wrong in his 
 treatment whether the case is one of chronic nephritis or of 
 arteriosclerosis. 
 
 There is also this to bear in mind. Arteriosclerosis may 
 be marked in some vessels and so slight in the peripheral 
 vessels that it can not with certainty be made out. But 
 when the radials are sclerosed, it is usually the case that 
 similar changes exist in other parts. Then too, there may 
 be marked changes at the root of the aorta leading to 
 sclerosis of the coronary vessels alone, and the first intima- 
 tion that the patient or any one else has that there is dis- 
 ease, may be an attack of angina pectoris. Except for 
 symptoms on the part of the heart there is no way to make 
 the diagnosis of sclerosis of the coronary arteries. 
 
 Differential Diagnosis 
 
 In arriving at a diagnosis, when the question is whether 
 or not arteriosclerosis is the main etiologic factor, the 
 most important fact to know is the age of the patient. 
 Other points that have been dwelt on fully must of necessity 
 also be borne in mind. 
 
 Possibly the chief conditions that may be confused with 
 some of the results of arteriosclerosis are pseudo angina 
 pectoris which may be mistaken for true angina pectoris, 
 and ulcer of the stomach, appendicitis (?) or other inflam- 
 matory abdominal condition which may be mistaken for 
 angina abdominalis. 
 
 Differential tables are sometimes of value in fixing the 
 chief points of difference graphically-
 
 21 G 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 Pseudo angina pectoris. 
 Etiology rather certain; hysteria, 
 neurasthenia, toxic agents, and reflex 
 irritations. 
 
 Xo age is exempt. Usually in 
 young people, chiefly females. 
 
 Paroxysms of pain occxir spontane- 
 ously, are periodic and often noctur- 
 ne 1 . 
 
 Pain, while severe, is diffuse and 
 sensation is of distension of heart. 
 Xo sense of real anguish. 
 
 Duration may be an hour or more. 
 
 Restlessness and emotional symp- 
 toms of causative conditions are 
 prominent. 
 
 Usually no increase in arterial ten- 
 sion. 
 
 Prognosis favorable. 
 
 Trite angina pectoris. 
 
 Etiology not certain but almost al- 
 ways associated with arteriosclerosis 
 of the coronary arteries and also 
 aortic regurgitation. 
 
 Age is important factor. Rare be- 
 fore forty, and males usually affected. 
 
 Paroxysms brought on by overex- 
 ertions or excessive mental emotion. 
 Rarely periodic. 
 
 Intense pain, radiating down arm ; 
 heart felt as in a vise. Sense of an- 
 guish and impending dissolution. 
 
 Duration from few seconds to sev- 
 eral minutes. 
 
 Silent and fixed attitude, rigidity 
 rather than restlessness. 
 
 Arterial tension is as a rule in- 
 creased. 
 
 Prognosis most unfavorable. 
 
 Ill differentiating between ulcer of the stomach and 
 angina abdominalis the following points may be of service: 
 
 Ulcer. 
 
 Occurs as a rule in young persons, 
 more often females. 
 
 Pain of boring character increased 
 by food and by certain positions with 
 food in stomach. Felt through to 
 left of spine. 
 
 Occult blood. found in stools. 
 
 Considerable anemia apt to be 
 present. 
 
 Arterial tension usually low. 
 
 Angina abdominalis. 
 
 Only occurs in adults over forty 
 who have been heavy eaters and 
 drinkers, mostly males. 
 
 Pain cramplike, diffuse, although 
 more localized in epigastrium. Xot 
 necessarily any connection with food. 
 
 Xo occult blood iji stools. 
 Anemia more often absent. 
 
 Arterial tension high. (Splanch- 
 nic sclerosis.) 
 
 Diseases in Which Arteriosclerosis Is Commonly Found 
 
 There are certain more or less chronic diseases in which 
 arteriosclerosis is found either as a separate disease or as 
 a result of the chronic disease itself, or the sclerosis may be 
 the cause of the disease. As examples of the first class 
 are diabetes mellitus and cirrhosis of the liver. As exam-
 
 DIAGNOSIS 217 
 
 pies of the second class are chronic nephritis, gout, syphilis, 
 and lead poisoning. Examples of the third class have al- 
 ready been fully described. Then certain rare diseases 
 that have been briefly described in this chapter, viz.: Kay- 
 naud's disease and erythromelalgia are frequently associ- 
 ated with demonstrable arteriosclerosis.
 
 CHAPTER XI 
 
 PROGNOSIS 
 
 In a disease that presents as many vagaries as arterio- 
 sclerosis, it is not possible to give a certain prognosis. 
 Unfortunately we do not as a rule see the arteriosclerotic 
 until the disease is well advanced, or even after some of the 
 more serious complications have taken place. By that time 
 the condition is progressive, and while the prognosis is 
 grave the individual may live a number of years. 
 
 It is fortunate for the arteriosclerotic that mild grades 
 of the disease are compatible with a fairly active life. The 
 disease in this stage may become arrested and the patient 
 may live many years. Not only in the mild grades is this 
 possible. Even patients with advanced sclerosis may enjoy 
 good health provided the organs have not been so damaged 
 as to render them unfit to perform their functions. The 
 frequency with which we see advanced arteriosclerosis at 
 the postmortem table as an accidental discovery, attests 
 the truth of the foregoing statement. Yet how often does 
 it happen that individuals, apparently in the best of health, 
 suddenly succumb to an asthmatic or uremic attack, an 
 apoplexy, cessation of the heart beat, or a rupture of the 
 heart due to arteriosclerosis! 
 
 In order to arrive at an intelligent opinion in regard to 
 prognosis certain factors must be taken into consideration, 
 chief of which are: the seat of the sclerosis; the probable 
 stage; the existing complications; and, last and most impor- 
 tant, the patient himself. The whole man must be studied 
 and even then our prognosis must be most guarded. 
 
 It is much more dangerous for the patient when the 
 process is in the ascending portion of the arch of the aorta 
 than when it has attacked the peripheral arteries. Here, 
 at the root of the aorta, are the openings of the coronary 
 
 218
 
 PROGNOSIS 219 
 
 arteries and the arteries supplying the brain are close by. 
 The coronary arteries here control the situation. When 
 loud murmurs are heard at the aortic orifice and the heart 
 is evidently diseased, it is useful to divide the endocarditis 
 into two types, the arteriosclerotic and the endocarditic. 
 The etiology of the former is sclerosis and the prognosis is 
 grave because of the liability, nay the probability, that the 
 orifices of the coronary arteries will become narrowed. 
 The etiology of the second type is in most cases rheumatic 
 fever or some other infectious disease, and the prognosis 
 is far better than in the first type. True, the two may be 
 combined. In such a case, the prognosis is entirely de- 
 pendent upon the course of the arteriosclerosis. 
 
 The involvement of the arteries in the kidneys is of con- 
 siderable importance, for it is usually bilateral and wide- 
 spread. As a rule, the disease makes but slow progress 
 provided that the general condition of the patient is good, 
 but at any time from a slight indiscretion or for no assign- 
 able cause, symptoms of renal insufficiency may appear and 
 may rapidly prove fatal. 
 
 It must not be thought that because the localization of 
 the arteriosclerosis in the peripheral arteries is usually the 
 most favorable condition that it is therefore devoid of ill 
 effects. On the contrary, very serious, even fatal, results 
 may be brought about by interference with the circulation 
 with resultant extensive gangrene of the part supplied by 
 the diseased arteries. The amputation of a portion of a 
 leg, for instance, may relieve, to some extent, an over- 
 burdened heart and prove life-saving to the patient, but the 
 neuritic pains are not necessarilv relieved. The torture 
 from these pains mav be excruciating. 
 
 No stage of the disease is exempt from its particular 
 danger. In the early stages of the disease before the 
 artery or arteries have had time to become strengthened by 
 proliferation of the connective tissue, there is the danger of 
 aneurysm. Later, the very same protective mechanism 
 leads to stiffening and narrowing of the arteries and hence
 
 220 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 to increased work on the part of the heart with all of its 
 consequences. Thrombosis is favored, and where atherom- 
 atous ulcers are formed, embolism is to be feared. 
 
 As the complications and results of arteriosclerosis come 
 to the front every one must be considered by itself and as 
 if it were the true disease. There may be a slight apoplec- 
 tic attack from which the patient fully recovers, but the 
 prognosis is now of a grave character, as the chances are 
 that another attack may supervene and carry off the subject. 
 Yet, after an apoplectic attack, patients have lived for many 
 years. Probably the most noted illustration of this is the 
 life of Pasteur. He had at forty-six hemiplegia with grad- 
 ual onset. He recovered with a resulting slight limp, did 
 some of his best work after the stroke, and lived to be 
 seventy-three years old. Yet the exception but proves the 
 rule and the prognosis after one apoplectic stroke should 
 always be guarded. 
 
 The first attack of cardiac asthma is to be looked upon 
 as the beginning of the end. The end may be postponed 
 for some time, but it comes nearer with every subsequent 
 attack. One may recover from what appears to be a fatal 
 attack of cardiac asthma accompanied by edema of the lungs 
 and irregular, intermittent, laboring heart, but the recov- 
 ery is slow and the chances that the next attack will be the 
 fatal one are increased. 
 
 The significance of albuminuria is difficult to determine. 
 The kidneys secrete albumin under so many conditions that 
 the mere presence of albumin in the urine may have but 
 little prognostic value. Many cases are seen where there is 
 no demonstrable albumin, and yet the patient may suddenly 
 have a cerebral hemorrhage. As a general rule the urine 
 should be carefully examined, but not too much stress should 
 1)0 laid on the discovery of albumin and casts. It is not 
 always possible to determine the extent of the kidney lesion 
 by the urinary examination, yet at any time a uremic attack 
 may appeal 1 and prove fatal.
 
 PROGNOSIS 221 
 
 After all the most important fact for the patient is not 
 what the pathologist finds in his kidneys after he is dead, 
 but what the living functional capacity of the kidneys is. 
 This can now be determined in a variety of ways as the 
 result of extensive work carried out in quite recent years. 
 The simplest method of determining the functional capacity 
 of the kidneys is by the injection into the muscles of the 
 back of a solution containing (j mg. of the drug phenol- 
 sulphonephthalein in one c.c. of fluid. This comes already 
 prepared in ampules, with full directions for its employ- 
 ment.* Some clinicians use indigo-carmine in place of 
 phthalein. The general consensus of opinion is in favor 
 of phthalein. 
 
 The nephritic test meal carefully worked out by Mosen- 
 thalf gives much valuable information. The determination 
 of the nonprotein nitrogen or the creatinin in the blood also 
 reveals the functional capacity of the kidneys. t 
 
 One might say that the appearance of albumin in the 
 urine of an arteriosclerotic where it had not been before, 
 is a bad sign, and in making a prognosis this must be taken 
 into consideration. 
 
 Bleeding from the nose is not infrequently seen in those 
 who have arteriosclerosis. It can hardly be called a dan- 
 gerous symptom as it can always be controlled by tampons. 
 There are times when epistaxis is decidedly beneficial as it 
 relieves headache, dizziness, and may avert the danger of 
 a hemorrhage into the brain substance. It is rare to have 
 nose bleed except in cases of high tension in plethoric 
 individuals. ~My experience has been that it has saved me 
 the trouble of bleeding the patient. It is always of serious 
 import in that it indicates a high degree of tension, but 
 there is scarcely ever any immediate danger from the nose 
 bleed itself. 
 
 Intestinal hemorrhage is alwavs a grave si'n. As has 
 
 *[ have found the small colorimeter made by Hynson, \Yestc< 
 Baltimore, Mo., costing $5.00, a very practical instrument. 
 fMosenthal, II. (). : Arch. Int. Men.. 1<M5. xvi, 733. 
 JMyers and Lough : Arch. Int. Mcd.. I'M?, xvi, 536.
 
 222 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 been shown, arteriosclerosis of the splanchnic vessels not 
 infrequently occurs, and an embolus or thrombus may com- 
 pletely occlude the superior mesenteric artery. The 
 chances of the establishment of a collateral circulation are 
 small, as the arteries of the intestines are end arteries. 
 Necrosis of the part follows, blood is found in the stools, 
 and perforation or gangrene, or both, are apt to follow. 
 There may be blocking of small branches only, leading to 
 ulccration of the intestine. Under all conditions the prog- 
 nosis is serious. 
 
 The general condition of the patient, his build, physical 
 strength, powers of recuperation, etc., must be taken into 
 account in giving a prognosis. The more powerful the in- 
 dividual, the more favorable, as a rule, is the prognosis, with 
 this reservation always in mind, that the greater the body 
 development, the greater is the heart hypertrophy, and the 
 accidents from high tension must not be overlooked. Many 
 puny individuals with stiff, calcified arteries go about with 
 more ease than a robust man with thickened arteries only. 
 The differentiation as pointed out by Allbutt (page 186), 
 is well to keep in mind in giving a prognosis. It can not be 
 too strongly emphasized that it is the whole patient that we 
 must consider and not any one system that at the time hap- 
 pens to be the seat of greatest trouble, and by its group of 
 symptoms dominates the picture. 
 
 It is evident from what has been said that an accurate 
 prognosis in arteriosclerosis is no easy matter. Were 
 arteriosclerosis a simple disease of an acute character there 
 might be grounds for giving a more or less definite prog- 
 nosis. The most that can be said is that arteriosclerosis 
 is always a serious disease from the time that symptoms 
 begin to make themselves known. The gravity depends al- 
 together on the seat of the greatest arterial changes, and 
 is necessarily greater when the seat is in the brain than 
 when it is in the legs or arms. 
 
 The attitude of the patient himself also determines to a
 
 PROGNOSIS 223 
 
 great extent the prognosis. Some men, especially those 
 who have always enjoyed good health, turn a deaf ear to 
 warnings and instead of ordering their lives according to 
 the advice of the physician, persist in going their own way 
 in the hope that the luck that has always been with them will 
 continue to stand at their elbows. Neither firmness nor 
 pleadings avail with some men. The only salve for the con- 
 science of the physician is that he has done his best to steer 
 the patient away from the shoals and breakers. In others 
 who realize their condition and take advantage of the advice 
 given as to the regulation of their lives, the prognosis is 
 generally favorable. 
 
 To sum up the chapter in a few words, I should say: 
 Always remember that the patient is a human being; study 
 his habits and character and mode of life ; look at him as a 
 whole; take everything into consideration, and give always 
 a guarded prognosis.
 
 CHAPTER XTI 
 
 PROPHYLAXIS 
 
 Arteriosclerosis comos to almost every one who lives out 
 his allotted time of life. As has been noted within, many 
 diseases and many habits of life are conducive to the early 
 appearance of arterial degeneration. Decay and degenera- 
 tion of the tissues are necessary concomitants of advanc- 
 ing years and none of us can escape growing old. From 
 the period of adolescence certain of the tissues are com- 
 mencing a retrograde metamorphosis, and hand in hand 
 with this goes the deposit of fibrous tissue which later may 
 become calcined. The arterial tissue is no exception to this 
 rule, and we have already shown that certain changes nor- 
 mally take place as the individual grows older, changes 
 which are arteriosclerotic in type and are quite like those 
 caused in younger people by many of the etiologic factors 
 of the disease. 
 
 We are absolutely dependent upon the integrity of our 
 hearts and blood vessels for the maintenance of activity and 
 span of life. Respiration may cease and be carried on arti- 
 ficially for many hours while the heart continues to beat. 
 Even the heart has been massaged and the individual has 
 been brought back to life after its pulsations have ceased, 
 but such cases are few in number. AYe can not live without 
 the heart beat and the prophylaxis of arteriosclerosis con- 
 sists in the adjustment of our lives to our environment, so 
 that we may get the maximum amount of work accomplished 
 with the minimum amount of wear and tear on the blood 
 vessels. 
 
 The struggle for existence is keen. Competition in every 
 profession or trade is exceedingly acute, so much so that to 
 rise to the head in any branch of human activity requires 
 
 224
 
 PROPHYLAXIS 225 
 
 exceptional powers of mind. Among those who are entered 
 in this keen competition, the fittest only can survive for any 
 period of time. The weaklings are bound to succumb. A 
 scion of healthy stock will stand the wear and tear far better 
 than will the progeny of diseased parentage. 
 
 It is only necessary to call attention to the part that 
 alcohol, syphilis and insanity play in heredity. These have 
 been discussed fully in the earlier part of this book. 
 
 We live rapidly, burning the candle at both ends. It is 
 not strange that so many comparatively young men and 
 women grow old prematurely. While heredity is a factor 
 as far as the prophylaxis of arteriosclerosis is concerned, 
 of far more importance is the mode of life of the individ- 
 ual. Scarcely any of us lead strictly temperate lives. If 
 we do not abuse our bodies by excessive eating and drink- 
 ing and so wear out our splanchnic vessels and cause gen- 
 eral sclerosis by the high tension thereby induced, we abuse 
 our bodies by excessive brain work and worry with all their 
 multitudinous evils. The prophylaxis of arteriosclerosis 
 might well be labeled, "The plea for a more rational mode 
 of life." Moderation in all things is the keynote to health, 
 and to grow old gracefully is an art that admits of cultiva- 
 tion. Excesses of any kind, be they mental, moral, or 
 physical, tend to wear out the organism. 
 
 People habitually eat too much; many drink too much. 
 They throw into the vascular system excessive fluid com- 
 bined frequently with toxic products that cause eventually 
 a condition of high arterial tension. It has been shown how 
 poisonous substances absorbed from the intestines have 
 some influence on the blood pressure. Anything that causes 
 constant increase of pressure should be studiously avoided. 
 
 Mild exercise is an essential feature of prophylaxis. One 
 may, by judicious exercise and diet, make of himself a 
 powerful muscular man without, at the same time, raising 
 his average blood pressure. The man who goes to excess 
 and continually overburdens his heart, will suffer the con-
 
 226 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 sequences, for the bill with compound interest will be 
 charged against him. It is a great mistake for any one to 
 work incessantly with no physical relaxation of any kind, 
 and yet, after all, it is not so much physical relaxation that 
 is necessary, as the pursuit of something entirely different, 
 so that the mind may be carried into channels other than 
 the accustomed routes. Diversification of interests is as a 
 rule restful. That is what every man who reaches adult 
 life should aim at. Hobbies are sometimes the salvation of 
 men. They may be ridden hard, but even then they are 
 helpful in bearing one completely away from daily cares 
 and worries. The man who can keep the balance between 
 his mental and physical work is the man who will, other 
 things being equal, live the longest and enjoy the best 
 health. 
 
 Nowadays the trend of medicine is toward prophylaxis. 
 We give the state authority to control epidemics so far as 
 it is possible by modern measures to control them. 
 
 We urge over and over again the value of early diagnosis 
 in all chronic diseases, for we know that many of them, and 
 this applies particularly to arteriosclerosis, could be pre- 
 vented from advancing by the recognition of the condition 
 and the institution of proper hygienic and medicinal treat- 
 ment. 
 
 It is the patent duty of every physician to instruct the 
 members of his clientele in the fundamental rules of health. 
 Recently the President of the American Medical Associa- 
 tion, in his address before the 1908 meeting, urged the 
 dissemination of accurate knowledge concerning diseases 
 among the laity. While this may be done by city and state 
 boards of health, it seems far better for the modern trained 
 physician to work among his own people. With concise 
 information concerning the modes of infection and the dan- 
 gers of waiting until a disease has a firm hold before con- 
 sulting the health mender, people should be able to protect 
 themselves from infections and be able to nip chronic proc-
 
 PROPHYLAXIS 227 
 
 esses in the bud. But it is difficult to turn the average 
 individual away from the habit of having 1 a drug-clerk pre- 
 scribe a dose of medicine for the ailment that troubles him. 
 It is really unfortunate that most of the pains and aches and 
 morbid sensations that one has speedily pass away with 
 little or no treatment. Herein lies the strength of charla- 
 tanism and quackery. Unfortunate, yes, for a man can not 
 tell whether the trivial complaint from which he suffers is 
 any different from the one that was so easily conquered six 
 months ago. But instead of recovering, he grows worse. 
 Hope that springs eternal in the human breast, leads him 
 to dilly-dally until he at last seeks medical advice, only to 
 find that the disease has made such progress that little can 
 be done. 
 
 Instruct the -public to consult tlie doctors tirlcc a yea}'. 
 The dentists have their patients return to them at stated 
 intervals only to see if all is well. Hoic much more rational 
 it would be if men and icomen past tlie age of fotii/ had 
 a physical examination made, tirice a near to find out if all 
 is well. 
 
 The prophylaxis of arteriosclerosis is moderation in all 
 the duties and pleasures of life. This in no sense means 
 that a man has to nurse himself into neurasthenia for fear 
 that something will happen to him. As one grows in years 
 exercise should not be as violent as it was when younger, 
 and food should be taken in smaller quantities. Many forms 
 of exercise suggest themselves, particularly walking and 
 golf. Walking is a much neglected form of exercise which, 
 in these modern days with our thousand and one means of 
 locomotion, is becoming almost extinct. There is no better 
 form of exercise than graded walking. To strengthen the 
 heart selected hill climbing is one of the best therapeutic 
 methods that we have. The patient is made to exercise his 
 heart just as he is made to exercise his legs, and as with 
 exercise of voluntary muscles comes increase in strength, 
 so by fitting exercise may the heart muscle be increased in
 
 228 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 power. A warning should be sounded, however, against 
 over exercise. This leads naturally to hypertrophy with 
 all its disastrous possibilities. Men \vho have been athletes 
 when young should guard against overeating and lack of 
 exercise as they grow older. Many of the factors which 
 favor the development of arteriosclerosis are already there, 
 and a sedentary, ordinary life, such as office all day, club 
 in afternoon, a few drinks and much rich food, will inevi- 
 tably lead to well-advanced arterial disease. 
 
 Karl Marx in his famous Socialistic platform said: "No 
 rights without duties; no duties without rights." So we 
 may paraphrase this and say: "No brain work Avithout 
 moderate physical exercise in the open air; no physical ex- 
 ercise without moderate brain work. ' ' 
 
 There is yet one other point that is important, the com- 
 bination of concentrated brain work and constant whiskey 
 drinking. This is most often seen in men of forty-five to 
 fifty-five, heads of large business concerns who habitually 
 take from six to twelve drinks of whiskey daily, and with 
 possibly a bottle of wine for dinner. Such men appear 
 ruddy and in prime health but, almost invariably, careful 
 examination will reveal unmistakable signs of arterial dis- 
 ease. There is usually the enlarged heart and pulse of high 
 tension with or without the trace of albumin in the urine. 
 The lurking danger of this group of manifestations has so 
 impressed the medical directors of several of the large in- 
 surance companies that a blood pressure reading must be 
 made on all applicants over forty years of age. Should high 
 blood pressure be found, the premium is increased, as the 
 expectation of life is proportionately shorter in such men 
 than in normal persons. 
 
 Therefore, let every physician act his part as guardian 
 of health. Only in this way is the prophylaxis of arterio- 
 sclerosis possible.
 
 CHAPTER XIII 
 
 TREATMENT 
 
 Although it has been rather dogmatically stated (vide 
 supra) that every one who reaches old age has arterioscle- 
 rosis, it must not be inferred that absolutely no exceptions to 
 this rule are found. Cases are known where persons of 
 ninety years even had soft arteries, and AVG have seen per- 
 sons of eighty whose arteries could not be palpated. When 
 infants and children are seen with considerable sclerosis, 
 it proves that, after all, it is the quality of the tissue even 
 more than the wear and tear, that is the determining factor 
 in the production of arteriosclerosis. It would be well if 
 those who can not bring healthy progeny into the world 
 were to leave this duty to those who can. 
 
 In general the treatment of arteriosclerosis is prophylac- 
 tic and symptomatic. In the preceding chapter I had some- 
 thing to say about prophylaxis in general; I must again 
 refer to it in detail. 
 
 Arteriosclerosis is essentially a chronic progressive dis- 
 ease, and the secret of success in the management of it is 
 not to treat the disease or the stage of the disease, but to 
 treat the patient who has the disease. To infer the stage 
 of the disease from the feeling of the sclerosed artery, may 
 lead to serious mistakes. Persons with calcined arteries 
 may be perfectly comfortable, while those with only moder- 
 ate thickening may have many severe symptoms. The 
 keynote is individualization. It is manifestly absurd to 
 treat the laboring man with his arteriosclerosis as one 
 would treat the successful financier. The habits, mode of 
 life, every detail, should be studied in every patient if we 
 expect to gain the greatest measure of success in the treat- 
 ment. One may treat fifty patients who have typhoid fever 
 
 229
 
 -30 AUTUKIOSCLKUOSIS 
 
 by a routine method and all may recover. Individualizing, 
 while of <>-reat value in the treatment of acute diseases, yet 
 is not absolutely essential in order that good results may 
 1)0 obtained. Far different is it when treating a disease 
 like arteriosclerosis. One who relies on textbook knowl- 
 edge will find himself at a loss to know what to do. Text- 
 books can only outline, in the briefest manner, the average 
 case, and no one ever sees the average book case. At the 
 bedside with the patients is the place to learn therapeutics 
 as well as diagnosis. All that can be hoped for in outlining 
 the treatment of arteriosclerosis is to lay down a few prin- 
 ciples. The tact, the intuition, the subtle something that 
 makes the successful therapeutist, can not be learned from 
 books. So the man who treats cases by rule of thumb is a 
 failure from the beginning. There are certain general 
 principles that will be our sheet anchors at all times and 
 for all cases. The art of varying the application of these 
 fundamentals to suit the individual case, is not to be culled 
 from printed words. 
 
 Hygienic Treatment 
 
 Every man is more or less the arbiter of his own fate. 
 Granted that he has good tissue to begin life, his own habits 
 and actions determine his span of comfortable existence. 
 Xo one cares to live after his brain begins to fail, and the 
 failing brain is often due to disease of the cranial arteries. 
 The hygienic treatment resolves itself into advice in regard 
 to prophylaxis. 
 
 First and foremost is exercise. It has seemed to us that 
 the revival of out-of-door sports is one of the best signs of 
 promise of the preservation of a virile, hardy race. That 
 women, as well as men, indulge in the lighter forms of out- 
 of-door exercise should bring it about that the coming 
 generation will start in life under the most advantageous 
 conditions of bodily resistance. 
 
 Among all the forms of exercise, golf probably is the best.
 
 TREATMENT 231 
 
 It is not too violent for the middle-aged man, yet it gives 
 the young athlete quite enough exercise to tire him. It is 
 played in the open. One is compelled to walk up and down 
 in pleasant company, for golf is essentially a companionable 
 game, while he reaps the full benefit of the invigorating ex- 
 ercise. The blood courses through the muscles and lungs 
 more rapidly; the contraction of the skeletal muscles serves 
 to compress the veins and so to aid the return of blood to 
 the heart: the lungs are rendered hyperemic, deeper and 
 fuller breaths must be taken; oxidation is necessarily more 
 rapid, and effete products, which if not completely oxidized 
 would possibly act as vasoconstrictors, are oxidized to 
 harmless products and eliminated without irritating the 
 excretory organs. 
 
 Other forms of out-door exercise that can be recom- 
 mended are tennis, canoeing, rowing, fishing, horseback rid- 
 ing, swimming, etc. Tennis is the most violent of all the 
 sports mentioned and might readily be overdone. Rowing 
 as practiced by the eights at college is undoubtedly too vio- 
 lent a form of exercise, and may be productive in later life 
 of very grave results. Canoeing is a delightful and in- 
 vigorating exercise. The muscles of the arms, shoulders, 
 and trunk are especially used, the leg muscles scarcely at 
 all. Nevertheless, the deep breathing that necessarily 
 conies with all chest exercises aerates every portion of the 
 lungs, and is of great benefit to the whole body. 
 
 Swimming as an exercise has much to recommend it. In 
 this sport all the muscles take 1 part and at the same time the 
 chest is broadened and deepened. 
 
 All these methods of using the muscles to keep oneself in 
 trim, so to speak, are part and parcel of the general hygienic 
 mode of life that is conducive to a healthy old age. Exer- 
 cise can be overdone, as eating can be overdone. Both are 
 essential and yet both can be the means of hastening an in- 
 dividual to a premature grave. 
 
 When the arteriosclerosis has advanced so far that it is
 
 232 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 easily recognizable, certain forms of exercise should be abso- 
 lutely prohibited. Such are tennis, rowing and swimming. 
 Horseback riding to be allowed must be strictly supervised. 
 At times this may be an exceedingly violent exercise. As 
 an out-of-door sport, there is nothing that equals golf. 
 The physician, knowing the character of the course, and 
 the length of it, can say to his patient that he may play six, 
 nine, twelve, or eighteen holes, depending on the patient's 
 condition. 
 
 For those who are not able to get out, exercise in the 
 room with the windows open must take the place of out-of- 
 door sports. Here the use of chest weights is a most 
 excellent means of keeping up the tone of the muscles. By 
 adjusting the weights, the exercise may be made light, 
 medium, or heavy. Every physician should be familiar 
 with the chest weight exercises. They are not as good as 
 open air exercise but they undoubtedly have been the means 
 of saving years of life to many patients with arterial 
 disease. 
 
 There comes a time when all forms of exercise must be 
 prohibited on account of the dyspnea, edema, dizziness, etc. 
 It seems unwise to keep such a patient in bed, even though 
 the edema be considerable. Once on his back in bed he 
 becomes weak, and the danger of edema of the lungs or 
 hypostatic congestion of the bases, with subsequent bron- 
 chopneumonia, is very great. 
 
 Such patients may be allowed to sit up in a comfortable 
 chair with the legs supported straight out on a stool or 
 other chair. The half reclining position is not easy to as- 
 sume in bed. Considerable ingenuity must often be exer- 
 cised by the physician in making the patient comfortable 
 without increasing the symptoms from which the patient 
 suffers following the least amount of exercise. Although 
 such persons can not exercise actively, they should have 
 passive exercise in the form of massage, carefully given, so 
 that no injury is done to the rigid vessels. It is possible to
 
 TREATMENT 233 
 
 rupture a vessel, the walls of which are encrusted with lime 
 salts, and full of small aneurysmal dilatations. Every pa- 
 tient must be watched carefully and measures instituted for 
 the individual. 
 
 Balneotherapy 
 
 As a tonic and invigorator, the cold or cool bath (shower 
 or tub), in the morning on arising can be highly recom- 
 mended. It promotes skin activity, is a stimulant to the 
 bowels and kidneys and to the general circulation, besides 
 being cleansing. We find today that the morning bath has 
 become such a necessity to the average American that all 
 new hotels are fitted with private baths, and old hotels, in 
 order to get patronage, are arranging as many baths con- 
 nected with sleeping rooms as is possible. Our generation 
 assuredly is a ruddy, clean-bodied one. What the actual 
 results of this out-door life and frequent bathing will be 
 for the race remains to be seen, but one can not but feel 
 that it must build up a stronger, more resistant race of 
 people, who not only enjoy better health than did their fore- 
 fathers, but enjoy it longer. 
 
 Not every one can stand a cold bath. It is folly to urge 
 it on one to whom it is distasteful, or on one who does not 
 feel the comfortable glow that should naturally result. For 
 the well, or those with a tendency to arteriosclerosis, or 
 those in whose families there have been several members 
 who had early arteriosclerosis, such proceedings as recom- 
 mended could not be improved upon. How r ever, for the 
 person who has well recognized sclerosis, only warm baths 
 should be advised, and these not daily. The water should 
 be at a temperature of 90-95 F. Care should be taken 
 that persons sent to spas be cautioned against hot baths. 
 It is not inconceivable that the increased force of the heart 
 beat that accompanies a hot bath might be sufficient to rup- 
 ture a small cranial vessel. Hence, Turkish and Russian 
 baths should be most unqualifiedly condemned. As a mat-
 
 .!.' )4 AIITE II IOSCLEKOS 1 S 
 
 ter of fact, persons vary so in their habits with regard to 
 bathing that what might suit one person would do another 
 much harm. 
 
 Personal Habits 
 
 The personal habits of the individual, more than any 
 other factor, determine whether or not arteriosclerosis sets 
 in early in his life. The man or woman who is moderate in 
 eating and drinking, sees that the kidneys are kept in good 
 condition, and attends strictly to regularity of the bowels, 
 lays a good basis for the measure of health which is so 
 essential for happiness. It has been shown that sclerosis 
 of the splanchnic vessels may be due to constant irritation 
 of toxic products elaborated in digesting constantly enor- 
 mous meals. In obstinate constipation, many poisons, the 
 nature of which we do not know, are absorbed and circulate 
 in the blood. We have not sufficient data to prove that 
 constipation favors the production of arteriosclerosis, but 
 our impression has been that it does favor it. Constipa- 
 tion can often be relieved by a glass of water before break- 
 fast, a regular time to go to stool, and abdominal massage 
 or exercises. Some maintain that it is a bad habit only, 
 and can be readily overcome. Whatever is done, avoid 
 leading the patient into the drug habit, for the last state 
 of the patient will be worse than the first. Habits of sleep 
 are not of such great importance. Most persons get enough 
 sleep except when under severe mental strain. Most adults 
 need from seven to eight hours' sleep, although some can 
 do all their work and keep in prime health on five or six 
 hours' sleep. 
 
 Tobacco has been accused of causing many ills and has 
 been thereby much maligned. We can not see that the use 
 of tobacco in any form in moderation is harmful to most 
 men. Undoubtedly the blood pressure is raised when mild 
 tobacco poisoning occurs, and individual peculiarities of re- 
 action to the weed are multitudinous. But to condemn off-
 
 TKEATMEXT 235 
 
 hand its use is the height of folly. There is no reason why 
 the arteriosclerotic who has always used tobacco in modera- 
 tion, should not continue to nse it, whether he smoke ciga- 
 rettes, cigars, or pipe. His supply should be decreased, but 
 there is no sense in depriving a man of one of the solaces of 
 life, unless, as is sometimes the case, abstinence is easier 
 for the patient than moderation. 
 
 As for alcohol, opinions differ widely.* Some see in al- 
 cohol one of the most frequent causes of arteriosclerosis; 
 others do not believe that the part played by alcohol is a 
 serious one, only in conjunction with other poisonous sub- 
 stances is it dangerous. Probably unreasoning fanaticism 
 has had much to do with the wholesale condemnation of 
 alcoholic beverages. The general effect of alcohol is to 
 lower the blood pressure by causing marked dilatation of 
 all the vessels of the skin. True, the alcohol circulates in 
 the blood, and is broken up in the liver, and this organ 
 would seem to bear the brunt of the harm done. Alcoholic 
 drinks in moderation, I do not believe have any deleterious 
 effect on health. On the contrary, I believe that they may 
 in some cases assist digestion and assimilation. Indiscrim- 
 inate indulgence is to be condemned, as is overindulgence 
 in exercise or eating. What may be moderate for A, might 
 be excessive for B. Every man is then the arbiter of his 
 own fortune and within his own limits can indulge moder- 
 ately (a relative term after all) without fear of doing him- 
 self harm. In advanced arteriosclerosis it is necessary to 
 decrease the supply of alcohol just as it is necessary to cut 
 down the food supply. This must rest entirely on the 
 judgment of the physician, who must not act arbitrarily, 
 but must have his reasons for every one of his orders. 
 
 Dietetic Treatment 
 
 Most persons eat too much. We not only satisfy our 
 hunger, but we satisfy our palates, and, instead of putting 
 
 * Discussion of alcohol at present has value only as it relates to the past. The present 
 is dry. The future is in the lap of the gmls.
 
 236 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 substantial foodstuffs into our stomachs, we frequently take 
 unto ourselves concoctions that defy description. 
 
 Foodstuffs are composed of one or all of three classes: 
 (1) proteins, (2) fats, (3) carbohydrates. As examples 
 of the first are beef and white of egg; of the second, the 
 oils, butter, lard ; of the third, sugar, potato, beet, corn, etc. 
 
 The physiologists and chemists have shown us that both 
 endogenous and exogenous uric acid in excess will cause a 
 rise of blood pressure, but the bodies most concerned in 
 the production of elevated blood pressure are the purin 
 bodies, those organic compounds which are formed from 
 proteins and represent chemically a step in the oxidation 
 of part of the protein molecule to uric acid. Red meat 
 contains more of the substances producing purin bodies 
 than any other one common foodstuff, and for this reason 
 the excessive meat eater is, ceteris paribus, more apt to 
 develop arteriosclerosis comparatively early in life. 
 
 The fats and carbohydrates contain practically no sub- 
 stances that react on the body of the ordinary individual 
 in a deleterious manner during their digestion. The extra 
 work that is put on the heart by the formation of many 
 new blood vessels in adipose tissue is the only harmful effect 
 of overindulgence in these foodstuffs. 
 
 It has been found that nitrogen equilibrium can be main- 
 tained at a wide range of levels. Formerly 135-150 gms. 
 of protein daily were considered necessary for a man doing 
 light work. Now it is known that half that amount is suf- 
 ficient to keep one in nitrogenous equilibrium, and to enable 
 one to keep his weight. A person at rest requires even less 
 than that. One who is engaged in hard physical labor burns 
 up more fuel in the muscles, and so must have a larger 
 fuel supply. 
 
 Although we habitually eat too much we drink too little 
 water. For those who have any form of arterial disease 
 an excess of fluid is harmful, as the vessels become filled 
 up and a condition of plethora results, which necessarily
 
 TREATMENT 237 
 
 reacts injuriously on the heart and circulation. The drink- 
 ing of a glass of water during meals is, in the author's 
 opinion, good practice. The water must be taken mouthful 
 at a time, and not gulped down. If this is done, there 
 results sufficient dilution of the solid food to enable the 
 gastric juices successfully and rapidly to reach all parts 
 of the meal. 
 
 Some are in favor of a rigid milk diet for those who 
 have arteriosclerosis. Some men have lived on nothing 
 but milk for several years and have not only kept in good 
 health, but have actually gained weight and led at the 
 same time active lives. It has been held by others that rigid 
 milk diet is positively harmful on account of the relatively 
 large quantity of calcium salts that are ingested. This was 
 thought to favor the deposition of calcareous material in 
 the walls of the already diseased arteries. While possibly 
 there may be some danger of increased calcification, the 
 majority of clinicians are in favor of a milk cure given at 
 intervals. Thus the patient is made to take three to 
 four quarts daily for a period of a month. There is then a 
 gradual return to a general diet, exclusive of meat, for 
 several weeks, then another rigid milk diet period. 
 
 If we are bold enough to follow Metsclmikoff in his theo- 
 ories of longevity, we might advise resection of the large 
 intestine, on the ground that it is an enormous culture tube 
 that produces prodigious amounts of poisonous substances 
 which are thrown into the general circulation. To combat 
 such a grave (?) condition as the carrying of several feet 
 of large intestine, we are recommended to take buttermilk 
 or milk soured by means of the b. acidus lacticus. Clinical 
 experience has taught that in arteriosclerosis buttermilk 
 is of great value, whether it be the natural product, or made 
 directly from sweet milk by the addition of the bacilli. The 
 latter is a smoother product and has, to my mind, a de- 
 lightful flavor. It may be diluted with Vichy or plain soda 
 water. Cases that can not take milk or any other food will
 
 238 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 often take buttermilk, and do well on this restricted diet. 
 From two to four quarts daily should bo taken. It should 
 be drunk slowly as should milk. 
 
 Medicinal 
 
 It has long been thought that the iodides have some spe- 
 cific effect on the advancing arteriosclerosis, checking its 
 spread, if not really aiding nature to a limited restoration 
 of the diseased arteries. It is possible that the eulogies 
 upon the iodides owe their origin to the successful treat- 
 ment of syphilitic arteriosclerosis, in which condition these 
 drugs have a specific action. However that may be, there 
 is no doubt that the administration of sodium or potassium 
 iodide is good therapeutics in cases of arteriosclerosis. 
 
 Unfortunately many persons have such irritable stom- 
 achs that they can not take the iodides, even though they be 
 diluted many times. They may be made less irritating by 
 giving them with essence of pepsin. Unless the case is 
 syphilitic, it is doubtful whether it is of value to increase the 
 dose gradually until a dram or even more is taken three 
 times daily after meals. Usually a maximum dose of ten 
 grains seems to be quite sufficient. This may be taken three 
 times a day, well diluted, for three months. There follows 
 a month's rest, then the treatment is resumed for another 
 period of three months, and so on. Either sodium or potas- 
 sium iodide in saturated solution may be given. The so- 
 dium salt is possibly less irritating, and contains more free 
 iodine than the potassium salt, although the latter is more 
 generally used. The strontium iodide may also be used. 
 
 One sees a patient now and then who can not take the 
 iodides, however they may be combined. For such patients 
 one may obtain good results with iodopin, sajodin, or other 
 of the preparations put up by reputable firms. Personally I 
 have never yet seen a patient who could not take the ordi- 
 nary iodides in some form or other, and I am opposed to 
 ready made drugging.
 
 TREATMENT 239 
 
 The action of the iodides is to lower the blood pressure,' 
 and they are of greatest value when the blood pressure 
 is high, and when headache and precordial pain are present. 
 
 When the case is moderately advanced, very mild doses, 
 gr. i/o, morning and evening, of the thyroid extract may be 
 given. It is generally believed that the internal secretion 
 of the thyroid and the adrenal are antagonistic. That the 
 thyroid secretion lowers blood pressure in certain forms of 
 hypertension is certain, possibly on account of its iodine 
 content. Some combinations of iodine and thyroid such as 
 the iodothyroidin have been used and have had some meas- 
 ure of success attributed to them. 
 
 Hypertension does not always demand active measures 
 for its reduction. Viewed from the physiologic stand- 
 point, hypertension is but the expression of a compensating 
 mechanism which is designed to keep the blood moving 
 through narrowed channels. Heart hypertrophy then is 
 absolutely essential to the maintenance of life. l{ has been 
 said that the highest blood pressures occur in chronic dis- 
 ease of the kidneys. The poisonous substances produced 
 in the kidneys must exert their action through absorption 
 into the general blood stream. This toxin may be com- 
 pletely eliminated, if we accept as our criterion the reduc- 
 tion of tension to normal together with the complete return 
 of the affected individual to health. A concrete example 
 is as follows: A man aged 44 years was brought to the 
 Milwaukee County Hospital in coma. His systolic blood 
 pressure was over 280 mm. Hg, diastolic 170 mm., his urine 
 contained considerable albumin and many casts. He had 
 general anasarca. Venesection was done at once and 300 
 c.c. blood obtained. Immediately following this operation 
 the pressure was 210-150, but within twelve hours it was 
 again above 280-170. He was given no medication to re- 
 duce pressure except that he was freely purged. He was 
 given a steam sweat bath daily. Frequent blood pressure 
 readings were taken. Within seven days the pressure was
 
 240 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 130-86. He had, in the meantime, completely recovered 
 from his symptoms. lie was kept in the hospital for two 
 weeks longer assisting in the work on the ward, and he was 
 discharged with a pressure (systolic) between 130 and 136 
 diastolic 80-84. The treatment was rest in bed, free purg- 
 ing, venesection, and sweat baths, simple but exceedingly 
 effective. 
 
 Should there be actual indications for reducing the blood 
 pressure, I must admit that it can not always be done. The 
 majority of cases will do well on the sodium nitrite or 
 erythrol tetranitrate. However, these do not always lower 
 blood pressure and keep it within normal limits. When a 
 man has very high tension we do not wish to reduce it to 
 what it should normally be for the age of the patient, as 
 symptoms of collapse might set in at any time under such 
 conditions. 
 
 Observations made with the sphygmomanometer* show 
 that the effect of nitroglycerin is transient or of no effect 
 except in doses which are relatively enormous (one drop of 
 the one per cent solution given every hour). Sodium ni- 
 trite may lower the blood pressure but the effects will have 
 worn off in two hours. It is the same with erythrol tetrani- 
 trate. Sodium sulphocyanate in doses of from one to three 
 grains three times a day is highly recommended by some. 
 My own experience with it does not lead me to believe that it 
 is of any great value in hypertension. It, however, may be 
 tried. Benzyl benzoate has been used recently to reduce 
 the high blood pressure of hypertension. Macht has re- 
 ported some success. In the author's hands it has been 
 efficacious in a few cases. As long as the patient takes the 
 drug the pressure may be slightly reduced, but upon the 
 withdrawal of the drug the pressure returns to its former 
 level. It is well worth a trial and further experimentation 
 
 *Miller, Jos. L. : Hypertension and the Value of the Various Methods for Its Re- 
 duction. Jour. Am. Med. Assn., 1910, liv, p. 1666.
 
 TREATMENT 241 
 
 may reveal better methods of administration. The dose is 
 from 2 to 6 c.c. mixed with water at intervals. 
 
 In the hypertension of the menopause some have had 
 success with large doses of corpus luteum extract. As 
 a matter of fact the drug treatment of hypertension, 
 when it becomes necessary to treat this condition with 
 drugs, has suffered a notable set-back since more careful 
 control has been made with the blood pressure instruments. 
 In giving any of the depressor drugs their action should 
 be controlled by blood pressure measurements, for only 
 in this way can we be sure that the drug is exerting its 
 physiological effect and we may expect results. The indi- 
 vidual reaction to these drugs varies greatly and no rule 
 for dosage can be dogmatically laid down. The only suc- 
 cessful therapy is rigid individual ization. This is the key- 
 stone to treatment in cases of arteriosclerosis and high 
 tension. 
 
 It must not be inferred from what has been said that the 
 nitrites are of no value. They are of decided value but 
 they have their limitations. The most evanescent of these 
 drugs is amyl nitrite. This is put up in the form of cap- 
 sules, or pearls, containing from one to three minims. "When 
 it is desired to dilate the peripheral vessels suddenly, one 
 or two of these capsules are broken in a cloth held to the 
 nose. The effect is almost instantaneous. There is flush- 
 ing of the face and other peripheral vessels, particularly 
 near the head, denoting a relaxation and widening of the 
 bed of the blood stream, and a consequent decrease in pres- 
 sure in the arteries. These effects are over in a short 
 while. It is only used in attacks of cardiac spasm, as in 
 angina pectoris. Nitroglycerin, the Spiritus Glonoini of 
 the U. S. P., acts in about the same manner as amyl ni- 
 trite but the effects last usually a trifle longer. One drop 
 of the one per cent solution may be given every hour until 
 physiologic effects are produced. It may be given hypo- 
 dermically. This may be a means of reducing pronounced
 
 242 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 high tension. This drug has boon found of benefit espe- 
 cial!}' in eases where arteriosclerosis combined with chronic 
 nephritis causes cardiac asthma. The other drug which 
 may be of service in these conditions, one whose sphere 
 of action is somewhat broader, because its effects are more 
 lasting, is sodium nitrite. This is given in water in doses 
 of one to three or five grains every four hours. Some 
 have objected to the use of this drug, but my experience 
 has made me place considerable confidence in its harmless- 
 ness, provided that the patient is carefully watched. This, 
 however, applies to all of the nitrite compounds. My ex- 
 perience with erythrol tetranitrate is not large. It may 
 be used in place of sodium nitrite. 
 
 For a mild case, one often finds that sweet spirits of 
 niter is sufficient to control the pressure and relieve the 
 distressing symptoms, and it is undoubtedly the least harm- 
 ful of all the nitrites. Drugs that are of great value, but 
 of which little is noted in textbooks, are aconite and vera- 
 trum viride. Both of these drugs are well known to be 
 marked circulatory depressors. Veratrum viride in my ex- 
 perience should be very cautiously used, and never used 
 unless a trained attendant is constantly at hand. With re- 
 gard to aconite I have no such feeling, and a mixture of 
 tincture of aconite and spiritus etheris nitrosi may be 
 given for several weeks with no fear of doing any harm. 
 Personally, of all the drugs mentioned, I prefer the nitrite 
 of sodium or the combination just given. They may be ad- 
 vantageously alternated. 
 
 My own feeling is that the most successful means of treat- 
 ment of acute high tension is without the use of drugs. 
 The most important measure is absolute rest in bed. This 
 often suffices to lower the blood pressure and to arrest the 
 symptoms produced by high tension. Venesection I believe 
 is also of value. True the arterioles appear to contract 
 almost immediately upon the lessened quantity of blood, 
 or there is immediate interchange of serum from the tissues
 
 TREATMENT z4d 
 
 wlii cli brings the blood volume back to the original amount. 
 AYhatever happens the pressure is not greatly reduced, at 
 times not reduced at all, but often the symptoms are re- 
 lieved. Hot packs or sweat baths assuredly do reduce the 
 pressure in many cases. This seems to me to be an ex- 
 ceedingly valuable measure. Finally the diet should be 
 nourishing, but very light, not too much fluid should be 
 ingested, and the bowels should be freely opened. 
 
 With the nbrolysin of Merck, I have had no experience. 
 Some men assert that they have had good results from 
 its use, but on the whole the evidence is not highly favor- 
 able. 
 
 Morphine is invaluable. No drug is of such value in the 
 nocturnal dyspneic attacks that occur in the late stages of 
 arteriosclerosis when the heart or the kidneys are failing. 
 Morphine not only relaxes spasm and quiets the cerebral 
 centers, but is an actual heart stimulant under such condi- 
 tions, and should never be withheld, as the danger of the 
 patient's becoming addicted to its use is more fanciful than 
 real. However, morphine, at times, suppresses the secre- 
 tion of urine. So that if after trial the urine becomes 
 scanty and the edema increases, recourse must be had to 
 other drugs. The various hypnotics may be used with 
 caution. One which seems to be very useful is adalin. 
 
 As heart stimulants, one may use strychnine, spartein, 
 caffein, or camphor. In desperate cases, where a rapidly 
 diffusible stimulant is needed, a hypodermic syringeful of 
 ether may be given, and repeated in a short while. 
 
 Several years ago a so-called serum was brought out by 
 Trunecek which was said to have a favorable effect on the 
 metabolism of the vessel walls. It was given at first hypo- 
 dermatically or intravenously but the former method was 
 painful. It was later stated that given by mouth it acted 
 just as well. The results with the Trunecek serum have not 
 come up to the expectations that the early favorable reports 
 promised. The original serum was composed as follows:
 
 244 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 NaCl, 4.92 -in.; Na 2 S0 4 , 0.44 gm.; Na L ,CO :! , 0.21 gm.; 
 K 2 SO.j, 0.40 -in.; aqua dcstil. q. s. ad. 100.0 c.c. Later 
 tliis was modified for internal use to the following pro- 
 scription : 
 
 It Nutrii chlor 10. gm. 
 
 Jfatrii sulphat 1. gm. 
 
 Natrii carbonat 0.40 gm. 
 
 Natrii phosphat 0.30 gm. 
 
 Calcii phosphat. 
 
 Magnesii pliosj)liat. aa 0.75 gm. 
 
 M. Ft. cachets No. XIII. 
 
 The contents of every cachet corresponds to 15 c.c. of the 
 fluid serum or to 150 c.c. of blood serum. The preparation 
 called antisclerosin consists of the salts contained in the 
 serum. As to its efficacy, I can not judge, as I have never 
 felt that it was worth while to use it. Reports of cases in 
 which it has been tried do not speak very highly of it. 
 
 In the general treatment of arteriosclerosis, there is no 
 one factor of more importance than the regular daily bowel 
 movement. Attention to this may save the patient much 
 discomfort and even acute attacks of cardiac embarrass- 
 ment. The choice of the purgative is immaterial, with this 
 reservation only, that the mild ones, such as cascara, rhu- 
 barb, licorice powder and the mineral waters, should be 
 thoroughly tried before we resort to the more drastic pur- 
 gatives. Plenolphthalein in 3 to 5 grain doses acts remark- 
 ably well in some people as a pleasant laxative. Agar-agar 
 with or without cascara may be useful. 
 
 Liquid paraffin under a variety of names is a most useful 
 and efficacious laxative. As its action is purely mechanical 
 it may be taken indefinitely without doing harm to the in- 
 testinal musculature. 
 
 The old Lady Webster dinner pill is an excellent tonic 
 aperient. When the heart is embarrassed and edema of the 
 legs and effusion into the serous cavities have taken place, 
 then it becomes necessary to use the drastic purgatives 
 that cause a number of watery movements. Epsom salts
 
 TREATMENT 245 
 
 given in concentrated form, elaterin gr. 1-12, the compound 
 cathartic pill, blue mass and scammony, or even croton 
 oil may be used. Since the observation of a greatly con- 
 gested intestine from a patient who had been given croton 
 oil, I have ceased to use this purgative, and I doubt much 
 whether its use is ever justifiable in these cases. 
 
 The management of the ordinary case of arteriosclerosis 
 resolves itself into a careful hygienic and dietetic regime 
 with the addition of the iodides, aconite, or the nitrites. 
 A diet consisting of very little meat, alcohol in mo'deration 
 or even absolutely prohibited, and not too much fluid should 
 be prescribed. Condiments and spices should also be used 
 sparingly. Cold baths, shower baths, cold and hot sheets 
 alternating, are of great benefit in assisting the heart to do 
 its best work by making the large capillary area of the skin 
 more permeable. It is not true that such baths raise the 
 blood pressure so markedly. Certain acts, as sneezing, vio- 
 lent coughing, etc., increase the blood pressure much more 
 than judicious bathing. 
 
 Symptomatic Treatment 
 
 The fact that arteriosclerosis really loses much of its own 
 identity and, in later stages, becomes merged with the symp- 
 tomatology of the diseases of various organs, as the kidney, 
 brain, heart, compels us, for completeness' sake, to say a 
 few words about the treatment of these complications. 
 
 One of the results of arteriosclerosis of the coronary 
 arteries, angina pectoris, demands prompt treatment. In 
 the acute attack, the chief object is to relieve the spasm and 
 pain. Pearls of amyl nitrite should be inhaled, and mor- 
 phine sulphate with atropine sulphate given hypodermat- 
 ically at the very earliest moment. It is senseless to with- 
 hold morphine. The only possible reason for withholding 
 it would be uncertainty as to the diagnosis. It is probably 
 better to err on the safe side, and should the case prove to
 
 246 AllTKIUOSCLKKOSIS 
 
 1)0 one of j)scii(l() angina, in the next attack sterile water- 
 can be given instead of the morphine and atropine. 
 
 When a patient is seen in the condition of broken com- 
 pensation with the much dilated heart, anasarca, dyspnea 
 and suppression of urine, there is no better practice than 
 venesection. Especially is this valuable when the tension is 
 still fairly high a IK! the individual is robust. Following the 
 abstraction of six to eight ounces of blood (300-500 c.c.)* 
 the whole picture changes, so that a man who a short while 
 before was apparently at death's door, notices his surround- 
 ings and takes an interest again in life. This should be fol- 
 lowed up with thorough purgation, and cardiac stimulants 
 should be ordered. In such cases digitalis is useful, but its 
 action is never so striking as in cases of this general charac- 
 ter due to uncompensated valvular disease. It must be re- 
 membered that in arteriosclerosis the changes in the myo- 
 cardium must be of a considerable grade for the heart to 
 give away. Therefore, digitalis can not be expected to act 
 on a diseased muscle as it acts on a comparatively healthy 
 muscle. It is only in such cases of broken compensation 
 that digitalis should ever be used. 
 
 Digitalis is not a general vasoconstrictor as used to be 
 taught. Its action on the kidney is actually a vasodilator 
 one. And in its action on the heart the digitonin dilates 
 the coronary arteries, according to Macht, while the digi- 
 toxin acts on the heart muscle. Overdosing with digitalis 
 has produced partial heart block in many cases. It is ab- 
 solutely contraindicated in Stokes-Adams syndrome. 
 
 There are, however, some cases, especially those with 
 transudations, when digitalis may be carefully tried even 
 though high tension be present. It is sometimes of advan- 
 tage to combine digitalis with the nitrites although they are 
 said to be physiologically incompatible. 
 
 Still another drug, that is of great value in conditions such 
 as have been described, is diuretin. This may be given in 
 capsule or tablets, grs. x. three times daily. There is only 
 
 *I have taken as much as 1/00 c.c. from a large man. He i ecnvered nn<l went back 
 In work.
 
 TREATMENT 247 
 
 one caution to express in the use of this drug 1 . It should not 
 be given when the kidneys are the seat of chronic inflam- 
 matory changes; in fact, actual harm may be done by ad- 
 ministering the drug under such conditions. 
 
 The same is true even to a greater extent with theocin. 
 This is a powerful diuretic. If given by mouth it should be 
 well diluted as it is most irritating to the stomach. It is 
 best given intravenously in doses of two and a half to 
 three grains dissolved in five to six cubic centimeters of 
 distilled water. One must be reasonably sure that the kid- 
 neys are not the subject of chronic disease and are func- 
 tionally, therefore, below par. The intravenous dose should 
 not be given oftener than once in four days. 
 
 For the pain in aneurysm, nothing (except, of course, 
 morphine) is so valuable as iodide of potassium. Patients 
 who are suffering agony, when put to bed and given KI 
 grs. x. three times a day, soon lose all the distressing symp- 
 toms. This applies particularly to aneurysms of the arch 
 of the aorta. 
 
 When the sclerosis has affected the cerebral arteries to 
 such an extent that symptoms result, the case is, as a rule, 
 exceedingly grave. Xot much can be done except to relieve 
 the headaches and keep down the blood pressure, if this is 
 high, by means of rest in bed, the iodides, aconite, or the 
 nitrites. The cases of transient monoplegias or liemiplegias 
 can be much relieved by careful hygienic measures and judi- 
 cious administration of drugs. Much ingenuity is some- 
 times required to overcome the idiosyncrasies of patients, 
 but care and patience will succeed in surmounting all such 
 difficulties. 
 
 The treatment of intermittent claudication is the treat- 
 ment of arteriosclerosis in general. Sometimes the circula- 
 tion in the affected leg or legs is much helped by daily warm 
 foot baths. Light massage might be tried and the galvanic 
 current mav be used once or twice dailv.
 
 248 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 There are a few distressing symptoms that occur usually 
 late in the disease, when complications have already oc- 
 curred, which frequently baffle the therapeutic skill of the 
 physician. The chief of these insomnia, dyspnea, and 
 headache may not be late manifestations, but insomnia and 
 headache arc frequently associated with the moderately 
 advanced stages of arteriosclerosis. At times all the symp- 
 toms seem to be due to the high tension, the relief of which 
 causes them to disappear. There are, unfortunately, times 
 when high tension is not responsible for the headache and 
 insomnia. Under these circumstances such drugs as trional, 
 veronal, amylene hydrate, ammonol, etc., may be tried until 
 one is found which produces sleep. For the headaches, 
 phenacetin, alone or in combination with caffein and bro- 
 mide of sodium, may be tried. Acetanilid, cautiously used, 
 is at times of value. There have been cases of arteriosclero- 
 sis with low blood pressure, accompanied by severe head- 
 aches, that have been relieved by ergot. Codeine should be 
 used with care, and morphine only as a very last resource. 
 
 Great care must always be exercised in giving drugs that 
 depress the circulation, for it is easily conceivable that more 
 harm than good can come from injudicious drugging.
 
 CHAPTER XIV 
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS IN ITS RELATION TO LIFE 
 
 INSURANCE 
 
 The value of the early recognition of cases of arterioscle- 
 rosis and hypertension has been spoken of within, but it 
 needs to be further emphasized. There is perhaps no class 
 among physicians to whom is afforded a better opportunity 
 of seeing early cases than the medical examiners of life 
 insurance companies. 
 
 The relationship between a patient and the physician 
 whom he consults, and the applicant for life insurance and 
 the examiner are diametrically opposite. In the former 
 the patient desires to conceal nothing and the physician is 
 called upon to diagnose and treat disease. In the latter the 
 applicant, a presumably healthy person, may have much to 
 conceal and the examiner is there to pass upon the state of 
 health. The question is this "Is the applicant now in 
 good health?" It becomes then of vital importance for the 
 examiner to be able to detect among other abnormal condi- 
 tions the incipient signs of arteriosclerosis and of hyperten- 
 sion. Parenthetically it may be stated that arteriosclerosis 
 and hypertension are not one and the same disease as has 
 been so frequently insisted upon within; the former may 
 occur without the latter but the latter can not from its very 
 nature be present for long without arterial thickening su- 
 pervening. It is necessary in discussing the question here 
 to group the two conditions together in order to prevent 
 needless repetition. 
 
 Such a case as the following is common. A successful 
 business man of forty-four years was brought to me by an 
 agent in 1905 for examination. The man was six feet tall, 
 weighed 218 pounds, had a ruddy color and looked to be the 
 
 249
 
 -50 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 picture of health. He was not strictly intemperate, he 
 never became intoxicated, but every day he drank three or 
 four whiskies and often he had a bottle of wine for dinner 
 in the evening. "When he was examined his pulse was of 
 good quality and owing to the fleshiness of the wrist it was 
 difficult to say positively whether the radial artery Avas 
 sclerosed or not. In the heart no murmurs were heard, and 
 it was difficult to be sure that the left ventricle was enlarged. 
 There was, however, a slight but definite accentuation of the 
 second sound at the aortic cartilage which might readily 
 have been overlooked had the patient not been stripped and 
 a careful examination made with the stethoscope. Upon 
 taking the blood pressure it was found to be from 170-175 
 mm. of Hg. The urine specimen examined at the visit was 
 normal, no casts were found. The applicant was seen at 
 his home and the blood pressure measured. It was again 
 the same. He was seen a third time and practically the 
 same systolic blood pressure was found. Under protests 
 from all the agency staff the man was declined. Two years 
 later he died of apoplexy. The man was angry at being- 
 refused. Instead of looking the matter squarely in the face 
 he thrust aside the idea that there was anything the matter 
 with him. He had never had one ill day in his life, his fore- 
 bears had lived to ripe old age, and he was sure that he knew 
 more about himself than the examiner. 
 
 Had this applicant showed a sense of reasonableness he 
 should have been grateful to the doctor for calling his atten- 
 tion to a condition which surely would sooner or later prove 
 either fatal itself or lead to some fatal lesion. It "was 
 learned that this man had gone directly to his family physi- 
 cian who laughed at such nonsense as had been told the 
 (now) patient by the examiner. 
 
 Another illustration of a slightly different type of case is 
 afforded in the following history. 
 
 A man of fifty years of age, five feet ten in height and 164 
 Ibs. in weight, was brought for examination. In his youth
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS AND LITE INSURANCE 251 
 
 there was a history of a mild attack of scarlet fever. He 
 was almost a total abstainer, rarely taking 1 liquor in any 
 form. Physically lie appeared to be an excellent risk. 
 However, on examining the heart it was found that there 
 was slight hypertrophy with an accentuated second aortic 
 sound at the base, and the blood pressure was 180 mm. of 
 Hg. Some sclerosis of the radial arteries was found. One 
 company had refused him on account of albumin in the 
 urine. There was none in the first specimen which was 
 passed while in the office. The specific gravity was 1014. 
 A morning specimen was obtained and contained a trace of 
 albumin. Several specimens were then examined. Some 
 contained albumin, some had no albumin content. The man 
 was declined; no protests from the agent as albumin had 
 been found. There was something tangible in that. Had 
 the applicant been refused on account of his high tension, 
 sclerosis of the radials, and slightly enlarged heart there 
 would undoubtedly have been protests. And yet an appli- 
 cant revealing such a state of the cardiovascular system 
 without albumin in the urine should unhesitatingly be de- 
 clined. Attention has been called to hypertension as an 
 early, and some think an invariable, sign of chronic ne- 
 phritis. My own experience has confirmed me in the belief 
 that in hypertension the kidneys are often the seat of 
 chronic interstitial changes. Careful palpation of the ra- 
 dial and brachial arteries will in every case reveal more 
 or less thickening. 
 
 There is yet another group of cases which the examiner 
 sees as healthy subjects, namely those cases of sclerosis of 
 the peripheral arteries without sclerosis of the aorta and 
 without high tension. In such cases the radials, brachials, 
 temporals and other superficial arteries are readily palpa- 
 ble, sometimes even revealing irregularities along the 
 course of a vessel. Such cases are not subjects for insur- 
 ance. The recognition of such a condition is of great impor- 
 tance to the one who has it and he should be uru'cd to u - o to
 
 252 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 his regular physician for thorough examination. Should the 
 physician ridicule the idea, as has happened to me more 
 than once when I was actively engaged in insurance work, 
 the examiner has done his full duty to the company, the 
 applicant, and himself. 
 
 A life insurance examiner has a difficult position to fill. 
 He has four people to satisfy ; the applicant, the agent, the 
 medical director and himself. The straight and narrow 
 path of strict honesty is his only salvation. By being hon- 
 est with himself he necessarily gives a square deal to the 
 other three parties. 
 
 No applicant who has palpable arteries or hypertension 
 can be considered a first class risk. It can not be denied 
 that men with arteriosclerosis live to an advanced age and 
 may even outlive those who have apparently normal ai-- 
 teries, but the average life expectancy at any age for an 
 arteriosclerotic is less than that for a normal person. The 
 apparently healthy applicant who learns for the first time 
 when examined for life insurance that he has the early or 
 moderately advanced signs of arterial disease, should thank 
 the agent and examiner for showing him the danger signals 
 ahead. The sensible man then orders his life so that he 
 puts as little strain on his heart, arteries, and kidneys as 
 possible and may add many years to his life. 
 
 It is on account of this very insidiousness of onset that I 
 have elsewhere urged as a prophylactic measure the exam- 
 ination every six months of all persons over forty years of 
 age. I am more and more convinced that it is of vital im- 
 portance to the health of the public. 
 
 As I have remarked, the average man consults his dentist 
 at least once, a year so that no tooth may be so far diseased 
 that it can not be saved. It is purely a means of preserving 
 the teeth. Why not do the same with the whole body? Of 
 Avhat use is it to save the teeth and lose the body? It seems 
 to me that the great army of life insurance examiners are 
 in an enviable position in their ability to add years of life
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS AND LIFE INSURANCE 253 
 
 to many men and Avomen. I doubt whether they realize 
 their importance in the campaign for health. I should urge 
 life insurance companies not to employ recent graduates 
 unless they have had at least a year's hospital experience. 
 For the company as well as for the individuals I believe 
 that there is a prognostic sense which the examiner should 
 have and this can only be acquired by experience. 
 
 I believe that arteriosclerosis and hypertension are in- 
 creasing for the reasons which have been given in another 
 chapter. There can be no doubt that when these conditions 
 are recognized long before symptoms would naturally su- 
 pervene, men and women would not only live longer but 
 also die more comfortably and many very likely would be 
 carried off by some disease having no relationship whatever 
 to arteriosclerosis. Slight enlargement of the heart down- 
 ward and to the left, accentuation of the second aortic 
 sound at the base, a full pulse, arteries which are palpably 
 thickened, increased blood pressure are signs to Avhich at- 
 tention must be paid. 
 
 When the peripheral arteries are palpable they are not 
 always sclerosed. The radial artery, the one usually pal- 
 pated, may lie very close to the bone in a thin person. Un- 
 der these conditions the artery can be easily felt. It is 
 better then to palpate for the brachial as it lies beneath the 
 inner edge of the biceps muscle. Should this artery be felt 
 then very probably sclerosis is present. Opinion as to 
 whether or not sclerosis is present, when it is slight, may 
 differ. It is difficult at times to say definitely. Should 
 such be the case the applicant should be most carefully 
 questioned as to his family and past history, the heart 
 should be carefully outlined by percussion and the blood 
 pressure should be taken, both the systolic and diastolic 
 pressures. The urine should be examined with particular 
 care. I am aware that the average examination for life in- 
 surance is not made with the care which is bestowed upon a 
 patient. Yet I see no reason why the same attention to de-
 
 254 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 tail should not bo given in one as in the other. The exami- 
 nation of the great majority ol' applicants can be made in a 
 short time, as there is no question of latent chronic disease. 
 When the exception turns up lie should be given a searching 
 examination and a full report should be sent to the Medical 
 Director. Only in this way will it be possible to weed out 
 the undesirable risks. 
 
 On the surface it does not seem to require any great diag- 
 nostic acumen to be a life insurance examiner. In the old 
 days of many of the companies there were no examiners. 
 The applicant was brought before the president or other 
 appointed official and he was passed or rejected on his 
 general appearance. This has changed, and now the med- 
 ical department with its scores of examiners in the field is 
 a well organized department. 
 
 It seems to me that the examiner should be an exceedingly 
 able diagnostician and prognosticate!*. There is no telling 
 when he may be called upon to pass judgment on a border- 
 line case. From personal experience I know how difficult 
 it is to make a decision in some cases. These suspicious 
 cases after a careful examination had better be passed by 
 the examiner and a supplementary report sent to the 
 medical director containing unbiased details. But no ap- 
 plicant with readily palpable arteries, even though the 
 blood pressure be normal, should be considered a first class 
 insurance risk. 
 
 The question of the value of the diast'olic pressure read- 
 ing in examinations for life insurance is not yet settled to 
 the satisfaction of all medical directors. Certain medical 
 directors with clinical experience behind them, lay great 
 stress on the increased diastolic pressure and consider a 
 persistent diastolic of 100 mm. really more significant as 
 an indication of hypertension than a systolic pressure of 
 160 mm. Other directors pay little or no attention to the 
 diastolic reading. Should an applicant show a systolic 
 above the average normal on several successive readings,
 
 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS AND LIFE INSURANCE 255 
 
 he is declined. AVlien one takes into consideration the 
 psychic effect of knowing that lie is being examined for 
 high blood pressure, it seems unfair to refuse insurance on 
 such grounds as is constantly done. 
 
 Up to the present there are no extensive series of life- 
 expectancy tables in which hundreds of thousands of cases 
 are analyzed from the diastolic pressure values. There are 
 many such tables for the systolic pressures alone. In the 
 tabulation of such statistics one must not lose sight of the 
 important fact that the figures are taken by thousands of 
 men of varying capacity and different degrees of intelli- 
 gence. Such studies to be of any real value must be taken 
 from records made at the home offices by capable men. We 
 shall await these tables with interest. In the meantime Ave 
 must be permitted to have the impression that the diastolic 
 pressure has been much neglected. This has no doubt been 
 due to the difficulty of measuring it with any degree of ac- 
 curacy. Now with the auscultatory method and the correct 
 place to read the diastolic pressure the results of blood 
 pressure estimations should begin to have some value for 
 statistical data. 
 
 Clinically the diastolic is probably more important than 
 the systolic. Until proof is brought to the contrary we shall 
 believe that in life insurance examinations it has the same 
 importance.
 
 CHAPTER XV 
 
 PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS 
 
 The time spent in obtaining a careful history of a case 
 is time well spent. Often the diagnosis can be made from 
 the history alone, the physical examination merely adding 
 confirmation to the data already obtained. 
 
 The younger the patient who has arteriosclerosis, the 
 more probable is it that syphilis is the etiologic factor. 
 A denial of infection should have little weight if the history 
 of possible exposure is present. Miscarriages in a woman 
 should arouse the suspicion of lues in her husband. The 
 complement-fixation reaction will often clear up an appar- 
 ently obscure diagnosis. 
 
 There are various ways of examining a patient but there 
 is only one right way; the examination should be made on 
 the bare skin. However skillful one may be in the art of 
 physical diagnosis, he can gather few accurate data by ex- 
 amining over the clothes even if he use a phonendoscope. 
 
 The immoderate eater is laying up for himself a wealth 
 of trouble at the time when he can least afford to bear it. 
 The ounce of advice in time is worth more to him than the 
 pounds of medicine later. 
 
 It is a wise maxim never to drive a horse too far. Apply 
 that to the human being and the rule holds equally well. 
 
 There may be no symptoms in a case of advanced arterio- 
 sclerosis. Do not on that account neglect to advise a pa- 
 tient in whom the disease is accidentally discovered. 
 
 Many a man owes a debt of gratitude to the life insurance 
 examiner. He rarely feels grateful. 
 
 When a competent ophthalmologist refers a case to a gen- 
 eral practitioner with the statement that he believes from 
 the appearance of the fundus of the eye that arteriosclerotic 
 
 256
 
 PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS 257 
 
 changes are present over the body, the case should be most 
 carefully examined. The earliest diagnoses are not infre- 
 quently made by the ophthalmologist. 
 
 It is the part of wisdom never to have such a firmly pre- 
 conceived idea of the diagnosis that facts observed are 
 perverted in order to fit into the diagnosis. Let the facts 
 speak for themselves. 
 
 Beware of the snap diagnosis. Even in a case of well- 
 marked arteriosclerosis when the diagnosis seems to be 
 written in large letters all over the patient, go through the 
 routine. Nine times out of ten this may seem needless. 
 The tenth time it saves your conscience and reputation. 
 Always consider that you are examining a tenth case. 
 
 Gradual loss of weight in a person over fifty years old 
 should arouse the suspicion of arteriosclerosis. 
 
 Do not call the nervous symptoms displayed by a middle- 
 aged man or woman neurasthenia until you have ruled out 
 all organic causes, particularly arteriosclerosis. 
 
 When palpating the radial artery, always use both hands 
 according to the method already described. Pay attention 
 to the superficial or deep situation of the artery. 
 
 The examination of one specimen of urine does not give 
 much information, especially if it should be found to con- 
 tain no abnormal elements. Fairly accurate data may be 
 gathered from the mixed night and morning urine; most 
 accurate data from the twenty-four hour specimen. To be 
 of any real value there should be frequent examinations of 
 the day's excretion. 
 
 In measuring the day 's output a good rule is as follows : 
 begin to collect urine after the first morning's micturition 
 and collect all including the first quantity passed the next 
 morning. It is best to examine the centrifugated urine for 
 casts even though no albumin be present. It is useless to 
 look for casts in an alkaline urine. 
 
 Casts are not infrequently found in chemically normal 
 urine from a middle-aged patient. Other things being nor-
 
 258 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 mal, the finding has no significance. The kidneys must be 
 carefully tested functionally. 
 
 Blood pressure readings should always be taken with the 
 patient in the same posture at every estimation. At the 
 first examination it is advisable to take readings from both 
 brachial arteries. Let the patient sit comfortably and relax 
 all muscles. 
 
 Differentiate as soon as possible between the uncom- 
 pensated heart caused by valvular disease and that caused 
 by arteriosclerosis. There is a difference in prognosis. 
 Both give the same symptoms, and are treated similarly un- 
 til compensation returns ; thereafter the management of the 
 two forms is different. 
 
 Aortic incompetence that conies on late in life is gener- 
 ally the result of curling of the free margins of the valves 
 caused by syphilitic arteriosclerosis. Prognosis is grave 
 because of the fact that the heart muscle also is the seat of 
 degenerative changes and compensatory hypertrophy is es- 
 tablished with difficulty. 
 
 When laying down a regime for a patient, consider his 
 disposition, and individualize the treatment. Remember 
 that exercise is an essential feature of the hygiene of the 
 patient's life but do not forget to be explicit about the 
 amount and character of the permissible exercise. 
 
 In the prophylaxis of arteriosclerosis, a rational mode of 
 living is the all-important factor. As a rule, the less meat 
 one eats, the less is the liability of arterial degeneration as 
 age advances. The exceptions to this rule are many, and 
 probably depend upon the character of the "vital rubber" 
 with which the individual begins life. 
 
 The diet in well-marked cases of arteriosclerosis should 
 be carefully selected with regard to its nutritive and non- 
 irritating character. Animal proteins should be sparingly 
 used. Milk should have an important place in the dietary. 
 
 No drug relieves the pain of uncomplicated aneurysm as 
 surely as iodide of potassium.
 
 PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS 259 
 
 Iodides frequently upset the stomach. Be cautious iu the 
 use of them. The irritable stomach may turn the scales 
 against your patient. 
 
 Use cardiac stimulants with care and judgment. If all 
 the valuable ammunition is used up at first, the fight will be 
 lost. 
 
 Use digitalis with especial care. Its chief usefulness is 
 in steadying the decompensated heart, improving the con- 
 duction of impulses, and increasing the tone of the cardiac 
 muscle. It should never be given to patients icith very slow 
 pulses, the subjects of Stokes-Adams syndrome. Digitalis 
 has been found to produce partial to complete heart block 
 when therapeutically administered. 
 
 Remember that in the uncompensated heart morphine not 
 only eases the oppressive dyspnea, but also steadies and 
 stimulates the heart. 
 
 See to it that the patient has a daily movement of the 
 bowels. In the early stage try the effect of liquid paraffin 
 or of the mineral waters such as Pluto, or Hunyadi Janos, 
 or artificial Carlsbad salts (Sprudel salts). These last can 
 be made as follows : Sodium chloride, f>i ; sodium bicarbo- 
 nate, on ; sodium sulphate, oiv. Take two tablespoonsful of 
 this in a glass of hot water before breakfast. Should these 
 not succeed, assist the action of the drugs by the use of 
 enemata. The pill of aloin, strychnine sulphate, and extract 
 of cascara, with the addition of a small quantity of hyoscy- 
 amus, is a mild tonic purgative. In cases of constipation 
 with high tension, there is no drug as valuable as calomel or 
 one of the other mercurials given occasionally. 
 
 Never give Epsom salts unless copious watery stools are 
 desired to deplete effusion into the serous cavities or into 
 the subcutaneous tissue. 
 
 Chronic constipation increases the gravity of the prog- 
 nosis. 
 
 In case of suppression of urine and anasarca, hot air 
 packs may be of value. The patient may lie wrapped in a
 
 260 ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 
 
 liot wot sheet and covered with blankets. I do not believe in 
 administering' pilocarpine to assist the sweating. 
 
 Remember to treat the patient and not the disease. The 
 careful hygienic and dietetic treatment, combined with the 
 least amount of drugging, is the best and most rational 
 method of treatment.
 
 1XDEX 
 
 A 
 
 Abdominal symptoms, 201 
 Aconite in treatment, 242 
 Acquired arteriosclerosis, 159 
 Adami, effect of syphilis in aorta, 45 
 Adventitia, 28 
 Age in arteriosclerosis, 161 
 Albuminuria, 221 
 
 Albutt 's classification of arterioscle- 
 rosis, 186 
 
 Alcohol, 166, 228, 235 
 Anatomy, 25 
 Angina abdominalis, 201, 216 
 
 pectoris, 197, 216 
 
 pseudo, 216 
 Angioselerosis, 26, 64 
 Aorta, 27 
 
 anatomical lesions in, 33 
 
 Aschoff on, 35 
 
 normal, 41 
 
 syphilis in, 44 
 
 thoracic, 29 
 
 thoracic and abdominal, arterio- 
 sclerosis of, 39 
 
 velocity of blood in, 66 
 Aortic incompetence, 61, 258 
 
 stenosis, 60 
 Aortitis, acute, 165 
 Arcus senilis, 191 
 Arrhythmia, tonal, 92, 102 
 Arterial pressure, 85 
 
 symptoms, 189 
 Arteries, 29 
 
 examination of, 172, 177 
 
 general structure of, 27 
 
 large, 30 
 
 adventitia of, 30 
 
 palpable, 189 
 
 pulmonary, arteriosclerosis of, 63 
 Arteriocapillary fibrosis, 26 
 Arteriosclerotic endocarditis, 60, 219 
 Artery, coronary, cross-section of, 36 
 
 pulmonary, 209 
 
 radial, 29 
 
 Aschoff on aorta, 35 
 Atheroma, simple, 32 
 Atheromatous abscess, 38 
 Auricular fibrillation, 133 
 
 flutter, 131 
 Auscultation, 176 
 
 Auscultatory blood pressure phenom- 
 enon, 90 
 
 method of taking blood pressure, 83 
 percussion, 175 
 
 Balneotherapy, 233 
 
 Basch's blood pressure instrument, 70 
 Blood, circulation of, 65 
 velocity of, 65 
 in animals, 66 
 in aorta, 66 
 in capillaries, 66 
 viscosity of, 68 
 Blood pressure, 68 
 
 auscultatory method of taking, 
 
 83 
 
 clinical applications of, 147 
 diurnal variations of, 102 
 drugs influencing, 120 
 estimation of, 179 
 in cancer, 118 
 in collapse, 118 
 in exercise, 105 
 in head injuries, 148 
 in hemorrhages, 105, 118, 148 
 in infectious diseases, 153 
 in kidney diseases, 155 
 in meningitis, 118 
 in obstetrics, 152 
 in pulmonary tuberculosis, 119 
 in shock, 105, 148 
 in surgery, 147 
 in typhoid fever, 118, 154 
 in valvular heart disease, 155 
 increase of, 55 
 instruments, 70 
 
 Brown's, 74 
 
 Cook's, 71 
 
 Erlanger's, 72 
 
 Faught's, 75, 80 
 
 Hill and Barnard's, 70 
 
 Hirschf elder 's, 73 
 
 K. Vierordt's, 70 
 
 Marey's, 70 
 
 Potain's, 70 
 
 Riva Rocci's, 70 
 
 Roger's, 77 
 
 Sanborn 's, 80 
 
 261
 
 2G2 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Blood pressure instruments Cont 'd. 
 Stanton's, 72 
 technique of, 80 
 "Tycos," 77 
 v. Basch 's, 70 
 v. Recklinghausen 's, 76 
 mechanism of, 55 
 normal variations of, 88 
 phenomenon, auscultatory, 90 
 precautions when estimating, 181 
 value of, 381 
 
 Bowman's capsules, sclerosis of, 62 
 Brain, changes in, 62 
 Brown atrophy, 60, 118, 201 
 
 C 
 
 Calcification of media, 43, 59 
 Cancer, blood pressure in, 118 
 Capillaries, anatomy of, 27, 31 
 Capillary pulse, 67 
 Cardiac dullness, 172 
 
 irregularities in arteriosclerosis, 131 
 
 symptoms, 195 
 Cerebral symptoms, 203 
 Circulation of blood, 65 
 
 physiology of, 65 
 Cirrhosis of liver, 64, 216 
 Classification of arteriosclerosis, 32, 
 
 37 
 
 Allbutt's, 186 
 
 Collapse, blood pressure in, 118 
 Congenital arteriosclerosis, 157 
 Cook's blood pressure instrument, 71 
 Cor bovinum, 116 
 
 Coronary artery, cross section of, 36 
 Corpus luteum, 241 
 
 I) 
 
 Definition of arteriosclerosis, 26 
 Diabetes mellitus, 216 
 Diagnosis, 210 
 
 differential, 215 
 
 early, 210 
 
 ophthalmic examination in, 214 
 Diastolic pressure, 69, 83, 85, 94 
 
 importance of, 97 
 Dierotic pulse, 123 
 Dietetic treatment, 235 
 Differential diagnosis, 166, 215 
 Diffuse arterioclerosis, 32, 37, 38, 57 
 Digitalis in treatment, 246, 259 
 Diuretin in treatment, 246 
 Drug intoxications, 166 
 Drugs influencing blood pressure, 105 
 
 120 
 Ductless glands, 171 
 
 Dullness, cardiac, 172 
 Dyspeptic symptoms, 184 
 Dyspnea, 184 
 
 treatment of, 248 
 
 E 
 
 Electrocardiogram, 126 
 Embolism, 59 
 Endarteritis deformans, 47 
 
 obliterans, 46 
 
 Endocarditis, arteriosclerotic, 60, 219 
 Endothelial lining, 27 
 
 tubes, 31 
 
 Epistaxis, 184, 221 
 Erlanger 's blood pressure instrument, 
 
 72 
 
 Erythromelalgia, 192, 208 
 Estimation of blood pressure, 179 
 Etiology, 157 
 Examination of arteries, 172, 177 
 
 of heart, 172 
 
 of urine, 257 
 Exercise, blood pressure in, 105 
 
 in prophylaxis, 225 
 
 in treatment, 230 
 Experimental arteriosclerosis, 50 
 Extrasystole, 138 
 
 Faught 's blood pressure instrument, 
 
 75, 80 
 Fibrillation, auricular, 133 
 
 ventricular, 138 
 Fibrolysin in treatment, 243 
 Fingernail palpation, 178 
 Finger tip palpation, 179 
 Flutter, auricular, 131 
 Food poisons in arteriosclerosis, 163 
 
 G 
 
 Gibson's law, 154 
 
 H 
 
 "H" wave, 126 
 
 Habits, personal, 234 
 
 Head injuries, blood pressure in, 148 
 
 Headache, 184 
 
 treatment of, 248 
 Heart block, 140 
 
 boundaries, 172 
 
 examination of, 172 
 
 hypertrophy of, 60 
 
 physical examination of, 172 
 
 stimulants, 243, 246, 259 
 
 symptoms, 188
 
 INDEX 
 
 263 
 
 Hemorrhages, blood pressure in, 118 
 Henle, membrane of, 29 
 Hill and Barnard's blood pressure in- 
 strument, 70 
 
 Hi rschf elder 's blood pressure instru- 
 ment, 73 
 
 His, bundle of, 141, 197 
 Hygienic treatment, 230 
 Hyperpietic arteriosclerosis, 186 
 Hypertension, 60, 106, 169, 185, 249 
 
 cause of arteriosclerosis, 159 
 
 classification of cases, 112 
 Hypertrophy of left ventricle, 58 
 Hypotension, 117 
 
 Incompetence, aortic, 61, 258 
 Indicanuria, 167 
 Infants, arteriosclerosis in, 158 
 Infectious diseases in arteriosclerosis, 
 163 
 
 blood pressure in, 153 
 Insomnia, treatment of, 248 
 Intermittent claudication, 192, 208 
 
 treatment of, 247 
 Intoxications, chronic drug, 166 
 Intraeranial tension, 105 
 Involutionary arteriosclerosis, 187 
 Iodides in treatment, 238, 247, 259 
 
 K 
 
 Kidney diseases, blood pressure in, 155 
 Kidneys, sclerosis of, 61, 170 
 
 Life insurance, relation to, 249 
 Light percussion, 174 
 
 touch palpation, 175 
 Liver, cirrhosis, 64, 216 
 Local symptoms, 207 
 
 M 
 
 Marey's blood pressure instrument, 70 
 Maximum pressure, 85, 94 
 Mean pressure, 85 
 Media, calcification of, 43, 59 
 Medicinal treatment, 238 
 Meningitis, blood pressure in, 118 
 Mental strain, 168 
 Mesaortitis, 45, 47, 49, 165 
 Mesentery, cross-section of small ar- 
 tery in, 56 
 Milk diet, 237 
 Minimum pressure, 86, 94 
 
 Moenckeberg type of arteriosclerosis, 
 
 43 
 
 Morphine in treatment, 243 
 Mosenthal test meal, 221 
 Muscular overwork, 169 
 
 Xervous symptoms, 191 
 Xitrites in treatment, 240 
 Xitroglycerin in treatment, 241 
 Xodular arteriosclerosis, 32, 37 
 Xormal blood pressure variation, 88 
 
 
 
 Obstetrics, blood pressure in, 152 
 Occupation in arterioclerosis, 162 
 Ocular symptoms, 190 
 Ophthalmic examination, importance 
 in early diagnosis, 214, 256 
 Orthodiagraph, 173 
 Over-eating, 167, 212, 225, 235. 
 Over-work, muscular, 169. 
 
 "P" wave, 129 
 "P-B" interval, 130 
 Palpable arteries, 189 
 Palpation, 174, 180 
 
 fingernail, 178 
 
 finger tip, 179 
 
 light touch, 175 
 Pathology, 32 
 Percussion, 174 
 
 auscultatory, 175 
 
 light, 174 
 
 Peripheral symptoms, 207 
 Personal habits, 234 
 Phlebosclerosis, 64 
 Phthalein test, 221 
 Physical signs, 183 
 Physiology of the circulation, 65 
 Potain's blood pressure instrument, 70 
 Practical suggestions, 256 
 Pressure, arterial, 85 
 
 ausculatory method of determining, 
 83 
 
 diastolic, 83, 94 
 
 estimation of, 179 
 
 in surgery, 147 
 
 maximum, 85, 94 
 
 normal variations, 88 
 
 pulse, 83, 85, 87, 100 
 
 systolic, 82, 85 
 
 technique, 80 
 
 venous, 120
 
 264 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Prognosis, 218 
 Prophylaxis, 224 
 
 exercise in, 225 
 Pseudo angina pectoris, 216 
 Pulmonary artery, 209 
 arteriosclerosis of, 63 
 
 tuberculosis, blood pressure in, 119 
 Pulse, 123 
 
 capillary, 67 
 
 deficit, 135 
 
 dicrotie, 123 
 
 in arteriosclerosis, 123 
 
 pressure, 69, 83, 85, 87, 100 
 
 rate, 69 
 
 venous, 123 
 
 Purgatives in treatment, 244, 259 
 Pyrosis, 184 
 
 Q 
 
 "Q E S" complex, 129 
 
 E 
 
 Rabbits, lesions produced experimen- 
 tally in, 50 
 
 Eace in arteriosclerosis, 161 
 
 Radial artery, 29 
 
 Eadials, sclerosis of, 43 
 
 Eaynaud's disease, 192, 207 
 
 Eecklinghausen 's blood pressure in- 
 strument, 76 
 
 Eenal disease, 169 
 symptoms, 199 
 
 Eest in treatment, 242 
 
 Riva-Rocci's blood pressure instru- 
 ment, 70 
 
 Rogers' blood pressure instrument, 77 
 
 S 
 
 Sanborn's blood pressure instrument, 
 
 80 
 
 Scaphoid scapula, 158 
 Schwellungsperkussion, 174 
 Sclerosis of veins, 64 
 Senile arteriosclerosis, 32, 37, 43, 59 
 Sex in arteriosclerosis, 161 
 Shock, blood pressure in, 105, 148 
 Spinal symptoms, 205 
 Spirochaeta pallida, 45 
 Stanton's blood pressure instrument, 
 
 72 
 
 Stenosis, aortic, 60 
 Stokes-Adams syndrome, 197 
 Stomach, ulcer of, 216 
 Strain hypertrophy, 47, 54, 55 
 Surgery, blood pressure in, 147 
 
 Symptomatic treatment, 245 
 Symptoms, 183 
 
 abdominal, 201 
 
 arterial, 189 
 
 cardiac, 195 
 
 cerebral, 203 
 
 dyspeptic, 184 
 
 dyspnea, 184 
 
 general, 183 
 
 headache, 184 
 
 heart, 188 
 
 local, 207 
 
 nervous, 191 
 
 ocular, 190 
 
 peripheral, 207 
 
 pyrosis, 184 
 
 renal, 199 
 
 special, 194 
 
 spinal, 205 
 
 vertigo, 184 
 
 visceral, 201 
 Syphilis, 165 
 
 in aorta, 44 
 
 Syphilitic arteriosclerosis, 37 
 Systolic pressure, 69, 82, 85, 94 
 
 importance of, 97 
 
 T 
 
 "T" wave, 130 
 
 Technique of blood pressure instru- 
 ments, 80 
 
 Thayer and Fabyan, 34 
 Theocin, 247 
 
 Thoma on arteriosclerosis, 33 
 Thoracic aorta, 29 
 Thyroid extract in treatment, 239 
 Tobacco, 167, 212, 234 
 Tonal arrhythmia, 92, 102 
 Toxic arteriosclerosis, 186 
 Treatment, 229 
 
 aconite in, 242 
 
 balneotherapy in, 233 
 
 corpus luteum, 241 
 
 dietetic, 235 
 
 digitalis in, 246, 259 
 
 diuretin in, 246 
 
 exercise in, 230 
 
 fibrolysin in, 243 
 
 heart stimulants in, 243 
 
 hygienic, 230 
 
 iodides in, 238, 247, 259 
 
 medicinal, 238 
 
 morphine in, 243 
 
 nitrites in, 240 
 
 nitroglycerin in, 241 
 
 of dyspnea, 248 
 
 of headache, 248
 
 INDEX 
 
 2G5 
 
 Treatment Cont 'd. 
 
 of insomnia, 248 
 
 of intermittent claudication, 247 
 
 personal habits in, 234 
 
 purgatives in, 244, 259 
 
 rest in, 242 
 
 symptomatic, 245 
 
 theocin in, 247 
 
 thyroid extract in, 239 
 
 Trunecek's serum in, 243 
 
 venesection in, 242 
 
 veratrum viride in, 242 
 Trunecek's serum in treatment, 243 
 Tuberculosis, blood pressure in, 119 
 Tunica intima, 28 
 
 media, 28 
 ' ' Tycos ' ' blood pressure instrument, 
 
 77 
 
 Typhoid fever as cause of arterio- 
 sclerosis, 164 
 blood pressure in, 118 
 
 U 
 
 Ulcer of stomach, 216 
 Urine, examination of, 257 
 suppression of, 259 
 
 Valvular heart disease, blood pressure 
 
 in, 155 
 
 Vasa vasorum, 29 
 Veins, anatomy of, 30 
 
 sclerosis of, 64 
 Velocity of blood in animals, 66 
 
 of blood in aorta, 66 
 Venesection in treatment, 242 
 Venous pressure, 120 
 
 pulse, 123 
 
 Ventricle, left, hypertrophy of, 58 
 Ventricular fibrillation, 138 
 Veratrum viride in treatment, 242 
 Vertigo, 184
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 Los Angeles 
 
 amped below. 
 
 University of California 
 
 SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 405 Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1388 
 
 Return this material to the library 
 
 nmQ ^fjgm t w^ich it was borrowed. 
 
 BiomediraJ 
 
 JUL 30 
 
 JUL 1 1 
 ?WEEHT 
 
 <ri c i. LI I 
 
 J'hrary 
 
 '93 
 94
 
 t 
 
 8S 
 
 RLE A *$ DO NOT REMOVE 
 THIS BOOK CARD^l 
 
 University Research Library 
 
 TO 
 i , 
 
 UC SOUTHERN REGIO^ LBHABY FMJIUTY 
 
 A 001 378 585 2